• 84000
  • The Collection
  • The Kangyur
  • Discourses
  • General Sūtra Section
  • Toh 340

This rendering does not include the entire published text

The full text is available to download as pdf at:
/translation/toh340.pdf

ལས་བརྒྱ་པ།

The Hundred Deeds
Part Three

Karmaśataka
ལས་བརྒྱ་ཐམ་པ།
las brgya tham pa

Toh 340

Degé Kangyur, vol. 73 (mdo sde, ha), folios 1.b–309.a, and vol. 74 (mdo sde, a), folios 1.b–128.b

Imprint

84000 logo

Translated by Dr. Lozang Jamspal (International Buddhist College, Thailand) and Kaia Tara Fischer under the patronage and supervision of 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha

First published 2020

Current version v 1.3.38 (2025)

Generated by 84000 Reading Room v2.26.1

84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha is a global non-profit initiative to translate all the Buddha’s words into modern languages, and to make them available to everyone.

Logo for the license

This work is provided under the protection of a Creative Commons CC BY-NC-ND (Attribution - Non-commercial - No-derivatives) 3.0 copyright. It may be copied or printed for fair use, but only with full attribution, and not for commercial advantage or personal compensation. For full details, see the Creative Commons license.

Options for downloading this publication

This print version was generated at 12.48pm on Wednesday, 29th January 2025 from the online version of the text available on that date. If some time has elapsed since then, this version may have been superseded, as most of 84000’s published translations undergo significant updates from time to time. For the latest online version, with bilingual display, interactive glossary entries and notes, and a variety of further download options, please see
https://84000.co/translation/toh340.


co.

Table of Contents

ti. Title
im. Imprint
co. Contents
s. Summary
ac. Acknowledgements
i. Introduction
tr. The Translation
+ 10 chapters- 10 chapters
p. Prologue
1. Part One
+ 12 sections- 12 sections
· The Dog
· The Story of Little Eyes
· The Story of Pūraṇa
· The Person with a Curving Spine: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First Story about “The Person with a Curving Spine”
· The Second Story About “The Person with a Curving Spine”
· The Story of Udayin
· Victory Banner
· The Story of Kṣemā
· The Story of Maṇiprabha
· The Story of Jasmine
· Give It to Me!
· The Story of She Who Gathers
· The Tailor
2. Part Two
+ 15 sections- 15 sections
· The Chariot: Four Stories
+ 4 sections- 4 sections
· The First “Chariot” Story
· The Second “Chariot” Story
· The Third “Chariot” Story
· The Fourth “Chariot” Story
· The Story of Earnest
· The Story of Gopā
· The Story of Keśinī
· The Story of Lotus Color
· The Butcher
· The Story of Golden Color
· The Cowherds
· A Band of Friends
· The Story of Abhaya
· The Story of Lake of Jewels
· The Story of Wealth’s Delight
· The Bear: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First Story of the Bear
· The Second Story of the Bear
· The Story of Small Person with a Curving Spine
· The Rākṣasa
3. Part Three
+ 13 sections- 13 sections
· The Story of Kacaṅkalā
· The Story of Kaineya
· The Betrothal of the Bride: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First “Betrothal of the Bride” Story
· The Second “Betrothal of the Bride” Story
· Cuts: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First “Cut” Story
· The Second “Cut” Story
· Being Devoured
· The Story of Nandaka
· Chunks of Meat
· The One Who Thought He Saw His Son
· The Farmer
· Death
· A Story about Kokālika
· The Tired Man
· Morsel
4. Part Four
+ 11 sections- 11 sections
· The Story of Maitrībala
· The Dark Storm
· Ants: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First “Ant” Story
· The Second “Ant” Story
· The Lay of the Land
· The Story of Āraṇyaka
· The Elephant
· The Nāga (1)
· The Story of Siṃha
· The Schism in the Saṅgha
· The Dark Forest
· The One Who Heard
5. Part Five
+ 12 sections- 12 sections
· The Story of Virūpa
· The Story of Kṣemaṅkara
· The Young Untouchable
· The Story of Subhadra the Charioteer
· The Story of Sahadeva
· The Bull
· The Story of Good Compassion
· The Story of Fleshy
· The Story of Black
· The Story of Iṣudhara
· The Man Who Was Trampled
· The Story of Jackal
6. Part Six
+ 9 sections- 9 sections
· The Bird: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First Bird Story
· The Second Bird Story
· The Story of Majestic Body
· The Teacher
· A Story about Kāśyapa
· A Story about Ānanda
· The Story of Son of Grasping
· The Story of Subhadra the Mendicant
· The Worthy of Offerings Litany
· Latecomers to the Dharma: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First “Latecomer” Story
· The Second “Latecomer” Story
7. Part Seven
+ 10 sections- 10 sections
· The Story of Paṅgu
· Bhādra
· The Blind Man
· The Story of Nirgrantha Kāśyapa
· The Story of Foremost Kāśyapa
· The Story of Mounted on an Elephant
· The Story of Saraṇa
· The Mṛgavratins
· The Story of Candrā
· The Kinnara Spirits: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First “Kinnara” Story
· The Second “Kinnara” Story
8. Part Eight
+ 10 sections- 10 sections
· The Story of Pūrṇa
· The Sacrifice
· The Lazy Man
· A Story about Anāthapiṇḍada
· The Humble One
· Padmottama: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First “Padmottama” Story
· The Second “Padmottama” Story
· The Story of Sudarśana
· The Story of Ratnaśikhin
· Wealth
· The Story of Vijaya
9. Part Nine
+ 10 sections- 10 sections
· The Sons
· The Crevasse
· The Ransom
· The Attack
· Trapped
· The Partridge
· Father, or The Story of Sudarśana
· The Bandits
· The Piśācas
· The Story of Head of Indra
10. Part Ten
+ 10 sections- 10 sections
· Śakra
· The King
· The Hunter
· The Story of Deluded
· The Brahmin: Three Stories
+ 3 sections- 3 sections
· The First “Brahmin” Story
· The Second “Brahmin” Story
· The Third “Brahmin” Story
· The Story of the Householder Govinda
· The Quarrel
· The Nāga (2)
· Two Stories about King Śibi
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First Story about King Śibi
· The Second Story of King Śibi
· Kauśāmbī
ab. Abbreviations
n. Notes
b. Bibliography
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· Source Texts
· Works Cited
+ 3 sections- 3 sections
· Sanskrit Works
· Tibetan Works
· Secondary Sources
g. Glossary

s.

Summary

s.­1

The sūtra The Hundred Deeds, whose title could also be translated as The Hundred Karmas, is a collection of stories known as avadāna‍—a narrative genre widely represented in the Sanskrit Buddhist literature and its derivatives‍—comprising more than 120 individual texts. It includes narratives of Buddha Śākyamuni’s notable deeds and foundational teachings, the stories of other well-known Buddhist figures, and a variety of other tales featuring people from all walks of ancient Indian life and beings from all six realms of existence. The texts sometimes include stretches of verse. In the majority of the stories the Buddha’s purpose in recounting the past lives of one or more individuals is to make definitive statements about the karmic ripening of actions across multiple lifetimes, and the sūtra is perhaps the best known of the many works in the Kangyur on this theme.


ac.

Acknowledgements

ac.­1

Translated by Dr. Lozang Jamspal (International Buddhist College, Thailand) and Kaia Fischer of the Tibetan Classics Translators Guild of New York (TCTGNY). Introduction by Nathan Mitchell, with additional material by the 84000 editorial team.

ac.­2

Warm thanks to Dr. Tom Tillemans, Dr. John Canti, Dr. James Gentry, Adam Krug, Ven. Konchog Norbu, Janna White, and all the readers and editors at 84000, for their wisdom; to Huang Jing Rui, Amy Ang, and the entire administration and staff at 84000, for their compassion; to readers Dr. Irene Cannon-Geary, Dr. Natalie M. Griffin, Tom Griffin, Norman Guberman, Margot Jarrett, Dr. David Kittay, Dr. Susan Landesman, Megan Mook, and Dr. Toy-Fung Tung, as well as to every member of TCTGNY, for their diligence and sincerity; to Caithlin De Marrais, Tinka Harvard, Laren McClung, and Erin Sperry, for their adept revisions to passages of verse; to Dr. Paul Hackett, for his linguistic and technical expertise; to Dr. Tenzin Robert Thurman and the late Prof. Dr. Michael Hahn, for their insight; to Dr. Lauran Hartley, for her capable assistance in researching the introduction; to Dr. Donald J. LaRocca, for his thoughtful clarification of terms pertaining to arms and armor; and to Jennifer E. Fischer, for her generosity in formatting the translation.

ac.­3

Special thanks to Ven. Wei Wu and all of the students, faculty, and staff of the International Buddhist College, Thailand, for their warm welcome of the senior translator Dr. Jamspal, and to Cynthia H. Wong, for her kindheartedness toward the junior translator Kaia Fischer.

ac.­4

Through the devoted attention of all may the Buddhadharma smile upon us for countless ages, safeguarded by knowledge of the classical Tibetan language.

The translation was completed under the patronage and supervision of 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.


ac.­5

Work on this translation was rendered possible by the generous donations of a number of sponsors: Zhou Tian Yu, Chen Yi Qin, Irene Tillman, Archie Kao and Zhou Xun; 恒基伟业投资发展集团有限公司,李英、李杰、李明、李一全家; Thirty, Twenty and family; and Ye Kong, Helen Han, Karen Kong and family. Their help is most gratefully acknowledged.


i.

Introduction

i.­1

The Hundred Deeds1 is a collection of stories or avadāna, a narrative genre widely represented in the Sanskrit Buddhist literature and its derivatives. The term avadāna can be analyzed and understood in several ways.2 One common interpretation is “legend,” but that understanding is perhaps too rigid, as well as too romantic, for what could be described as religious or spiritual biography.3 The general intention of avadāna literature is to elicit faith and devotion in the reader through an object lesson in karmic cause and effect: how, for example, a noble act motivated by faith and devotion toward the Three Jewels (Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha), or toward another object of veneration, yields a good result, while the result of an ignoble act is dreadful. Historically, the specific functions of avadāna literature were to propagate Buddhism and to provide inspiration and preliminary education in the Dharma, particularly for laypersons and the recently ordained.4 It can still perform these functions today.


Text Body

The Translation
The Hundred Deeds

p.

Prologue

[V73] [F.1.b] [B1]


p.­1

I prostrate to the All-Knowing One.

p.­2
Listen well, for I have heard
Of a doorway whence we may discern
The world-guru, Gone to Bliss,
Who wishes nothing but our benefit,
As he parcels out a full account
To those who wandered in, confused,
From the vast, bleak wood of wrongful views.
His sacred speech, so sound and sweet‍—
This sūtra‍—is The Hundred Deeds.
p.­3
A General Outline of the Text
Part One: “The Dog,” and Other Stories
Part Two: “The Chariot,” and Other Stories
Part Three: “The Story of Kacaṅkalā,” and Other Stories
Part Four: “The Story of Maitrībala,” and Other Stories
Part Five: “The Story of Virūpa,” and Other Stories
Part Six: “The Bird,” and Other Stories
Part Seven: “The Story of Paṅgu,” and Other Stories
Part Eight: “The Story of Pūrṇa,” and Other Stories
Part Nine: “The Sons,” and Other Stories
Part Ten: “Śakra,” and Other Stories

1.

Part One

1.­1
1. The Dog
2. The Story of Little Eyes
3. The Story of Pūraṇa
4. The Person with a Curving Spine: Two Stories
5. The Story of Udayin
6. Victory Banner
7. The Story of Kṣemā
8. The Story of Maṇiprabha
9. The Story of Jasmine
10. Give It to Me!
11. The Story of She Who Gathers
12. The Tailor

The Dog

1.­2

[F.2.a] When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī there lived a certain householder, prosperous and wealthy, a person of vast and magnificent means, endowed with the wealth of Vaiśravaṇa‍—with wealth to rival Vaiśravaṇa’s‍—who was fond of philosophical extremists.

The Story of Little Eyes

The Story of Pūraṇa

The Person with a Curving Spine: Two Stories

The First Story about “The Person with a Curving Spine”

The Second Story About “The Person with a Curving Spine”

The Story of Udayin

Victory Banner

The Story of Kṣemā

The Story of Maṇiprabha

The Story of Jasmine

Give It to Me!

The Story of She Who Gathers

The Tailor


2.

Part Two

2.­1
1. The Chariot: Four Stories
2. The Story of Earnest
3. The Story of Gopā
4. The Story of Keśinī
5. The Story of Lotus Color
6. The Butcher
7. The Story of Golden Color [F.52.b]
8. The Cowherds
9. A Band of Friends
10. The Story of Abhaya
11. The Story of Lake of Jewels
12. The Story of Wealth’s Delight
13. The Bear: Two Stories
14. The Story of Small Person with a Curving Spine
15. The Rākṣasa

The Chariot: Four Stories

The First “Chariot” Story

2.­2

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, there lived a certain brahmin who wished to perform a ritual offering, so he climbed onto his chariot and rode into Śrāvastī. That morning, when the Blessed One donned his lower garment and Dharma robes, and, carrying his alms bowl, went for alms in Śrāvastī, the brahmin was filled with joy, circumambulated the Blessed One, and departed. At that moment, the Blessed One smiled.

The Second “Chariot” Story

The Third “Chariot” Story

The Fourth “Chariot” Story

The Story of Earnest

The Story of Gopā

The Story of Keśinī

The Story of Lotus Color

The Butcher

The Story of Golden Color

The Cowherds

A Band of Friends

The Story of Abhaya

The Story of Lake of Jewels

The Story of Wealth’s Delight

The Bear: Two Stories

The First Story of the Bear

The Second Story of the Bear

The Story of Small Person with a Curving Spine

The Rākṣasa


3.

Part Three

3.­1
1. The Story of Kacaṅkalā
2. The Story of Kaineya
3. The Betrothal of the Bride: Two Stories
4. Cuts: Two Stories
5. Being Devoured
6. The Story of Nandaka
7. Chunks of Meat
8. The One Who Thought He Saw His Son
9. The Farmer
10. Death
11. A Story about Kokālika
12. The Tired Man
13. Morsel

The Story of Kacaṅkalā

3.­2

When the Blessed One was staying in Otalā Forest in Otalā, one morning he donned his lower garment and Dharma robes, and, carrying his alms bowl, went for alms in the villages of Otalā. At that time there was a certain woman who had taken a pot and gone out for water. From a distance, she saw that the Blessed One was beautiful, pleasing, his senses were at peace, his heart at peace, and his mind absolutely serene. He was as shining and radiant as a golden pillar.

3.­3

What is more, she perceived the Blessed One to be her own son. Laying her pot aside, she spread out her hands and approached the Blessed One, saying, “My son! My son!” But as she went to take the Blessed One in her arms, the monks hindered her from doing so. The Blessed One corrected the monks, saying, “Monks, do not hinder this woman. [F.120.a] Monks, if you don’t let this woman take the Tathāgata in her arms, she will spew warm blood from her mouth and die.” The monks did not hinder her any further, and, after holding the Blessed One in her arms, she sat before him to listen to the Dharma.

3.­4

The Blessed One directly apprehended her thoughts, habitual tendencies, temperament, and nature, and taught her the Dharma accordingly. Hearing it, the woman destroyed with the thunderbolt of wisdom the twenty high peaks of the mountain of views concerning the transitory collection, and manifested the resultant state of stream entry right where she sat.

3.­5

Having seen the truths, she rose from her seat, drew down the right shoulder of her upper garment, bowed toward the Blessed One with palms together, and implored him, “Blessed One, if permitted I wish to go forth in the Dharma and Vinaya so well spoken, complete my novitiate, and achieve full ordination. In the presence of the Blessed One, I too wish to practice the holy life.”

3.­6

The Blessed One presented her to Mahā­prajāpatī Gautamī, who led her to go forth as a novice, conferred on her full ordination, and instructed her. Casting away all afflictive emotions through diligence, practice, and effort, she manifested arhatship. As an arhat, free from the attachments of the three realms, her mind regarded gold no differently than filth, and the palms of her hands as like space itself. She became cool like wet sandalwood. Her insight crushed ignorance like an eggshell. She achieved the insights, superknowledges, and discriminations. She had no regard for worldly profit, passion, or acclaim. She became an object of offering, veneration, and respectful address by Indra, Upendra, and the other gods. [F.120.b]

3.­7

Then the Blessed One spoke of her greatness, saying, “Monks, this is the nun Kacaṅkalā‍—among my listener nuns, she is foremost of those who interpret the sūtras.”

The monks requested the Blessed One, “Lord, tell us why thousands of women have seen the Blessed One, but never has anyone run to him from a distance like that.”

“Monks,” explained the Blessed One, “Kacaṅkalā was my mother for five hundred lifetimes. She saw me and ran to me because of these habitual tendencies.”

3.­8

“Lord, if she was the Blessed One’s mother for five hundred lifetimes, why is she not your mother now?”

“Monks, there are two causes and two conditions for her not being my mother now,” the Blessed One replied. “First, Mahā­māyādevī prayed, ‘Oh, but let me become the mother of the Buddha!’ And I myself, in distress, also prayed, ‘May she who is my mother, in the future not be my mother.’ ”

3.­9

“What distress did she cause the Blessed One?” they asked.

“Monks,” the Blessed One replied, “bodhisattvas delight in renunciation and love to give, and she continually created obstacles to my renunciation and charity. This is why she caused me distress.”

3.­10

The monks asked the Blessed One, “Lord, what action did the nun Kacaṅkalā take that ripened into her first being poor and then going forth only in her old age?”

“Bodhisattvas delight in renunciation [F.121.a] and love to give,” the Blessed One explained, “and for a certain number of my lives she obstructed my renunciation and charity. That act ripened into her now being poor, and going forth only in her old age.”

3.­11

“Lord, what action did the nun Kacaṅkalā take that ripened into the Blessed One declaring her the foremost among those who interpret the sūtras, and that she pleased and did not displease the Blessed One, went forth in the doctrine of the Blessed One, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship?”

“It came about by the power of her prayers,” replied the Blessed One.

3.­12

“Lord, where did she make these prayers?”

“Monks,” the Blessed One recounted, “in times past, in this fortunate eon, when people lived as long as twenty thousand years and the tathāgata, the arhat, the totally and completely awakened buddha possessed of insight and perfect conduct, the sugata, the knower of the world, the tamer of persons, the charioteer, the unsurpassed one, the teacher of humans and gods, the blessed buddha known as Kāśyapa was in the world, she went forth in his teaching, and the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa commended her preceptor as foremost among those who interpret the sūtras.

3.­13

“She practiced pure conduct all her life, and at the time of her death she prayed, ‘While I may not have attained any great virtues, still I have gone forth in the teaching of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa and practiced pure conduct all my life. By this root of virtue, may I please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha. Going forth in his doctrine alone may I cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifest arhatship. [F.121.b] Just as he commended my preceptor as foremost among those who interpret the sūtras, may the peerless Śākyamuni, King of the Śākyas, likewise commend me as foremost among those who interpret the sūtras.’

3.­14

“O monks, what do you think? The one who was that nun then is none other than Kacaṅkalā now. At that time she practiced pure conduct all her life, and at the time of her death she prayed, ‘May I please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha. Going forth in his doctrine alone may I cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifest arhatship. Just as he commended my preceptor as foremost among those who interpret the sūtras, may the peerless Śākyamuni, King of the Śākyas, likewise commend me as foremost among those who interpret the sūtras.’

3.­15

“So it is, monks, now that I myself have become the very equal of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa‍—equal in strength, equal in deeds, and equal in skillful means‍—that she has pleased me, not displeased me, gone forth in my very doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship, and that I commended her as foremost among those who interpret the sūtras.”

The Story of Kaineya

3.­16

When the Blessed One was staying at the Domicile of Ghosts in the Adumā region, one morning he donned his lower garment and Dharma robes, and, carrying his alms bowl, went for alms in Adumā village. After receiving his alms in Adumā village, he ate his meal, [F.122.a] and since he no longer took food in the later part of the day, he washed his feet outside the Domicile of Ghosts, and entered the grounds to meditate. In the meantime there was a thunderstorm, and lightning struck in Adumā. The people there were chattering anxiously about how it killed four bulls and two brothers: one a householder, the other a peasant farmer.

3.­17

As evening fell, the Blessed One rose from his meditation and emerged from the Domicile of Ghosts and lingered there, walking among the shadows on the grounds of the Domicile of Ghosts. Thereupon one of the great many people there got up and walked toward the Blessed One. After approaching him, he touched his head to the Blessed One’s feet and fell in behind him, that he might also walk where the Blessed One had walked.

3.­18

The Blessed One asked the man, “My friend! What are the people of Adumā village chattering about so anxiously?”

“Lord,” said the man, “there was a thunderstorm, and lightning struck in Adumā. Everyone is chattering anxiously about how it killed four bulls and two brothers: one a householder, the other a peasant farmer. Did the Blessed One not hear the thunder roar and the lightning strike?”

3.­19

“No, I didn’t hear it,” the Blessed One replied.

“How is that?” the man asked. “Was the Blessed One sleeping?”

The Blessed One said, “No, I was not asleep at all.”

3.­20

“If the Blessed One has faculties of perception and wasn’t asleep,” he said, “then how did he not hear the thunder roar and the lightning strike?”

“I have faculties of perception, and I was not sleeping,” the Blessed One replied, “but I did not hear the thunder roar nor the lightning strike.”

3.­21

Now the man had to think this over. “Hmm,” he thought, “although he has faculties of perception and was not sleeping, still he did not hear the thunder roar nor the lightning strike. How wonderful that the Blessed One can abide so peacefully in meditation.” [F.122.b] This made the man very happy, and in his happiness he made offerings to the Blessed One.

3.­22

At that time in the forests of the Adumā region there lived a certain sage named Kaineya who was clairvoyant and had a retinue of five hundred. Not far away in another forest lived his sister’s son, a sage by the name of Śaila, who also had a retinue of five hundred. Both sages also spent time on the banks of Lake Mandākinī, traveling there now and again to spend the day.

3.­23

The blessed buddhas, teachers of the one path to be traversed, with mastery over wisdom and the two types of knowable objects, in command of the three kinds of sterling equanimity, fearless by means of the fourfold fearlessness, freed from migration through the five destinies, keen in the six sense bases, practiced in the seven limbs of enlightenment, focused on the eight liberations, absorbed in the nine successive meditative absorptions, possessing all ten of the ten powers, whose proclamations are the great roaring of a perfect lion, by nature regard the world with their buddha eyes six times throughout the day and night‍—three times by day and three times by night.

3.­24

These are their thoughts as they look out in wisdom: “Who is in decline? Who will flourish? Who is destitute? Who is in a dreadful state? Who is being harmed? Who is destitute, in a dreadful state, and being harmed? Who is veering toward the lower realms? Who is descending through the lower realms? Who has descended to the lower realms? Whom shall I pull up from the lower realms, and establish in the resultant state of heaven and liberation? Whom, mired in misdeeds, shall I lift up by the hand? Whom, lacking the seven jewels of the noble ones, shall I lead to command of the seven jewels of the noble ones? Whom, not having produced roots of virtue, shall I lead to produce them? Whom, having already produced roots of virtue, shall I lead to ripen their roots of virtue? Whom, having already ripened their roots of virtue, [F.123.a] shall I slice open with the blade of wisdom? For whom shall I cause this world, adorned with a buddha’s presence, to be fruitful?”

3.­25
The ocean, home of creatures fierce,
Could fail to send its tides on time.
But when the time has come to tame
Their offspring, buddhas never fail.
3.­26

The Blessed One thought, “If I give a Dharma teaching to the four great kings there, I will tame the sages Kaineya and Śaila, so I will give a Dharma teaching to the four great kings there on the banks of Lake Mandākinī and tame the sages Kaineya and Śaila with little difficulty.” The Blessed One then had a thought about the world:92 “The four great kings can understand my intention, and when they understand it and think, ‘The Blessed One intends to give a Dharma teaching to us on the banks of Lake Mandākinī,’ they will agree to attend.”

3.­27

And indeed, the four great kings directly apprehended the Blessed One’s intention and dispatched their servants, instructing them, “Go now and prepare a seat on the banks of Lake Mandākinī. Scatter different kinds of flowers on the ground, and sprinkle it with fragrant water. Look after the sages Kaineya and Śaila, for it would not be right if harm came to them at the hands of humans, nonhuman spirits, or rākṣasas.”

3.­28

“As you wish,” the servants of the four great kings replied, and they traveled to Lake Mandākinī, where they prepared a seat, scattered different kinds of flowers on the ground, and sprinkled it with fragrant water.

3.­29

Kaineya, seeing that the servants of the four great kings had prepared a seat on the banks of Lake Mandākinī, scattered different kinds of flowers on the ground, and sprinkled it with fragrant water, asked them, “Why are you here making all these preparations?” [F.123.b]

3.­30

“We are preparing a seat for the Blessed One, for he wishes to teach the Dharma to the four great kings,” they replied.

“What! Can’t I teach them Dharma?” Kaineya asked, to which the servants of the four great kings replied, “The ascetic Gautama will teach them the Dharma, not you.”

3.­31

“Then why are you following me all about?” he asked.

“A large number of servants and attendants are going to accompany them, so we are looking after you for fear you might be harmed.”

“What? Is it me alone you look after?” Kaineya demanded. “Or do you look after the ascetic Gautama as well?”

3.­32

The servants of the four great kings replied, “We do not look after the ascetic Gautama. He himself protects the world, including the gods.”

Kaineya thought, “The ascetic Gautama must be a person of great miracles and great power, if even the gods strive to worship him in such a way.”

The Blessed One disappeared from the Adumā region and traveled to the banks of Lake Mandākinī, where he took his place on the seat prepared for him.

3.­33

The great king Dhṛtarāṣṭra and the thousands upon thousands of gandharvas who serve him then filled the fronts of their long shirts with divine lotus, blue lotus, white water lily, and white lotus flowers and went to see the Blessed One. When they arrived, they touched their heads to the Blessed One’s feet, scattered the divine lotus, blue lotus, white water lily, and white lotus flowers over him, and circumambulated the Blessed One seven times before taking their seats in the east, facing the Blessed One to the west.

3.­34

Then the great king Virūḍhaka and the thousands upon thousands of kumbhāṇḍas who serve him all filled the fronts of their long shirts with jewels and went to see the Blessed One. When they arrived, they scattered jewels over the Blessed One, [F.124.a] touched their heads to his feet, and took their seats in the south, facing the Blessed One to the north.

3.­35

Then the great king Virūpākṣa and the thousands upon thousands of nāgas who serve him all filled the fronts of their long shirts with pearls and went to see the Blessed One. When they arrived they scattered pearls over the Blessed One, touched their heads to his feet, and took their seats in the west, facing the Blessed One to the east.

3.­36

Then the great king Vaiśravaṇa and the thousands upon thousands of yakṣas who serve him all filled the fronts of their long shirts with gold and silver, and went to see the Blessed One. Upon their arrival, they scattered gold and silver over the Blessed One, touched their heads to his feet, and took their seats in the north, facing the Blessed One to the south.

3.­37

Now since two of the great kings were from barbaric outlying regions, and two were from central lands, the Blessed One thought, “If I give a Dharma teaching in the language of the central lands, two of them will understand what I am saying, and two of them will not, but if I give a Dharma teaching in the language of the barbaric outlying regions, still only two of them will understand what I am saying, and two of them will not. So, I will teach it to each of them individually.”

3.­38

With this thought he said to the great king Dhṛtarāṣṭra, “Great King, the separation from the body, the abating of sensations, the cessation of perceptions, the allaying of formations, and the disappearance of consciousness is itself the end of suffering.” When he gave this Dharma teaching, the great king Dhṛtarāṣṭra and the many thousands of gods who belong to the same class as him achieved the Dharma vision that is free from dust and stainless with regard to phenomena. [F.124.b]

3.­39

After that the Blessed One said to the great king Virūḍhaka, “Great King, when you see, you should have the wisdom to merely see. When you listen, you should have the wisdom to merely hear. When your intelligence begins to differentiate, you should have the wisdom to merely differentiate. And regarding consciousness, you should have the wisdom of mere consciousness. This itself is the end of suffering.” When he gave this Dharma teaching, the great king Virūḍhaka and the many thousands of gods who belong to the same class as him achieved the Dharma vision that is free from dust and stainless with regard to phenomena.

3.­40

Then the Blessed One said to the great king Virūpākṣa, “E ne me ne dab phu da dab phu,” which means precisely, “This itself is the end of suffering.” When he gave this Dharma teaching, the great king Virūpākṣa and the many thousands of gods who belong to the same class as him achieved the Dharma vision that is free from dust and stainless with regard to phenomena.

3.­41

Then the Blessed One said to the great king Vaiśravaṇa, “Mā śā tu śā sang śāmā sarva datra viratrī,” which means precisely, “This itself is the end of suffering.” When he gave this Dharma teaching the great king Vaiśravaṇa and the many thousands of gods who belong to the same class as him achieved the Dharma vision that is free from dust and stainless with regard to phenomena.

3.­42

The four great kings perceived the truths,93 discovered the truths, realized the truths, and fathomed the truths to their very depths, overcoming whatever doubt or hesitation they had. Of their own accord, completely unprompted, and fearless on account of the truths their teacher had shown them, they rose from their seats, drew down the right shoulder of their upper garments, bowed toward the Blessed One with palms pressed together, and said, “Lord, we [F.125.a] have been inducted into the Dharma, we have been inducted into the Dharma indeed. We seek refuge in the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha. We wish to take refuge and the fundamental precepts.”

3.­43

The Blessed One replied, “My friends, what you have said is very good.” At this the four great kings rejoiced, praised all that the Blessed One had said, touched their heads to his feet, and took leave of the Blessed One.

3.­44

After they had left the monks asked the Blessed Buddha, “Lord, what actions did these four great kings take that ripened into two of them being renowned as the lords of the central lands, and two of the barbaric outlying regions, and that they pleased the Blessed One, and did not displease him?”

3.­45

“Monks,” the Blessed One recounted, “in times past, in this fortunate eon, when people lived as long as twenty thousand years and the tathāgata, the arhat, the totally and completely awakened buddha possessed of insight and perfect conduct, the sugata, the knower of the world, the tamer of persons, the charioteer, the unsurpassed one, the teacher of humans and gods, the blessed buddha known as Kāśyapa was in the world, there were two nāga kings named Āśvāsa and Mahā­śvāsa who lived on the slopes of Mount Sumeru. Two bird kings lived there as well, the garuḍas Sound and Great Sound.

3.­46

“Afraid of the two garuḍas, the two nāgas fled, traveling down to the base of the universe, where they remained. The nāga kings Āśvāsa and Mahā­śvāsa liked the doctrine of the totally and completed awakened Buddha Kāśyapa, so both went for refuge and took the fundamental precepts. Having [F.125.b] taken refuge and the fundamental precepts, the nāga kings were no longer vulnerable to the garuḍas, so they emerged from the waters of the great ocean completely at ease.

3.­47

“The garuḍas Sound and Great Sound saw the two nāga kings emerge from the waters of the great ocean completely at ease. They were overwhelmed at the sight of them and were unable to harm them by force, for striking at them was like smacking into Mount Sumeru. ‘Before you were afraid of us and fled, down to the base of the universe‍—so how is it that you are now so completely at ease, and that we are unable to harm you?’ they asked them.

3.­48

“ ‘We’ve taken refuge and the fundamental precepts from the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa,’ the two nāgas replied. ‘That’s why we are no longer vulnerable to you.’

3.­49

“ ‘Who is this one you call “Buddha”?’ the garuḍas asked. The nāgas described the Buddha to them in detail, and immediately after hearing about him they too were filled with the greatest admiration for the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa. Joyful, they too went to see the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa.

3.­50

“They took refuge and the fundamental precepts and acted in accord with the nāgas by being friends with them, coexisting with them, and going for refuge and maintaining the fundamental precepts together with them.

3.­51

“At the time of their deaths they prayed, ‘We have gone forth like this in the teaching of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa and practiced pure conduct all our lives. By this root of virtue, wherever we are born, may we be renowned as lords of those regions. May we please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely [F.126.a] awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha. May we go forth in his doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifest arhatship.’

3.­52

“O monks, what do you think? The ones who were the nāga kings Āśvāsa and Mahā­śvāsa then are none other than the great kings Dhṛtarāṣṭra and Virūḍhaka of the central lands. Those who were the garuḍa kings Sound and Great Sound then are none other than the great kings Virūpākṣa and Vaiśravaṇa of the barbaric outlying regions. At that time they went for refuge and maintained the fundamental precepts all their lives, and at the time of their deaths they prayed, ‘By this root of virtue, wherever we are born, may we be renowned as lords of those regions. May we please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha.’ Those acts ripened into their current renown as lords among the gods of the Abodes of the Four Great Kings.

3.­53

“So it is, monks, now that I myself have become the very equal of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa‍—equal in strength, equal in deeds, and equal in skillful means‍—that they have pleased me, not displeased me, gone forth in my very doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship.”

3.­54

Kaineya was standing nearby as the Blessed One taught the Dharma to the four great kings and told of their past actions, and he could hear every word. As soon he heard it all, he experienced a surge of joy toward the Blessed One, approached him, touched his head to the Blessed One’s feet, and sat before him to listen to the Dharma. The Blessed One [F.126.b] directly apprehended his thoughts, habitual tendencies, temperament, capacity, and nature, and taught him the Dharma accordingly.

3.­55

When he heard it, Kaineya destroyed with the thunderbolt of wisdom the twenty high peaks of the mountain of views concerning the transitory collection, and manifested the resultant state of stream entry right where he sat. After seeing the truths, he rose from his seat, drew down the right shoulder of his upper garment, bowed toward the Blessed One with palms pressed together, and implored him, “I would like to request that the Blessed One and the saṅgha of monks remain here in the region this morning. Please accept the beverages I shall prepare for you when it is no longer proper for you to eat.” The Blessed One assented by his silence.

3.­56

Understanding that by his silence the Blessed One had given his assent, Kaineya prepared eight different beverages‍—apple juice, banana juice, juniper juice, fig juice, udumbara juice, wild date palm berry juice, buckwheat juice, and grape juice‍—and went to present them to the Blessed One. When he arrived he implored the Blessed One, “Lord, the great sages of the past have sung the praises of these eight different beverages, extolling their virtues and speaking highly of them. I implore the Blessed One to please accept them out of compassion for us.” Out of compassion the Blessed One accepted the eight different beverages from Kaineya.

3.­57

The Blessed One then addressed the monks, saying, “Monks, I permit the monks, nuns, and female and male novices to drink all eight of these different beverages‍—be they filtered or unfiltered, clear or unclear, turbid or settled, of good color or not of good color‍— [F.127.a] at the proper times of day, but not at improper times. Of these eight different beverages, those filtered with cloth, clear, good in color, settled, and free of residue may be imbibed at improper times as well.”

3.­58

The sage Kaineya bowed to the Blessed One with his palms pressed together and beseeched him, “Lord, please allow me to request you and the saṅgha of monks to take your food at my house tomorrow,” and the Blessed One assented by his silence. Understanding that by his silence the Blessed One had given his assent, Kaineya then asked the Blessed One, “In that case, Lord, may I request that you all stay here in the forest tonight?”

3.­59

The Blessed One replied, “If it pleases you, Kaineya, we shall.” The Blessed One then disappeared from the banks of Lake Mandākinī and appeared seated in the forest with the saṅgha of monks, not far from where Kaineya lived.

3.­60

Early in the morning, before sunrise, Kaineya called to his young brahmins, “Noble ones, get up! Get up, gentle ones, get up! Attend to your reception room duties‍—split wood, make a fire, cook up the rice, prepare the vegetables, and make fried bread!” Kaineya was not the only one staying there that night. Śaila was there as well, and he heard Kaineya calling out to the young brahmins early in the morning before sunrise, “Noble ones, get up! Get up, gentle ones, get up! Attend to your reception room duties‍—split wood, make a fire, cook up the rice, prepare the vegetables, and make fried bread!” [F.127.b]

3.­61

When he heard this he thought, “What is this sage doing, sending off a bride to be married? Or is he about to receive a bride, perhaps? If not, he must be hosting foreign visitors, or craftsmen, or a group of men, or perhaps the king and his retinue.” Wondering about this, Śaila asked Kaineya, “What are you doing, sage, sending off a bride to be married? Or are you about to receive a bride, perhaps? If not, are you hosting foreign visitors, or craftsmen, or a group of men, or perhaps the king and his retinue?”

3.­62

“I am neither sending off a bride to be married, nor receiving a bride, nor hosting foreign visitors, craftsmen, or a group of men, nor hosting the king and his retinue,” replied Kaineya. “Rather, today I have invited the Buddha and the rest of the saṅgha of monks for a meal.”

3.­63

When Śaila heard the name Buddha, a sound unlike any he had heard before, it gave him goosebumps, and filled him with joy. Śaila asked Kaineya, “Sage, who is this one you call ‘Buddha’?”

3.­64

“Sage,” Kaineya replied, “near the Himalayas, on the banks of the Ganges, not far from the dwelling of the sage Kapila, a child was born to the Śākyas. The brahmin soothsayers and augurs made this prediction about him: ‘If he remains here at home, he will become a universal monarch, but if he shaves his head and face and dons the colorful robes of the holy, and if with nothing short of perfect faith he goes forth from home to live as a mendicant, then he will be renowned throughout the world as a tathāgata, an arhat, a totally and completely awakened buddha.’ He shaved his head and face and donned the colorful religious robes, and with nothing short of perfect faith went forth from home to live as a mendicant until he awakened unto unexcelled, total, and complete enlightenment. This, O sage, is the one we call Buddha.”

3.­65

“Sage, who are those you call ‘saṅgha’?”

“O sage, [F.128.a] among them are wise warriors, wise brahmins, wise householders, and wise mendicants as well. They are all those who have gone forth to follow the Tathāgata, the Arhat, the totally and completely awakened Buddha. These, sage, are the ones I call the saṅgha. Today I have invited the Buddha and the rest of the saṅgha of monks for a meal.”

3.­66

Śaila asked Kaineya, “Where is the Blessed One now, sage?”

“In the forests of the Adumā region, sage,” replied Kaineya. “If you wish to see him,

3.­67
“Brahmin, head to the beautiful forest,
For that is where he is.
There you shall see the Buddha, our guide,
Holding court like a gandharva king.”
3.­68

Śaila heeded Kaineya’s advice and went to the forest to see the Blessed One. There he saw the Blessed One from a distance. His body, graced and resplendent with the thirty-two signs of a great person, looked like it was on fire, like tongues of fire stoked with ghee, like a lamp set in a golden vessel, and like a pillar adorned with all manner of jewels. He was immaculate, clear-minded, and pure of heart.

3.­69

He saw the Blessed Buddha, and the sight of him filled him with supreme joy, for beings who have gathered the roots of virtue to see a buddha for the first time experience such rapture as is not to be had even by those who practice calm abiding meditation for twelve years.

3.­70

After he saw the Blessed Buddha in this way, he approached him, touched his head to his feet, and sat before him to listen to the Dharma. The Blessed One directly apprehended his thoughts, habitual tendencies, temperament, capacity, and [F.128.b] nature, and taught him the Dharma accordingly. When he heard it, the sage Śaila destroyed with the thunderbolt of wisdom the twenty high peaks of the mountain of views concerning the transitory collection, and manifested the resultant state of non-return right where he sat.

3.­71

After seeing the truths, he rose from his seat, drew down the right shoulder of his upper garment, bowed toward the Blessed One with palms pressed together, and made this request of the Blessed One: “Lord, if permitted I wish to go forth in the Dharma and Vinaya so well spoken, complete my novitiate, and achieve full ordination. In the presence of the Blessed One, I too wish to practice the holy life.”

3.­72

“Sage, have you consulted your retinue?” asked the Blessed One.

“No, Lord,” replied Śaila, “I have not.”

The Blessed One replied, “In that case, sage, first consult your retinue. It is only fitting that a person like yourself, renowned by all and possessed of great merit, should do so.”

3.­73

So Śaila went to see his young brahmins, and when he arrived he informed them, “Young brahmins, I must let you know that I wish to practice the holy life in the presence of the Blessed One. What will you do now?”

“It is with your support, preceptor, that we have sought anything at all,” they replied. “Should the ascetic Gautama lead our preceptor to go forth, we will go forth as well.”

3.­74

“Young brahmins,” Śaila said, “if you are certain the time is right, then may it be so.”

Then Śaila went to see the Blessed One along with his five hundred devotees. When he arrived he touched his head to the Blessed One’s feet, and then petitioned the Blessed One: “Lord, I have consulted my devotees, [F.129.a] and if permitted, Lord, we wish to go forth in the Dharma and Vinaya so well spoken, complete our novitiates, and achieve full ordination. In the presence of the Blessed One, we too wish to practice the holy life.”

3.­75

“Come, join me, monks!” the Blessed One replied. “Practice the holy life.”

As soon as the Blessed One had finished speaking there they stood, alms bowl and water pitcher in hand, with but a week’s worth of hair and beard, and with the deportment of a monk who had been ordained for one hundred years. As it is stated,

3.­76
Garbed in robes, with shaven heads,
And senses stilled by Buddha’s will‍—
From the very moment the One Thus Gone
Spoke to them, saying, “Come, join me.”
3.­77

After preparing many good, wholesome foods that night, Kaineya rose in the morning, prepared seats, filled the water pots, and set them out. Then he sent a message to the Blessed One reminding him it was time for the midday meal: “Lord, the midday meal is upon us. Know that the time has come, Blessed One, and your presence is requested.”

3.­78

That morning the Blessed One donned his lower garment and Dharma robes, and, carrying his alms bowl, set out surrounded and escorted by an assembly of monks, until they arrived at Kaineya’s reception room. There, the Blessed One took his place on the seat prepared for him and Kaineya by his own hand contented the Buddha and the rest of the saṅgha of monks with many good, wholesome foods, proffering all that they wished.

3.­79

Kaineya saw that Śaila and his five hundred devotees had gone forth, and thus were also seated there. Recognizing this, he asked Śaila, “Sage, have you gone forth?” [F.129.b]

“Yes, my friend, I have gone forth.”

“Good!” Sage Kaineya said, “Very good! I too shall go forth after the Blessed One and the rest of the saṅgha of monks have finished eating.”94

3.­80

After contenting them by his own hand with many different kinds of good, wholesome food, proffering all that they wished, once he knew that the Blessed One had finished eating, his bowl had been taken away, and his hands washed, he drew down the right shoulder of his upper garment, bowed toward the Blessed One with palms pressed together, and requested, “Lord, if permitted I wish to go forth in the Dharma and Vinaya so well spoken, complete my novitiate, and achieve full ordination. In the presence of the Blessed One, I too wish to practice the holy life.”

3.­81

“Sage, have you consulted your retinue?” asked the Blessed One.

“No, Lord,” replied Kaineya, “I have not.”

“In that case, sage, first consult your retinue. It is only fitting that a person like yourself, renowned by all and possessed of great merit, should do so.”

3.­82

So Kaineya went to see his young brahmins, and when he arrived he informed them, “Young brahmins, I must let you know that I wish to practice the holy life in the presence of the Blessed One. What will you do now?”

3.­83

“It is with your support, preceptor, that we have sought anything at all,” they replied. “Should the ascetic Gautama lead our preceptor to go forth, we will go forth as well.”

“Young brahmins,” Kaineya said, “if you are [F.130.a] certain the time is right, then may it be so.”

3.­84

So Kaineya went to see the Blessed One along with his five hundred devotees, and when he arrived he touched his head to the feet of the Blessed One, and told him, “Lord, I have consulted my devotees, and if permitted, Lord, we wish to go forth in the Dharma and Vinaya so well spoken, complete our novitiates, and achieve full ordination. In the presence of the Blessed One, we too wish to practice the holy life.”

“Come, join me, monks!” replied the Blessed One. “Practice the holy life.”

3.­85

As soon as the Blessed One had finished speaking there they stood, alms bowl and water pitcher in hand, with but a week’s worth of hair and beard, and with the deportment of a monk who had been ordained for one hundred years. As it is stated,

3.­86
Garbed in robes, with shaven heads,
And senses stilled by Buddha’s will‍—
From the very moment the One Thus Gone
Spoke to them, saying, “Come, join me.”
3.­87

The Blessed One taught Śaila and Kaineya, and they cast away all afflictive emotions through diligence, practice, and effort, and manifested arhatship. He entrusted five hundred of their monks to Venerable Brāhmaṇa Mahā­kapina, two hundred and fifty to Venerable Śāriputra, and two hundred and fifty to Venerable Maudgalyāyana, and told them, “Give them your spiritual advice, and then instruct them to keep it in mind.”

“Yes, Blessed One,” they agreed. “We will do just as you have instructed.”

3.­88

Venerable Śāriputra, Venerable Maudgalyāyana, and Venerable Brāhmaṇa Mahā­kapina brought the monks to the banks of the Hiraṇyavatī River, [F.130.b] where they pledged to stay in retreat during the rains. While observing their pledge to stay in retreat during the rains, they were given instructions to ponder. Venerable Brāhmaṇa Kapina established his five hundred monks in arhatship, Venerable Maudgalyāyana established his two hundred and fifty monks in the resultant state of non-return, and Venerable Śāriputra established his two hundred and fifty monks in the resultant state of stream entry.

3.­89

Now there are two times of year when it is customary for the disciples of the Blessed Buddha to convene‍—in the middle of the summer months when the time comes for the summer retreat, and on the full moon of the last month of autumn. When the time comes in the middle of the summer months for the monks to enter the rains retreat, the monks receive instructions to ponder, and then they pledge to remain for the duration of the summer in mountain ravines, in mountain caves, in caves of reeds, on the plains, in charnel grounds, or in the forests. Then, when the full moon of the last month of autumn arrives, they give an account of all that they have realized, and they put questions to their superiors regarding all that they still do not understand.

3.­90

The five hundred in each of Venerable Śāriputra and Venerable Maudgalyāyana’s two retinues and the five hundred of Venerable Brāhmaṇa Mahā­kapina’s retinue all entered summer retreat. When three months had passed and their summer retreat was finished, they donned their lower garments and Dharma robes, and, carrying their alms bowls, they went to see the Blessed One. Upon their arrival they touched their heads to the Blessed One’s feet, and took seats at one side. After they had taken their seats at one side, they gave the Blessed One an account of all that they had realized, and put questions to him regarding all that they still did not understand. The Blessed One gave them more advanced instructions to ponder, and they cast away all afflictive emotions with diligence, practice, and effort, and manifested arhatship.

3.­91

The monks asked the Blessed One, [F.131.a] “Lord, tell us why Venerable Brāhmaṇa Mahā­kapina, Venerable Maudgalyāyana, and Venerable Śāriputra established five hundred monks in arhatship, in the resultant state of non-return, and in the resultant state of stream entry.”

3.­92

“Not only now, monks” the Blessed One explained, “but in times past as well, and in the same way, Venerable Brāhmaṇa Mahā­kapina, Venerable Maudgalyāyana, and Venerable Śāriputra, respectively, established their five hundred monks in the four meditative states and five superknowledges, in the formless realm, and in the form realm. Listen well!

3.­93

“Monks, in times gone by, on a certain mountain there lived two sages, each with five hundred devotees. One sage lived on one side of the mountain with his five hundred devotees, and the other lived on the other side of the mountain with his five hundred devotees. One day, one of the sages passed away. After the young brahmins made offerings to his relics, they went to see the other sage, and the other sage brought them into his retinue. Then the thought occurred to the sage, ‘After I pass away, there will be no one to look after these young men. I must see to their needs while I’m still alive.’

3.­94

“Now, this sage had three outstanding students, so he entrusted five hundred young brahmins to one of them and entrusted two hundred and fifty to each of the other two. Then he told them, ‘Both while I am living and after my death, you must teach these disciples and see to it that they also ponder the instructions.’ One of the three established his five hundred young brahmins in the four meditative states and five superknowledges, one established his two hundred and fifty in the formless realm, [F.131.b] and one established his two hundred and fifty in the form realm.

3.­95

“O monks, what do you think? The one who placed those young brahmins in the four meditative states and five superknowledges then is none other than Brāhmaṇa Kapina. The one who placed them in the formless realm then is none other than Maudgalyāyana. And the one who placed them in the form realm then is none other than Śāriputra.

3.­96

“At that time, one of them placed them in the four meditative states and five superknowledges, one of them placed them in the formless realm, and one of them placed them in the form realm, and so too now one has placed them in arhatship, one has placed them in the resultant state of non-return, and one has placed them in the resultant state of stream entry.

3.­97

“Furthermore, monks, Brāhmaṇa Kapina’s students have keen intelligence, Maudgalyāyana’s students are of average intelligence, and Śāriputra’s students are less intelligent. Monks, if Śāriputra’s students could not so much as generate heat when handed to Brāhmaṇa Kapina, how then could they have realizations of a higher order?”

3.­98

The monks asked the Blessed Buddha, “Lord, what actions did the sages Kaineya and Śaila and their devotees take that ripened such that they pleased and did not displease the Blessed One, went forth in the doctrine of the Blessed One, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship?”

“It came about by the power of their prayers,” replied the Blessed One.

3.­99

“When did they make these prayers?”

“Monks,” the Blessed One explained, [F.132.a] “in times past, in this fortunate eon, when people lived as long as twenty thousand years and the tathāgata, the arhat, the totally and completely awakened buddha possessed of insight and perfect conduct, the sugata, the knower of the world, the tamer of persons, the charioteer, the unsurpassed one, the teacher of humans and gods, the blessed buddha known as Kāśyapa was in the world, there lived two householders in Vārāṇasī who were very close friends.

3.­100

“One day they found faith in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa, gave up household affairs, and went forth. After they went forth, they studied the Tripiṭaka and became proponents of the Dharma with all the eloquence of their wisdom and freedom. They acquired provisions of clothing, food, bedding, a seat, and medicines for the sick. Each of them gathered five hundred students and became a master teacher with his own retinue.

3.­101

“They both practiced pure conduct all their lives, and at the time of their deaths, they prayed, ‘May we please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha. May we go forth in his doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifest arhatship.’

3.­102

“Their students asked them, ‘What kind of prayers are you making?’ They both answered in detail, and then the devotees also prayed, ‘May we too, entrusting ourselves to the two of you, please and not displease the Blessed Buddha. May we go forth in his doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifest arhatship.’ [F.132.b]

3.­103

“O monks, what do you think? Those who were the master teachers of their own retinues then are none other than the sages Kaineya and Śaila. Those who were their students then are none other than these one thousand monks. At that time they prayed, ‘May we please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha. May we go forth in his doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifest arhatship.’

3.­104

“So it is, monks, now that I myself have become the very equal of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa‍—equal in strength, equal in deeds, and equal in skillful means‍—that they have pleased me, not displeased me, gone forth in my very doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship.” [B11]

The Betrothal of the Bride: Two Stories

The First “Betrothal of the Bride” Story

3.­105

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, there lived two householders who were very close friends. One day, one of them said to the other, “My friend, let’s make certain that come what may, the bond between us can never be broken.”

“How could we do that?” asked the other householder.

“We have to become kin,” said the first.

3.­106

“Do you have a son or daughter?” wondered the other.

“No, I don’t,” said the first.

“Well, if you don’t have a son or daughter and I don’t either, how will we ever be kin?” asked the other. [F.133.a]

3.­107

“There are two ways to become related to someone,” replied the first, “through children you’ve already borne, or through children not yet born to you. Even though neither one of us has children, we could become kin through the children we’ve yet to have. Say, for instance, I have a son and you have a daughter‍—then we betroth your daughter to my son. Or say you have a son and I have a daughter‍—then we betroth my daughter to your son.” With that they became kin, despite the fact that their children had not yet been born, and they went their separate ways.

3.­108

Then one day the wife of the first conceived, and after nine or ten months had passed, she gave birth to a child who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. At the elaborate feast celebrating his birth they named him according to their clan, and they raised him on milk, yogurt, butter, ghee, and milk solids.

3.­109

Sometime after that, as the other and his wife enjoyed themselves and coupled, his wife conceived. After nine or ten months had passed, she gave birth to a child who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. At the elaborate feast celebrating her birth they named her according to their clan, and they raised her on milk, yogurt, butter, ghee, and milk solids. When she grew up she found faith in the doctrine of the Blessed One, went for refuge, and took the fundamental precepts.

3.­110

One day she asked for her parents’ permission, saying, “Mother, Father, I cannot engage in sexual relations. Therefore I am asking for your kind permission to go forth in the doctrine of the Blessed One.”

“My child, we cannot allow that,” her parents said, “for we betrothed you to a family before you were born.”

3.­111

The young woman persisted in asking over and over until her parents thought, “Alas, it may be that our daughter will disobey us and go forth. [F.133.b] We must warn our prospective in-laws.” So they said to the boy’s parents, “Our daughter wants to go forth, and it is possible she will do so in secret. Do not delay in making her a bride and bringing her into your home.”

3.­112

Now no sooner had they heard this than the householders dressed up their son and sent the young man‍—adorned with every type of adornment, laden with riches‍—to the home of his in-laws, and the householders handed their daughter to him to be married, as is the custom among householders.

3.­113

After he had accepted her as his bride, the young woman fled. She went to the nunnery, where her preceptor led her to go forth as a novice and then conferred on her full ordination and instructed her. Casting away all afflictive emotions through diligence, practice, and effort, she manifested arhatship, and even began to perform miracles. She became an object of offering, veneration, and respectful address by Indra, Upendra, and the other gods.

3.­114

When the young man heard that his wife had run away, he immediately set out to look for her, accompanied by many servants. Arriving at the nunnery, the young man found his wife, head shaved, garbed in the colorful religious robes, sitting cross-legged in meditation. As soon as he saw her he went to her and took her by the hand. Just then she rose up into the sky, making a miraculous display of fire and light, rain and lightning. At the sight of this the young man and the others gathered there experienced a surge of joy, and in their joy they bowed down at her feet, and said, “O great fortunate one, please, please come down! We’re mired in misdeeds! Please reach down and lift us up!”

3.­115

When she descended, the young man touched his head to her feet, asked for her forgiveness, provided for all her needs, and sat before her to listen to the Dharma. She realized the thoughts, [F.134.a] habitual tendencies, temperament, capacity, and nature of the young man and the others gathered there, and taught them the Dharma accordingly. When they heard it, they destroyed with the thunderbolt of wisdom the twenty high peaks of the mountain of views concerning the transitory collection, and manifested the resultant state of stream entry right where they sat.

3.­116

Having seen the truths, the young man thought, “Since even a woman who has gone forth in the Blessed One’s teaching can achieve such a collection of great qualities as these, I should also give up my life at home and go forth in the Blessed One’s teaching so that I can ford the floodwaters and completely escape my fetters through diligence, practice, and effort.”

3.­117

With this thought he asked for his parents’ permission and went forth in the doctrine of the Blessed One, cast away all afflictive emotions through diligence, practice, and effort, and manifested arhatship.

3.­118

“Lord,” the monks asked the Blessed One, “what action did this nun take that after she became a bride she cast away all afflictive emotions and manifested arhatship, and that this monk, entrusting himself to her completely, likewise cast away all afflictive emotions and manifested arhatship?”

“It came about by the power of her prayers,” replied the Blessed One.

3.­119

“Lord, where did she make these prayers?”

“Monks,” the Blessed One explained, “in times past, in this fortunate eon, when people lived as long as twenty thousand years, and the totally and completely awakened Buddha possessed of insight and perfect conduct, the sugata, the knower of the world, the tamer of persons, the charioteer, the unsurpassed one, the teacher of humans and gods, the blessed buddha known as Kāśyapa was in the world, there was a certain householder’s daughter in Vārāṇasī who [F.134.b] had fled home life in just the same way, and whose betrothed, entrusting himself to her completely, likewise went forth in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa.

3.­120

“That nun practiced pure conduct all her life, and at the time of her death, she prayed, ‘While I may not have attained any great virtues, still I practiced pure conduct all my life. Therefore, may I please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha. After fleeing from marriage by this very same method, may I go forth in his doctrine alone, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifest arhatship.’

3.­121

“When he saw her praying, the man to whom she had been betrothed asked, ‘Fine woman, what kind of prayers are you making?’ She explained them in detail, and after hearing her explanation, he prayed in the same way, and said, ‘Fine woman, having entrusted myself to you completely I found faith in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa. When I am again to become your husband, then having entrusted myself to you completely may I please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha. Going forth in his doctrine alone may I cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifest arhatship.’

3.­122

“O monks, what do you think? The one who was that nun then is none other than this nun. At that time she practiced the holy life all her life, and at the time of her death she prayed, ‘While I may not have attained any great virtues, still I fled from marriage, went forth in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa, and practiced pure conduct all my life. Therefore, may I once again flee from marriage, go forth in the doctrine of Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha, cast away all afflictive emotions, [F.135.a] and manifest arhatship.’

3.­123

“So it is, monks, now that I myself have become the very equal of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa‍—equal in strength, equal in deeds, and equal in skillful means‍—that by fleeing marriage and going forth she has pleased me, not displeased me, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship.

3.­124

“The one who was betrothed to her then is none other than this monk. At that time he prayed, ‘When I again become your husband, entrusting myself to you completely may I please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha. Going forth in his doctrine alone may I cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifest arhatship.’

3.­125

“So it is that he has now trusted in her completely, pleased me, not displeased me, gone forth in my very doctrine alone, and manifested arhatship.”

The Second “Betrothal of the Bride” Story

3.­126

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, King Prasenajit had two chief ministers there named Mṛgāra and Dinna. The two ministers were very close friends. When the time came for them to marry each minister took a wife and enjoyed himself with her and coupled.

3.­127

One day when the two saw each other again, Dinna said, “My friend, we should make it so that come what may, our friendship is not severed, nor even a little strained, for as long as we live.”

“How could we do that?” asked Mṛgāra.

“We have to become kin,” replied Dinna.

3.­128

“Do you have a son or daughter?” wondered Mṛgāra.

“No, I don’t,” said Dinna. [F.135.b]

“Well, if you don’t have a son or daughter, and neither do I, how will we ever be kin?” asked Mṛgāra.

3.­129

“There are two ways to become related to someone,” said Dinna, “through children you’ve already borne, or through children not yet born to you. Even though neither one of us has children, we could become kin through the children we’ve yet to have. Say, for instance, I have a son and you have a daughter‍—then we betroth your daughter to my son. Or say you have a son and I have a daughter‍—then we betroth my daughter to your son.” They agreed to do just that and went their separate ways.

3.­130

One day, Mṛgāra’s wife conceived. After nine or ten months had passed, she gave birth to a child, and they named him Viśākha.

Now desires are like salt water‍—the more you use to slake your thirst, the more you need. Altogether Mṛgāra and his wife had seven children, and at the elaborate feasts celebrating their births they named them according to their clan, and began to rear them.

3.­131

Then one day Dinna’s wife also conceived, and after nine or ten months had passed, she gave birth to a child who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. But it was the child’s nature to weep constantly, and though her parents made every effort, they could not make her stop.

3.­132

This went on until one day Mahā­prajāpatī Gautamī came to their house and taught the Dharma to the householders. When the child heard the Dharma, she quieted down. But when Mahā­prajāpatī Gautamī left, having completed her discourse on the Dharma, the child began to weep again. The householders realized that the child must have wanted to hear more Dharma. At the elaborate feast celebrating her birth they asked, “What name should we give this child?” And they named her, saying, “Since she is Dinna’s child and wishes for Dharma, her name will be Dharmadinnā.” They reared young Dharmadinnā on milk, yogurt, butter, ghee, and milk solids, [F.136.a] and when she grew up she found faith in the doctrine of the Blessed One.

3.­133

From time to time she asked for her parents’ permission to offer food to the monks and nuns and to sit in front of them to listen to the Dharma. After hearing the Dharma, she went for refuge and took the fundamental precepts, and while still living at home she manifested the resultant state of non-return and even began to perform miracles. Having seen the truths, she asked for her parents’ permission saying, “Mother, Father, I am asking for your kind permission to go forth in the doctrine of the Blessed One.”

“My child, we cannot allow that,” her parents said, “for we betrothed you to a family before you were born.”

3.­134

Their daughter said, “If I have no interest in objects of desire, what need do I have for a spouse?”

“We cannot give you permission ourselves, but it is up to you,” replied her parents. “We will invite the Buddha and the rest of the saṅgha of monks for a meal. You can ask Mṛgāra and your betrothed for permission then, and go forth.”

3.­135

The householder Dinna extended an invitation to the Buddha and the rest of the saṅgha of monks. He prepared many good, wholesome foods that night, and in the morning he rose, prepared seats, filled the water pots, and set them out. Then he sent a message to the Blessed One reminding him it was time for the midday meal: “Lord, the midday meal is upon us. Know that the time has come, Blessed One, and your presence is requested.”

3.­136

In the morning the Blessed One donned his lower garment and Dharma robes, and, carrying his alms bowl, he set out surrounded and escorted by an assembly of monks. He arrived at the householder Dinna’s reception room, where [F.136.b] he took his place on the seat prepared for him. Once the householder knew that the Buddha and the rest of the saṅgha of monks were comfortably seated, by his own hand he contented them with many good, wholesome foods, proffering all that they wished. After contenting them by his own hand with many different kinds of good, wholesome food, proffering all that they wished, once he knew that the Blessed One had finished eating and his bowl had been taken away and his hands washed, he sat before the Blessed One to listen to the Dharma.

3.­137

Since he was unable himself to prevent young Dharmadinnā from fulfilling her wish go forth, he sent word to the householder Mṛgāra, asking him to please come and prevent it. As soon as he heard this, Mṛgāra came with his servants and surrounded the home of the householder Dinna. After the Blessed One had instructed, encouraged, inspired, and delighted the householder Dinna and the people of his house with a Dharma teaching, he rose from his seat and departed. After the Buddha and the saṅgha of monks had departed, the saṅgha of the nuns also departed, and young Dharmadinnā went with them.

3.­138

When young Viśākha and Mṛgāra and his retinue spotted young Dharmadinnā leaving the house, they cried out, “Young Viśākha, grab the girl, Dharmadinnā!” At that moment she rose up into the sky and performed a miraculous display of fire and light, rain and lightning. As soon as young Viśākha saw this, he thought, “How could she possibly engage in sexual relations with me now that she has attained such great virtues?” Ordinary people are quickly brought to faith through miracles, so when Mṛgāra’s retinue saw all this, they threw themselves at Dharmadinnā’s feet, saying, “O great fortunate one, please, please come down! We’re mired in misdeeds! Please reach down and lift us up!”

3.­139

She [F.137.a] descended and young Viśākha touched his head to her feet and asked her forgiveness, saying, “Of course you have my consent to go forth. I shall provide for all your needs. Whatever your needs, I shall provide for them all.” With this he sat before her to listen to the Dharma. After Dharmadinnā had instructed, encouraged, inspired, and delighted them with a Dharma teaching, she departed.

3.­140

She proceeded to the nunnery, went forth, and the nuns conferred on her the precepts for female novices. Having been conferred vows for the precepts of the six factors,95 she practiced them for two years, at which time she wished to receive full ordination. The nuns thus conferred on her the vows of the holy life and prepared to lead her to the garden of Prince Jeta for full ordination.

3.­141

Dharmadinnā was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful, with an incomparably splendid complexion and an unmatched figure‍—the best in the land. As soon as she was born men had started asking for her hand, but since the householder Dinna had already promised her to someone, he would not give her to anyone else.

3.­142

When she had gone forth, those men thought, “While she was living at home we could not have her. But now that she has left, we can do as we please. They then began to consider how they might trap her and take her by force. Someone went and alerted the nuns, and they thought, “We can no longer bring her to the garden of Prince Jeta for full ordination, nor can we keep her at the nunnery.” So they brought her back to her parents’ house, and there she stayed.

3.­143

After that the nuns related her story in detail to the Blessed One, and asked, “Lord, how can we complete the nun [F.137.b] Dharmadinnā’s ordination?”

The Blessed One responded, “In a case like this, it is permissible for the nun Dharmadinnā to be ordained by message. If one day other persons like her venture outside and similar troubles arise, they too should be ordained by message.”

3.­144

As soon as the nuns heard this, they conferred full ordination on Dharmadinnā by message and had her recite in exactly the way given in the scriptures. Then the nuns who had sent the message came to see the nun Dharmadinnā and informed her, “Dharmadinnā, you have received full ordination. Be conscientious and diligent.”

3.­145

As soon as she heard this, Dharmadinnā cast away all afflictive emotions and manifested arhatship. As an arhat, free from the attachments of the three realms, her mind regarded gold no differently than filth, and the palms of her hands as like space itself. She became cool like wet sandalwood. Her insight crushed ignorance like an eggshell. She achieved the insights, superknowledges, and discriminations. She had no regard for worldly profit, passion, or acclaim. She became an object of offering, veneration, and respectful address by Indra, Upendra, and the other gods.

3.­146

The monks inquired of the Blessed Buddha, “What action did Dharmadinnā take that ripened into her birth into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth; that she pleased and did not displease the Blessed One; that, going forth in the doctrine of the Blessed One, she cast away all afflictive emotions and manifested arhatship; and that she alone was instrumental in the Blessed One permitting the full ordination of nuns by message?”

“It came about by the power of her prayers,” replied the Blessed One. [F.138.a]

3.­147

“Lord, where did she make these prayers?”

“Monks,” the Blessed One explained, “in times past, in this fortunate eon, when people lived as long as twenty thousand years, and the totally and completely awakened buddha possessed of insight and perfect conduct, the sugata, the knower of the world, the tamer of persons, the charioteer, the unsurpassed one, the teacher of humans and gods, the blessed buddha known as Kāśyapa was in the world, there lived a certain householder in Vārāṇasī. One day a child was born to him who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful, with an unmatched figure‍—the best in the land.

3.­148

“When she grew up she found faith in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa. After she asked for her parents’ permission and went forth as a novice,96 she ventured outside and trouble arose, so the Blessed Kāśyapa permitted her to be fully ordained by message. The nuns who had conferred on her full ordination by message came to see her and informed her, ‘So-and-so, you have received full ordination. Be conscientious and diligent.’

3.­149

“As soon as she heard this, she cast away all afflictive emotions and manifested arhatship, made a miraculous display of fire and light, rain and lightning, and passed beyond all sorrow into the realm of nirvāṇa without any remainder of the aggregates. Her preceptor performed ritual veneration of her relics, built a reliquary stūpa, and there offered flowers, sticks of incense, incense powders, and incense cones.

3.­150

“After practicing pure conduct all her life, at the time of her death she prayed, ‘While I may not have attained any great virtues, still I went forth in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa and practiced pure conduct all my life. Therefore, [F.138.b] may I please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha.

3.­151

“ ‘Just as my disciple was instrumental in the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa permitting full ordination by message, when the peerless Śākyamuni, King of the Śākyas, permits ordination by message, may I go forth in his doctrine alone, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifest arhatship.’

3.­152

“O monks, what do you think? The one who was that preceptor nun97 then is none other than the nun Dharmadinnā. At that time she practiced pure conduct all her life, and at the time of her death, she prayed, ‘May I please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha. Going forth in his doctrine alone, may I cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifest arhatship. Just as my pupil was instrumental in the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa permitting full ordination by message, may I likewise be instrumental in the peerless Śākyamuni, King of the Śākyas, permitting ordination by message.’

3.­153

“So it is, monks, now that I myself have become the very equal of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa‍—equal in strength, equal in deeds, and equal in skillful means‍—that she has pleased me, not displeased me, gone forth in my very doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship, and that because of her I have permitted full ordination by message.”

3.­154

The monks then requested the Blessed Buddha, [F.139.a] “Lord, tell us how the nun Dharmadinnā, admired by many men, maintained her pure conduct despite great adversity.”

“Not only now,” the Blessed One explained, “but in times past as well, and in the same way, she was admired by many men and maintained her pure conduct despite great adversity. Listen well!

3.­155

“Monks, in times gone by, during King Brahmadatta’s reign in the city of Vārāṇasī, there lived a certain householder in the city of Vārāṇasī. When the time came for him to marry he took a wife. One day his wife conceived, and after nine or ten months had passed, she gave birth to a child who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. At the elaborate feast celebrating his birth they named him according to their clan.

3.­156

“They reared him on milk, yogurt, butter, ghee, and milk solids, and as he grew up he studied letters, tallying, and arithmetic; the study of seals, lending, deposits, and commerce; and the examination of cloth, jewels, gems, incense, medicine, elephants, horses, and arms and armor. He became skilled in writing, skilled at reading, learned, decisive, and industrious, a master of the eight types of examination.

3.­157

“When the time came for him to marry, his parents chose a wife for him. They enjoyed themselves and coupled, and the young man became so attached to her that he never wanted to be away from her. He would drop whatever he was doing just to be around her. Finally the householder thought, ‘If he remains this attached to her, everything we have will soon be gone! I’ve got to tear him away from that carcass of hers.’

3.­158

“ ‘Son,’ he said, ‘what do you need that old carcass for? If you keep this up and don’t do any work, when you’re old, you’ll be penniless. Son, as long as [F.139.b] there’s life yet in your body, you should be making money. You can endear yourself to your wife later.’

3.­159

“So the householder arranged to have the young man sent to another country on business. The young man loaded up the camels, donkeys, and the rest of the animals, and ranged over vast, isolated distances through the villages, cities, and forest settlements of that enormous country. After arriving in some remote place, he sat facing the direction of his wife, like freshly cut green grass that is left to wither, and asked himself, ‘How might I visit with her quickly?’ And so he sat there, reflecting on how he might do this.

3.­160

“Now at that time in a mountain village there lived a certain man who was very skilled in the art of woodworking and knew how to make a garuḍa carving that could fly through the sky. When the young man heard about him, right away he thought, ‘I’ve found a way to get to her!’ He went to the artisan and said, ‘Sir, give me this garuḍa carving and I shall give you five hundred gold coins.’

3.­161

“ ‘I wouldn’t feel right giving it to you for good,’ said the man. ‘You can come here every day to get it. Then return and bring it back to me.’

“ ‘As you wish,’ the young man replied.

3.­162

“The man carved the garuḍa, taught the young man how to travel with it and how to return, and then gave it to him. The young man mounted it and traveled back to his house, where he would visit his wife, they would enjoy themselves happily, and then he would return to the mountain village.

3.­163

“This continued until one day his wife conceived, but after nine or ten months had passed and the time came for her to give birth, the artisan had left for another province, so the young man could not get home anymore. Moreover, the girl’s two in-laws began to accuse her of adultery,98 saying, ‘How could you commit such a crime?’

“ ‘This was my husband’s doing,’ she replied.

3.­164

“ ‘It’s been many years now since our son went away,” the householder responded. “How could he have done this?’ [F.140.a]

“She related the story to them in detail, and they said, ‘This did not happen the way you say it did.’ Out of resentment they thought, ‘She has committed a crime,’ and kicked her out of the house.

3.­165

“So she left Vārāṇasī and set out for her father’s house, and in time she came to a mountain village. When she arrived she stopped there on the main road, and that evening she gave birth to the child. The birth pains were unbearable, and she lost consciousness.

3.­166

“A certain householder lived nearby, and in his house there was a dog named Bhūta. The dog went out onto the road and saw the baby, and while the woman was still unconscious, he took up the baby in his teeth and returned with it to the house. The householder saw that the baby was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful, and immediately thought, ‘It’s okay for someone who doesn’t have children to make someone else’s child his own. Since I have neither son nor daughter, I can take this baby and raise it, and it will be as if it were my own.’

3.­167

“With this in mind he said to his wife, ‘Sweet one, you know it’s okay for someone who doesn’t have children to make someone else’s child his own. Since we have neither son nor daughter, we can take this baby and raise it, and it will be as if it were our own. Here, take him in your lap. I will prepare an elaborate feast to celebrate his birth.’ So the woman put the baby on her lap and there it stayed. The householder beat his drum and prepared a feast to celebrate the baby’s birth.

3.­168

“Earlier that morning, when her pain had subsided, the mother had woken up and thought, ‘I will pick up my baby,’ but the baby was nowhere to be found. At dawn, she began asking everyone who lived nearby, ‘Has anyone seen a baby?’ Those who had seen it said to her, ‘The householder so-and-so has a dog named Bhūta that carried your baby back to their house.’ The mother implored another woman, ‘Please! Go to that house and see if my baby is still alive!’ [F.140.b]

3.­169

“The woman went to the house to see, and returned to inform the mother of what she saw‍—that the householders had taken the baby as if it were their own. The mother thought, ‘It’s not right if the baby and I both suffer. It’s better for the baby to stay where it is.’ With this thought, she left.

3.­170

“She encountered some travelers along the way and traveled with them until bandits fell upon them. The leader of the bandits kidnapped the woman and brought her back to his dwelling to make her his mate. That night, the woman, not wanting to sleep with him, thought, ‘I have to find a way to prevent him from taking my hand, no matter what.’ She disheveled her hair, put on blue clothes, and smeared her face and teeth with red lac dye. Then she hefted a sword, entered the cave where he lived, and waited. The man entered the cave, thinking, ‘Now I’ll have a good time with that woman,’ but just then the woman charged at him, brandishing the sword, and cried out, ‘You’ll never escape from here!’

3.­171

“Terrified, the man threw himself at her feet. ‘Kind woman,’ he pleaded, ‘I beg you, please spare my life!’

The woman replied, ‘There is only one way to stop me from killing you. If you never act on your desire for me‍—not now, not ever‍—nor tell anyone I am here, then I will spare your life.’

“ ‘As you wish,’ said the leader of the bandits.

3.­172

“They swore an oath, and the woman remained there in his dwelling. Eventually the leader of the bandits began to wonder, ‘How long must I provide for her? I will find a clever way to sell her off.’ So he sold her off to a sex worker.

“The sex worker told her, ‘Sweet girl, from now on you’re staying right here and you will be a sex worker.’ [F.141.a]

“ ‘A sex worker!’ the woman retorted. ‘I couldn’t bear to touch any man!’

3.­173

“ ‘I purchased you to be a sex worker, and at a very high price,’ the sex worker said. ‘Why would I have any other need for you?’

“The woman thought, ‘I must find a way to trick her.’ So she made her herself look like a demoness, just as before, and charged at the sex worker.

3.­174

“ ‘The Demoness of the Dark Forest has entered your house!’ she cried. ‘How will you ever survive?’

“Terrified, the sex worker threw herself at her feet. ‘Please, spare my life!’ she pleaded.

3.­175

“ ‘There is only one way to stop me from killing you.’ the woman replied, ‘If, while I am here, you don’t force me to engage in such work and never tell anyone about me, then I will spare your life.’

“ ‘As you wish,’ said the sex worker.

3.­176

“They swore an oath, and soon enough everyone knew that there was a Demoness of the Dark Forest living at sex worker so-and-so’s house. They were all afraid of her, so no one would ever go there. The sex worker began to wonder, ‘Is there any way to get her out of my house?’

3.­177

“In the meantime the woman’s baby had grown, and the householders had named him Bhūta too. As he grew up he studied letters, tallying, and arithmetic; the study of seals, lending, deposits, and commerce; and the examination of cloth, jewels, gems, incense, medicine, elephants, horses, and arms and armor. He became skilled in writing, skilled at reading, learned, decisive, and industrious, a master of the eight types of examination.

3.­178

“One day, after the child’s [F.141.b] adoptive father died, the child thought, ‘Now that Father has died, I will take over his business.’ So he loaded up his wares and traveled abroad with some merchants until they eventually came to the place where his mother was. When they arrived in the city, they laid down their wares and set up camp not far from the sex worker’s house.

3.­179

“The woman asked the arriving merchants, ‘Do any of you know a merchant’s son from such-and-such a place?’

“They replied, ‘There is one merchant captain named Bhūta whose father recently passed away.’

3.­180

“A little later she asked his companions and they pointed him out saying, ‘That’s the one they call Bhūta.’

“ ‘Why did his father name him Bhūta?’ the woman asked.

“ ‘The householder had a dog named Bhūta who carried the child in from the road and gave it to him,’ the young men said to her. ‘That’s why his name is Bhūta too.’

3.­181

“Suddenly the woman thought, ‘That’s my child!’ She went to the young man, told him the whole story, and concluded, saying, ‘And that’s how it is that you’re my child, and I am your mother.’ When he heard all this the young man paid the sex worker to release his mother and brought her into his own home.

3.­182

“Meanwhile, the young man’s birth father had also completed his sea voyage and returned to his parents’ house. He embraced his father and mother, put his things inside, and then went to his home, where his wife was nowhere to be found. He questioned his parents. Referring to his wife, whose father’s name was Vāṣpa, he said, ‘Father and Mother, Vāṣpa’s daughter isn’t here. Where has she gone?’

“ ‘That girl had no respect for you,’ they replied. ‘She committed a crime, so we threw her out of the house and drove her away.’

3.­183

“The young man fumed, ‘That was my child in her womb! [F.142.a] You were wrong to throw her out!’ He went away in anger, demanding, ‘Where has Vāṣpa’s daughter gone?’ He called out as he went, asking everyone he saw, ‘Have you seen Vāṣpa’s daughter?’ No matter what his parents did, they could not calm him down. By the time his wife and son returned he was destitute, naked, and wandering about.

3.­184

“The son came to the door of his house, and seeing a man destitute and naked wandering about, said to his mother, ‘Mother, there is a madman wandering about asking, ‘Where has Vāṣpa’s daughter gone?’ When she heard this, at first she was doubtful. ‘No, it cannot be my lord,’ she said. But when she went to see for herself, she recognized him right away. She brought him into her own home and said, ‘Lord, it’s me. I am Vāṣpa’s daughter.’

3.­185

“When he heard her he immediately came to his senses. The woman said to him, ‘Lord, I am your wife. This is your son. Come inside‍—we’re home now.’ The woman bathed him, trimmed his mustache, and put clothes on him. At long last he was home.

3.­186

“O monks, what do you think? The one who was that woman then is none other than Dharmadinnā. At that time she was admired by many men, but she maintained her celibacy despite great adversity. Now as well she is admired by many men and has maintained her celibacy despite great adversity.” [B12]

Cuts: Two Stories

The First “Cut” Story

3.­187

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, it was Venerable Maudgalyāyana’s custom to wander from time to time among the hell beings, to wander among the anguished spirits, to wander among the animals, to wander among the humans, and to wander among the gods.

3.­188

When he returned, [F.142.b] he would relate to people how the hell beings suffer through being cut up, hacked apart, beaten, roasted, and so on. When he returned, he would also relate to people how the anguished spirits suffer through hunger, thirst, being burned, being incinerated, being cooked, and so on; how animals suffer as they eat one another; how human beings suffer through striving, anger, and exhaustion; and how the gods suffer through dying, falling, disintegrating, and decaying. Those who heard him were filled with sorrow, and from this sorrow they went on to achieve great things.

3.­189

One day Venerable Maudgalyāyana prepared himself to wander among the animals, disappeared from Śrāvastī, and stood on the seashore.

3.­190

Now the great ocean has three strata. The first stratum of water is 28,000 yojanas deep, and in that stratum dwell the sea creatures known as timi, whose bodies are 700 yojanas in length. Whenever they get hungry they rise from this first stratum of water, surfacing with mouths agape. Any smaller living beings present there spill with the water into their mouths. When they have filled their stomachs, they filter the water back out through their teeth and then eat the living beings that remain in their stomachs. The second stratum of water is 25,000 yojanas deep, and in that stratum dwell the sea creatures known as timiṅgila, whose bodies are 1,400 yojanas in length. Whenever they get hungry they rise up through the first and second strata of water to feed. The third stratum of water is 25,000 yojanas deep, and in that stratum dwell the sea creatures known as timiṅgilagila. Their bodies [F.143.a] are enormous, measuring 2,100 yojanas. Whenever they get hungry they rise up through the first, second, and third strata of water to feed.

3.­191

Now at that time in the great ocean a sea creature of the kind called timiṅgila was born, and the other sea creatures, great and small, gathered around him. Again and again they cut his body into pieces‍—some one league long, some two leagues, some three leagues, and some up to one hundred yojanas in length‍—and fed on him, causing him dreadful suffering and extreme, excruciating, unbearable agony.

3.­192

All this suffering exhausted him, so he emerged onto dry land hoping for some respite. But when he emerged onto dry land, due to his past actions, five hundred yakṣas appeared, and for five hundred days with five hundred axes they hacked off his ribs one by one. Once all his ribs had been cut away in this manner, unable to bear the pain, he let loose a great cry and rolled back into the great ocean. All of this bleeding and rolling about agitated the great ocean, roiling it up until it looked like an ocean of blood. And now that he had fallen back into it, the other creatures fed on him again. No matter whether he emerged onto dry land or stayed in the water, he suffered dreadfully.

3.­193

Venerable Mahā­maudgalyāyana thought, “What action did this being take that ripened into such suffering?” Though he went deep into equipoise and reached the far limits of concentration, he could not see an end to the lives in which this being had died from one animal rebirth and transmigrated, only to take birth as an animal again and meet with the very same suffering. He thought, “Who apart from the Blessed One could explain his deeds to me? For his [F.143.b] wisdom and vision are unimpeded, and his wisdom and vision are infinite.”

3.­194

He disappeared from the shore of the great ocean and traveled to Śrāvastī, where the Blessed One sat teaching the Dharma amid a company of hundreds. Then Venerable Maudgalyāyana thought, “It is time to put my question to the Blessed One, so that many might become disillusioned with saṃsāra.” He approached the Blessed One, touched his head to the Blessed One’s feet, and took a seat at one side.

3.­195

Once he had taken a seat at one side, Venerable Mahā­maudgalyāyana inquired of the Blessed One, “Lord, it is my custom to wander from time to time among the hell beings, to wander among the anguished spirits, to wander among the animals, to wander among the humans, and to wander among the gods.

3.­196

“When I return I relate to people how the hell beings suffer through being cut up, hacked apart, beaten, roasted, and so on. When I return I also relate to people how the anguished spirits suffer through hunger, thirst, being burned, being incinerated, being cooked, and so on; how animals suffer as they eat one another; how human beings suffer through striving, anger, and exhaustion; and how the gods suffer through dying, falling, disintegrating, and decaying. Because of this, the people who hear me are filled with sorrow, and from this sorrow they go on to achieve great things.

3.­197

“Lord, after preparing to wander among the animals, I disappeared from Śrāvastī and stood on the shore of the sea. Lord, while I was there, I saw a being whose body was 2,100 yojanas in length. What is more, [F.144.a] the other sea creatures, great and small, gathered around him. Again and again they cut his body into pieces‍—some one league long, some two leagues, some three leagues, and some up to one hundred yojanas in length‍—and fed on him. This caused him dreadful suffering and extreme, excruciating, unbearable agony.

3.­198

“All this suffering exhausted him, and he emerged onto dry land hoping for some respite. But when he emerged onto dry land, due to his past actions five hundred yakṣas appeared, and for five hundred days with five hundred axes they hacked off his ribs one by one. Once all his ribs had been cut away in this manner, unable to bear the pain he let loose a great cry and rolled back into the great ocean. All of this bleeding and rolling about agitated the great ocean, roiling it up until it looked like an ocean of blood. And now that he had fallen back into it, the creatures fed on him again. No matter whether he emerged onto dry land or stayed in the water, he suffered dreadfully.

3.­199

“Lord, what action did this being take that ripened into his taking birth among the animals and meeting with such suffering?”

“Maudgalyāyana,” the Blessed One explained, “that being committed nonvirtuous actions over and over again. He committed many nonvirtuous actions.

3.­200

“Maudgalyāyana, in times past, when the totally and completely awakened Buddha Parvata, who far surpassed the listeners and the solitary buddhas, was in the world, there was a householder who found faith in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Parvata, heard the Dharma from him, and manifested the resultant state of non-return.

3.­201

“His wife was very well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. Her husband told her, ‘Sweet one, I [F.144.b] have received from the Blessed One the five precepts for practicing the holy life.99 If you wish to remain here at home, I shall provide you with food and clothes. But if it is another man you desire, I shall relinquish you to him.’

“ ‘Lord, I need no other man,’ she said. ‘I shall love and honor only my lord.’

3.­202

“Many men were captivated by the woman because of her fine figure. There was a petty official living in the area who thought, ‘How could I ever get together with that woman?’ So one day, laden with gold and silver, he went to see her husband, the lay vow holder, bringing with him a host of witnesses.

3.­203

“ ‘Householder,” he said, “I must leave on a matter of royal concern. I cannot forward these articles there. I entrust them to you until my return.’ The householder, being an upright person, accepted all the articles in the presence of the witnesses. The petty official, putting everything in his hands, then returned to his house.

3.­204

“Some time later, he returned to the lay vow holder, saying, ‘Householder, give me the articles that I entrusted to you,’ and the householder returned everything to him, with no witnesses present. The man stowed the articles at his own house again and then brought all the witnesses back to see the lay vow holder and said, ‘Householder, please return to me the king’s property that I entrusted to you.’

3.­205

“ ‘I’ve already given it to you,’ replied the lay vow holder.

“ ‘I have received nothing from you,’ said the petty official. Turning to the witnesses, he exclaimed, ‘See how this lay vow holder acts! Would he have given all those articles back to me when we were alone, after I handed them to him with you as our witnesses?’

3.­206

[F.145.a] “After he said this, he led the man to the royal palace and had him legally convicted. Then he brought him back to his own house, where he beat him with a strip of wet leather, bound him tightly, and broke all his ribs, which was enough to cause his death.

3.­207

“The man’s son was not home, so the petty official commandeered not only the possessions of the house but the man’s wife as well. ‘It’s for your sake that I committed all these misdeeds, my dear,’ he told her. ‘So I am the man of the house now, and you are my wife.’

3.­208

“To this the lay vow holder’s wife replied, ‘How can we be together when I haven’t even performed the ritual veneration of my husband’s remains? First let me venerate his remains for a time. After that, lord, I shall do as you please.’

3.­209

“No sooner was this said than the petty official bore the lay vow holder’s remains to the charnel ground and incinerated them. As he sat there with his back to her, the woman leapt into the burning fire and died on the spot. At this the petty official began to brood, thinking, ‘Such wrongs I have committed, one after the other! Meeting that woman was of no benefit. Not only did I commit such senseless acts, but now she’s gone.’

3.­210

“O monks, what do you think? The one who was that petty official then is none other than this sea creature. The act of beating the lay vow holder with a wet strip of leather and causing his death ripened such that the petty official took rebirth as a hell being, where he underwent the sufferings of the hell beings for thousands upon thousands of years. When he died, he transmigrated and took rebirth among the animals, dying from among the animals only to transmigrate and take birth among the animals again. Such are his sufferings.”

Then Venerable Maudgalyāyana inquired of the Blessed One, “Lord, when will this being [F.145.b] be liberated from his suffering?”

3.­211

“Maudgalyāyana,” the Blessed One replied, “in the future a totally and completely awakened buddha named Sumati, who will far surpass the listeners and the solitary buddhas, will emerge in the world. At that distant time the actions of this being will be exhausted. After attaining a human birth, he will go forth solely in the doctrine of Sumati, cast away the afflictive emotions, and manifest arhatship. Then his suffering will come to an end.”

3.­212

As soon as they heard this, the people gathered there welled up with grief. The Blessed One directly apprehended their grief, taught them the Dharma accordingly, and among the assembled some generated heat right where they sat. Some generated the peak, or generated the patience in accord with the truths, or generated the highest worldly dharma, or generated the attainment of seeing. Some manifested the resultant state of stream entry. Some manifested the resultant state of once-return. Some manifested the resultant state of non-return. Some went forth and manifested arhatship. Some sowed the seeds to become universal monarchs, some to become great universal monarchs, some to become Indra, some to become Brahmā, some for the enlightenment of the listeners, some for the enlightenment of the solitary buddhas, and some for unexcelled, total, and complete enlightenment. Among the assembled, most found themselves drawn to the Buddha, intent on the Dharma, and favoring the Saṅgha.

The Second “Cut” Story

3.­213

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, it was Venerable Maudgalyāyana’s custom to wander from time to time among the hell beings, to wander among the anguished [F.146.a] spirits, to wander among the animals, to wander among the humans, and to wander among the gods.

3.­214

When he returned, he would relate to people how the hell beings suffer through being cut up, hacked apart, beaten, roasted, and so on. When he returned, he would also relate to people how the anguished spirits suffer through hunger, thirst, being burned, being incinerated, being cooked, and so on; how animals suffer as they eat one another; how human beings suffer through striving, anger, and exhaustion; and how the gods suffer through dying, falling, disintegrating, and decaying. Those who heard him were filled with sorrow, and from this sorrow they went on to achieve great things.

3.­215

One day Venerable Mahā­maudgalyāyana prepared himself to wander among the anguished spirits, disappeared from Śrāvastī, and stood on the seashore, where there lay an anguished spirit with an enormous body. The lower half looked very ordinary, but from the waist up it was like two separate bodies. He was on fire, burning all over, covered in flames, and he lurched all about until, due to his past actions, lions, tigers, leopards, bears, and the like, all with fangs of iron, appeared and tore into his flesh over and over again and fed on him.

3.­216

Humans appeared there due to his past actions as well, and they took up sharp swords and hacked at his upper body. While they hacked away at one side of his upper body, the other side would regenerate, and when they hacked away at the other side, the first side would regenerate. This caused him dreadful suffering and extreme, excruciating, unbearable agony, and he let loose great cries. As he tried to flee, the humans who appeared due to his past actions pursued him.

3.­217

Seeing all this, Mahā­maudgalyāyana thought, “What action [F.146.b] did this being take that ripened into such suffering?” When he examined that being’s past lives, he saw that after going forth in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa, the spirit had acted as steward for the monks. But then he cut off the monks in rainy season retreat from all material support and clothing and offered it to the monks in winter retreat. Then he cut off the monks in winter retreat from all material support and clothing and offered it to the monks in rainy season retreat. Finally, he cut off both from all material support and clothing, used some of it for himself, and offered the rest to others.

3.­218

Venerable Mahā­maudgalyāyana thought, “Though indeed I can see his past actions clearly, still I shall ask the Blessed One about this so that many might become disillusioned with saṃsāra.”

3.­219

He disappeared from the shore of the great ocean and traveled to Śrāvastī, where the Blessed One sat teaching the Dharma amid a company of hundreds. Then Venerable Mahā­maudgalyāyana, seeing that the Blessed One was teaching the Dharma amid a company of hundreds, thought, “Now is the time to request the Blessed One to explain about that anguished spirit.” He approached the Blessed One, touched his head to the Blessed One’s feet, and took a seat at one side.

3.­220

Once he had taken a seat at one side, Venerable Mahā­maudgalyāyana inquired of the Blessed One, “Lord, it is my custom to wander from time to time among the hell beings, to wander among the anguished spirits, to wander among the animals, to wander among the humans, and to wander among the gods.

3.­221

“When I return I relate to people how the hell beings suffer through being cut up, hacked apart, beaten, roasted, and so on. When I return I also relate to people how the anguished spirits suffer through hunger, thirst, [F.147.a] being burned, being incinerated, being cooked, and so on; how animals suffer as they eat one another; how human beings suffer through striving, anger, and exhaustion; and how the gods suffer through dying, falling, disintegrating, and decaying. Because of this, the people who hear me are filled with sorrow, and from this sorrow they go on to achieve great things.

3.­222

“Lord, as I was wandering among the anguished spirits, I saw an anguished spirit with an enormous body. The lower end looked very ordinary, but from the waist up it was like two separate bodies. He was on fire, burning all over, and covered in flames, and he lurched all about until, due to his past actions, lions, tigers, leopards, bears, and the like, all with fangs of iron, appeared and tore into his flesh over and over again and fed on him.

3.­223

“Humans appeared there due to his past actions as well, and they took up sharp swords and hacked at his upper body. While they hacked away at one side of his upper body, the other side would regenerate, and when they hacked away at the other side, the first side would regenerate. This caused him dreadful suffering and extreme, excruciating, unbearable agony, and he let loose a great cry. As he tried to flee, the humans who appeared due to his past actions pursued him.

3.­224

“Lord, what action did this anguished spirit take that ripened into his meeting with such suffering?”

“Maudgalyāyana,” the Blessed One explained, “that being committed nonvirtuous actions over and over again. He committed many nonvirtuous actions.

3.­225

“Maudgalyāyana, in times past, in this fortunate eon, when people lived as long as twenty thousand years, and the totally and completely awakened buddha possessed of insight and perfect conduct, the sugata, the knower of the world, [F.147.b] the tamer of persons, the charioteer, the unsurpassed one, the teacher of humans and gods, the blessed buddha known as Kāśyapa was in the world, that being went forth in his doctrine. He acted as steward for the monks, but then he cut off the monks in rainy season retreat from all material support and clothing and offered it to the monks in winter retreat. Then he cut off the monks in winter retreat from all material support and clothing and offered it to the monks in rainy season retreat. Finally, he cut off both from all material support and clothing, used some of it for himself, and offered the rest to others.

3.­226

“Maudgalyāyana, what do you think? The one who provided for those monks then is none other than this anguished spirit. At that time he cut off the monks in rainy season retreat from all material support and clothing and offered it to the monks in winter retreat. Then he cut off the monks in winter retreat from all material support and clothing and offered it to the monks in rainy season retreat. Those acts ripened such that this being was like two separate bodies from the waist up, and humans appeared due to his past actions who took up sharp swords and hacked at his upper body. While they hacked away at one side of his upper body, the other side would regenerate, and when they hacked away at the other side, the first side would regenerate.

3.­227

“The act of finally cutting off both from all material support and clothing,100 using some of it for himself, and offering the rest to others ripened such that there fell upon him lions, tigers, leopards, bears, and the like, all with fangs of iron, that tore into his flesh over and over again and fed on him, causing him dreadful suffering and extreme, excruciating, unbearable agony until he let loose a great cry, and that as he tried to flee, the humans who appeared due to his past actions pursued him.”

3.­228

Then Venerable Mahā­maudgalyāyana inquired of the Blessed One, “Lord, when will this being be released from this suffering?”

“Maudgalyāyana,” the Blessed One replied, “in the future a totally and completely awakened buddha named Aparājita, who will far surpass the listeners and the solitary buddhas, will emerge in the world. At that distant time the actions of this being [F.148.a] will be exhausted. After he attains a human birth, he will go forth in the doctrine of Aparājita alone, cast away the afflictive emotions, and manifest arhatship. Then his suffering will come to an end.”

3.­229

As soon as they heard this, the people gathered there welled up with grief. The Blessed One directly apprehended their grief, taught them the Dharma accordingly, and among the assembled some generated heat right where they sat. Some generated the peak, or generated the patience in accord with the truths, or generated the highest worldly dharma, or generated the attainment of seeing. Some manifested the resultant state of stream entry. Some manifested the resultant state of once-return. Some manifested the resultant state of non-return. Some went forth and manifested arhatship. Some sowed the seeds to become universal monarchs, some to become great universal monarchs, some to become Indra, some to become Brahmā, some for the enlightenment of the listeners, some for the enlightenment of the solitary buddhas, and some for unexcelled, total, and complete enlightenment. Among the assembled, most found themselves drawn to the Buddha, intent on the Dharma, and favoring the Saṅgha.

Being Devoured

3.­230

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, it was Venerable Maudgalyāyana’s custom to wander from time to time among the hell beings, to wander among the anguished spirits, to wander among the animals, to wander among the humans, and to wander among the gods.

3.­231

When he returned, he would relate to people how the hell beings suffer through being cut up, hacked apart, beaten, roasted, and so on. When he returned, [F.148.b] he would also relate to people how the anguished spirits suffer through hunger, thirst, being burned, being incinerated, being cooked, and so on; how animals suffer as they eat one another; how human beings suffer through striving, anger, and exhaustion; and how the gods suffer through dying, falling, disintegrating, and decaying. Those who heard him were filled with sorrow, and from this sorrow they went on to achieve great things.

3.­232

One day Venerable Mahā­maudgalyāyana, prepared himself to wander among the anguished spirits, disappeared from Śrāvastī, and traveled to Vindhyācala, to a hollow in the forest where he saw an anguished spirit that was on fire, burning all over, and covered in flames‍—he was nothing but a single, searing flame. When he fled to the plains, due to his past actions lions, tigers, leopards, bears, and the like, all with fangs of iron, appeared and tore into his flesh over and over again and fed on him. This caused him extreme, excruciating, unbearable agony, and he ran all about.

3.­233

Seeing him, Venerable Mahā­maudgalyāyana thought, “What action did this being take that ripened into such suffering?”

When he examined that being’s past lives, he saw that after going forth in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa, the spirit had acted as steward for the monks, but then he used the donations for the saṅgha, the donations to the stūpa, their means of regular support, and the donations for the saṅgha of the four directions to indulge himself as he pleased and to make gifts of it to others.

3.­234

Thereupon Venerable Mahā­maudgalyāyana thought, “Though indeed I can see his past actions clearly, still I shall ask the Blessed One about this, so that many might become disillusioned with saṃsāra.” He disappeared from the hollow in the forest at Vindhyācala [F.149.a] and traveled to Śrāvastī, where the Blessed One sat teaching the Dharma amid a company of hundreds. Then Venerable Mahā­maudgalyāyana, seeing that the Blessed One was teaching the Dharma amid a company of hundreds, thought, “Now is the time to request the Blessed One to explain about that anguished spirit.” He approached the Blessed One, touched his head to the Blessed One’s feet, and took a seat at one side.

3.­235

Once he had taken a seat at one side, Venerable Mahā­maudgalyāyana inquired of the Blessed One, “Lord, it is my custom to wander from time to time among the hell beings, to wander among the anguished spirits, to wander among the animals, to wander among the humans, and to wander among the gods.

3.­236

“When I return I relate to people how the hell beings suffer through being cut up, hacked apart, beaten, roasted, and so on. When I return I also relate to people how the anguished spirits suffer through hunger, thirst, being burned, being incinerated, being cooked, and so on; how animals suffer as they eat one another; how human beings suffer through striving, anger, and exhaustion; and how the gods suffer through dying, falling, disintegrating, and decaying. Because of this, the people who hear me are filled with sorrow, and from this sorrow they go on to achieve great things.

3.­237

“Lord, as I was wandering among the anguished spirits, I disappeared from Śrāvastī, and in Vindhyācala, in a hollow in the forest, Lord, I saw an anguished spirit with an enormous body that was on fire, burning all over, and covered in flames‍—he was nothing but a single, searing flame. When he fled to the plains, from his past actions lions, tigers, leopards, [F.149.b] bears, and the like, all with fangs of iron, appeared. When he submerged himself in the water, crocodiles with fangs of iron appeared. When he fled into the sky above, woodpeckers with beaks of iron appeared. All these creatures tore into his flesh over and over again and fed on him. This caused him extreme, excruciating, unbearable agony, and he ran all about.

3.­238

“Lord, what action did this being take that ripened into his meeting with such suffering?”

“Maudgalyāyana,” the Blessed One explained, “that being committed nonvirtuous actions over and over again. He committed many nonvirtuous actions.

3.­239

“Maudgalyāyana, in times past, in this fortunate eon, when people lived as long as twenty thousand years, and the totally and completely awakened buddha possessed of insight and perfect conduct, the sugata, the knower of the world, the tamer of persons, the charioteer, the unsurpassed one, the teacher of humans and gods, the blessed buddha known as Kāśyapa was in the world, that being went forth in his doctrine. After that, he acted as steward for the monks, calling upon many benefactors and patrons and accepting donations on behalf of the saṅgha and the stūpa. He took the donations for the saṅgha, the donations to the stūpa, their means of regular support, and the donations for the saṅgha of the four directions, and used it to indulge himself as he pleased and to make gifts of it to others. This act of cutting off the saṅgha from these donations, indulging himself as he pleased, and giving them to others ripened such that he took birth among the anguished spirits, and there was devoured by the creatures that lurk in the sky, in water, and on the plains.”

3.­240

As soon as they heard this, the people gathered there welled up with grief. The Blessed One directly apprehended their grief, [F.150.a] taught them the Dharma accordingly, and among the assembled some generated heat right where they sat. Some generated the peak, or generated the patience in accord with the truths, or generated the highest worldly dharma, or generated the attainment of seeing. Some manifested the resultant state of stream entry. Some manifested the resultant state of once-return. Some manifested the resultant state of non-return. Some went forth and manifested arhatship. Some sowed the seeds to become universal monarchs, some to become great universal monarchs, some to become Indra, some to become Brahmā, some for the enlightenment of the listeners, some for the enlightenment of the solitary buddhas, and some for unexcelled, total, and complete enlightenment. Among the assembled, most found themselves drawn to the Buddha, intent on the Dharma, and favoring the Saṅgha.

The Story of Nandaka

3.­241

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, it was Venerable Nandaka’s custom to wander from time to time among the hell beings, to wander among the anguished spirits, to wander among the animals, to wander among the humans, and to wander among the gods.

3.­242

When he returned, he would relate to people how the hell beings suffer through being cut up, hacked apart, beaten, roasted, and so on. When he returned, he would also relate to people how the anguished spirits suffer through hunger, thirst, being burned, being incinerated, being cooked, and so on; how animals suffer as they eat one another; how human beings suffer through striving, anger, and exhaustion; and how the gods suffer through dying, falling, disintegrating, and decaying. [F.150.b] Those who heard him were filled with sorrow, and from this sorrow they went on to achieve great things.

3.­243

One day Venerable Nandaka prepared himself to wander among the anguished spirits, disappeared from Śrāvastī, and traveled to the seashore where he saw an anguished spirit that was completely naked and covered only by the hair of her head. She was covered in flames like a burning log, and completely blind. Worms poured forth from her nose and mouth, and she reeked with a stench that could be smelled for many yojanas. She ran all about, but mottled blue dogs bit her wherever she went. This caused her dreadful suffering and extreme, excruciating, unbearable agony, and she cried out loudly as she ran all about.

3.­244

Seeing her, Venerable Nandaka asked himself, “What action did this being take?” When he examined that being’s past lives, he saw that after going forth as a nun in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa, she was hot-tempered and quarrelsome, slandered many different nuns, and created obstacles to their material well-being.

3.­245

Venerable Nandaka thought, “Though indeed I can see her past actions clearly, still I shall ask the Blessed One about this, so that many might become disillusioned with saṃsāra.” He disappeared from the seashore and traveled to Śrāvastī, where the Blessed One sat teaching the Dharma amid a company of hundreds. Then Venerable Nandaka, seeing that the Blessed One was teaching the Dharma amid a company of hundreds, thought, “Now is the time to ask the Blessed One to explain about that anguished spirit.” He approached the Blessed One, touched his head to the Blessed One’s feet, and took a seat at one side.

3.­246

Once he had taken a seat at one side, [F.151.a] Venerable Nandaka inquired of the Blessed One, “Lord, it has always been my custom to wander from time to time among the hell beings, to wander among the anguished spirits, to wander among the animals, to wander among the humans, and to wander among the gods.

3.­247

“When I return I relate to people how the hell beings suffer through being cut up, hacked apart, beaten, roasted, and so on. When I return I also relate to people how the anguished spirits suffer through hunger, thirst, being burned, being incinerated, being cooked, and so on; how animals suffer as they eat one another; how human beings suffer through striving, anger, and exhaustion; and how the gods suffer through dying, falling, disintegrating, and decaying. Because of this, the people who hear me are filled with sorrow, and from this sorrow they go on to achieve great things.

3.­248

“Lord, after preparing to wander among the anguished spirits, I disappeared from Śrāvastī and stood on the seashore. There, Lord, I saw an anguished spirit that was completely naked and covered only by the hair of her head. She was covered in flames like a burning log, and completely blind. Worms poured forth from her nose and mouth, and she reeked with a stench that could be smelled for many yojanas. She ran all about, but mottled blue dogs bit her wherever she went. This caused her dreadful suffering and extreme, excruciating, unbearable agony, and she cried out loudly as she ran all about.

3.­249

“Lord, what action did this anguished spirit take that ripened into her meeting with such suffering?”

“Nandaka,” the Blessed One explained, “that anguished spirit committed nonvirtuous actions over and over again. [F.151.b] She committed many nonvirtuous actions.

3.­250

“Nandaka, in times past, in this fortunate eon, when people lived as long as twenty thousand years, and the totally and completely awakened buddha possessed of insight and perfect conduct, the sugata, the knower of the world, the tamer of persons, the charioteer, the unsurpassed one, the teacher of humans and gods, the blessed buddha known as Kāśyapa was in the world, there lived in Vārāṇasī a certain householder, prosperous and wealthy, a person of vast and magnificent means, endowed with the wealth of Vaiśravaṇa‍—with wealth to rival Vaiśravaṇa’s.

3.­251

“When the time came for him to marry he took a wife. As they enjoyed themselves and coupled, one day his wife conceived. After nine or ten months had passed, she gave birth to a child who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. At the elaborate feast celebrating her birth they named her according to their clan. They reared her on milk, yogurt, butter, ghee, and milk solids, and she flourished like a lotus in a lake.

3.­252

“When she grew up she found faith in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa, asked for her parents’ permission, and went forth. After going forth, she studied the Tripiṭaka and became a proponent of the Dharma with all the eloquence of her wisdom and freedom. Having acquired provisions of clothing, food, bedding, a seat, and medicines for the sick, she called upon all the benefactors and patrons to build a stūpa and a monastery associated with it that that was complete in every respect. She made offerings to the Buddha and the rest of the saṅgha of nuns.

3.­253

“As she went about providing for the needs of all the nuns, she became arrogant about her well-proportioned shape, youthfulness, and high caste, and was unable to maintain her moral discipline. Then she took all the donations for the saṅgha, the donations to the stūpa, their regular support, and the donations [F.152.a] for the saṅgha of the four directions, and indulged herself as she pleased. When the nuns heard of this, they banished her from the nunnery.

3.­254

“Consumed with fury and compelled by her anger, she assailed with harsh and hurtful language many nuns on the path of learning and the path of no more to learn. From house to house she slandered them by exclaiming, ‘These nuns violate moral discipline and are sinful!’ She thus created obstacles to their material well-being, disrespected them, and looked upon them with hate.

3.­255

“Nandaka, what do you think? The one who was that nun then is none other than this anguished spirit. The act of disrespecting and creating obstacles to the material well-being of those nuns on the paths of learning and no more to learn ripened into her birth as an anguished spirit. The act of assailing them with harsh and hurtful language ripened into worms pouring forth from her mouth and nose. The act of slandering them from house to house by exclaiming, ‘These nuns violate moral discipline and are sinful!’ ripened into her reeking with a stench that could be smelled for many yojanas. The act of looking upon the nuns with hate ripened into her becoming completely blind. The act of taking all the donations for the saṅgha, the donations to the stūpa, their regular support, and the donations for the saṅgha of the four directions and indulging herself as she pleased ripened into her being snapped at by mottled blue dogs. Such were the acts she committed.”

3.­256

As soon as they heard this, the people gathered there welled up with grief. The Blessed One directly apprehended their grief, taught them the Dharma accordingly, and among the assembled some generated heat. Some generated the peak, or generated the patience in accord with the truths, or generated the highest worldly dharma, or generated the attainment of seeing. Some manifested the resultant state of stream entry. Some [F.152.b] manifested the resultant state of once-return. Some manifested the resultant state of non-return. Some went forth and manifested arhatship. Some sowed the seeds to become universal monarchs, some to become great universal monarchs, some to become Indra, some to become Brahmā, some for the enlightenment of the listeners, some for the enlightenment of the solitary buddhas, and some for unexcelled, total, and complete enlightenment. Among the assembled, most found themselves drawn to the Buddha, intent on the Dharma, and favoring the Saṅgha. [B13]

Chunks of Meat

3.­257

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, it was Venerable Maudgalyāyana’s custom to wander from time to time among the hell beings, to wander among the anguished spirits, to wander among the animals, to wander among the humans, and to wander among the gods.

3.­258

When he returned, he would relate to people how the hell beings suffer through being cut up, hacked apart, beaten, roasted, and so on. When he returned, he would also relate to people how the anguished spirits suffer through hunger, thirst, being burned, being incinerated, being cooked, and so on; how animals suffer as they eat one another; how human beings suffer through striving, anger, and exhaustion; and how the gods suffer through dying, falling, disintegrating, and decaying. Those who heard him were filled with sorrow, and from this sorrow they went on to achieve great things.

3.­259

One day Venerable Mahā­maudgalyāyana prepared himself to wander among the anguished spirits, disappeared from Śrāvastī, and traveled to the seashore. [F.153.a] There he saw one whose flesh was nothing but chunks of meat piled as high as a shrine hall. When he sat on the ground, needle-beaked creatures stood and jabbed him from all sides, intent on eating him, but when he rose up toward the sky, his entire body burst into flames. This caused him dreadful suffering and extreme, excruciating, unbearable agony.

3.­260

Venerable Mahā­maudgalyāyana thought, “What action did this being take that ripened into such dreadful suffering?” When he examined that being’s past lives, he saw that after going forth in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa, he had acted as steward for the monks. But then he took all the donations for the saṅgha, the donations to the stūpa, their regular support, and the donations for the saṅgha of the four directions and used them himself, gave some to his relatives, and incinerated some out of anger. These were the actions that ripened into his meeting with such suffering.

3.­261

Venerable Mahā­maudgalyāyana thought, “Though indeed I can see his past actions clearly, still I shall ask the Blessed One about this, so that many might become disillusioned with saṃsāra.” He disappeared from the seashore and traveled to Śrāvastī, where the Blessed One sat teaching the Dharma amid a company of hundreds. Then Venerable Mahā­maudgalyāyana thought, “Now is the time to request the Blessed One to explain about that anguished spirit.” He approached the Blessed One, touched his head to the Blessed One’s feet, and took a seat at one side.

3.­262

Once he had taken a seat at one side, Venerable Mahā­maudgalyāyana inquired of the Blessed One, “Lord, it is my custom to wander from time to time [F.153.b] among the hell beings, to wander among the anguished spirits, to wander among the animals, to wander among the humans, and to wander among the gods.

3.­263

“When I return I relate to people how the hell beings suffer through being cut up, hacked apart, beaten, roasted, and so on. When I return I also relate to people how the anguished spirits suffer through hunger, thirst, being burned, being incinerated, being cooked, and so on; how animals suffer as they eat one another; how human beings suffer through striving, anger, and exhaustion; and how the gods suffer through dying, falling, disintegrating, and decaying. Because of this, the people who hear me are filled with sorrow, and from this sorrow they go on to achieve great things.

3.­264

“Lord, after preparing to wander among the anguished spirits, I disappeared from Śrāvastī and traveled to the seashore, Lord, where I saw one whose flesh was nothing but chunks of meat piled as high as a shrine hall. When he sat on the ground, needle-beaked creatures stood and jabbed him from all sides, intent on eating him. But when he rose up toward the sky, his entire body burst into flames. This caused him dreadful suffering and extreme, excruciating, unbearable agony.

3.­265

“Lord, what action did this anguished spirit take that ripened into his meeting with such suffering?”

“Maudgalyāyana,” the Blessed One explained, “that being committed nonvirtuous actions over and over again. He committed many nonvirtuous actions.

3.­266

“Maudgalyāyana, in times gone by, after going forth in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa, [F.154.a] that being acted as steward for the monks. But then he took all the donations for the saṅgha, the donations to the stūpa, their regular support, and the donations for the saṅgha of the four directions and instead enjoyed some for himself and hoarded the rest. One day, having fallen ill, he handed the riches over to his relatives. The monks saw this and put a stop to it, so he thought, ‘If they’re trying to stop me, then at the very least I shall make it so that none of us will benefit!’ Then in anger he set all the riches on fire.

3.­267

“After that he died from there and transmigrated, taking rebirth as an anguished spirit. Then the act of taking all the donations for the saṅgha, the donations to the stūpa, their regular support, and the donations for the saṅgha of the four directions ripened into his flesh being nothing but chunks of meat piled as high as a shrine hall and needle-beaked creatures feeding on him. The act of burning the donations for the saṅgha, the donations to the stūpa, their regular support, and the donations for the saṅgha of the four directions ripened such that when he rose up toward the sky, his entire body burst into flames. Such were the actions of that being that ripened into his experiences of such suffering.”

3.­268

As soon as they heard this, the people gathered there welled up with grief. The Blessed One directly apprehended their grief, taught them the Dharma accordingly, and among the assembled some generated heat. Some generated the peak, or generated the patience in accord with the truths, or generated the highest worldly dharma, or generated the attainment of seeing. Some manifested the resultant state of stream entry. Some manifested the resultant state of once-return. Some manifested the resultant state of non-return. [F.154.b] Some went forth and manifested arhatship. Some sowed the seeds to become universal monarchs, some to become great universal monarchs, some to become Indra, some to become Brahmā, some for the enlightenment of the listeners, some for the enlightenment of the solitary buddhas, and some for unexcelled, total, and complete enlightenment. Among the assembled, most found themselves drawn to the Buddha, intent on the Dharma, and favoring the Saṅgha.

The One Who Thought He Saw His Son

3.­269

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, there lived a certain brahmin who was aged and decrepit. He went to the garden of Prince Jeta on an errand, and he saw the Blessed One there teaching the Dharma amid a company of hundreds. Seeing him, the brahmin perceived him to be his own son and he went and put his arms around him. But when the monks saw the brahmin had put his arms around the Blessed One, they sought to hinder him.

3.­270

The Blessed One spoke to the monks, saying, “Monks, it is out of love for his son that he puts his arms around me. Therefore, do not hinder him. Monks, if you don’t let this brahmin put his arms around me, he will spew warm blood from his mouth and die.” So the brahmin embraced the Blessed One and then sat before him to listen to the Dharma.

3.­271

The Blessed One directly apprehended his thoughts, habitual tendencies, temperament, capacity, and nature, and taught him the Dharma accordingly. Hearing it, the brahmin [F.155.a] destroyed with the thunderbolt of wisdom the twenty high peaks of the mountain of views concerning the transitory collection, and manifested the resultant state of stream entry right where he sat.

3.­272

Having seen the truths, he rose from his seat, drew down the right shoulder of his upper garment, bowed toward the Blessed One with palms pressed together, and implored him, “Blessed One, if permitted I wish to go forth in the Dharma and Vinaya so well spoken, complete my novitiate, and achieve full ordination. In the presence of the Blessed One, I too wish to practice the holy life.”

3.­273

The Blessed One said to him, “Come, join me, monk! Practice the holy life.”

As soon as the Blessed One had finished speaking there he stood, alms bowl and water pitcher in hand, with but a week’s worth of hair and beard, and with the deportment of a monk who had been ordained for one hundred years. As it is stated,

3.­274
Garbed in robes, with shaven heads,
And senses stilled by Buddha’s will‍—
From the very moment the One Thus Gone
Spoke to them, saying, “Come, join me.”
3.­275

The Blessed One conferred on him instruction and, casting away all afflictive emotions through diligence, practice, and effort, he manifested arhatship. As an arhat, free from the attachments of the three realms, his mind regarded gold no differently than filth, and the palms of his hands as like space itself. He became cool like wet sandalwood. His insight crushed ignorance like an eggshell. He achieved the insights, superknowledges, and discriminations. He had no regard for worldly profit, passion, or acclaim. He became an object of offering, veneration, and respectful address by Indra, Upendra, and the other gods.

3.­276

The monks requested the Blessed Buddha, [F.155.b] “Lord, tell us why thousands of men have seen the Blessed One, but no one has ever said with love, ‘I have met my son!’ and then run to put his arms around the Blessed One like that.”

“For five hundred lives this brahmin was my father,” the Blessed One explained. “It is because of these habitual tendencies alone that he said with love, ‘I have met my son!’ and put his arms around me.”

3.­277

The monks further inquired, “Lord, if he was the Blessed One’s father for five hundred lifetimes, why is he not your father now?”

The Blessed One replied, “Because bodhisattvas want so deeply to renounce and to perform acts of charity, and in all my lives he obstructed my renunciation and charity, I prayed, ‘May he not become my father again.’ Furthermore, Śuddhodana also prayed, ‘Oh, may I become the father of the Buddha.’ ”

3.­278

The monks then asked him, “Lord, where did Śuddhodana make these prayers?”

“Monks,” the Blessed One replied, “in times past, in the ninety-first eon, when the totally and completely awakened Buddha Vipaśyin was in the world, a certain trader offered a meal and prayed, ‘By this root of virtue, wherever I am born, may it be into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth. May my child be one as precious as this. May I please him and not displease him.’ ”

3.­279

The monks asked the Blessed Buddha, [F.156.a] “Lord, what action did this brahmin take that ripened such that he grew impoverished and old before going forth?”

“Bodhisattvas want so deeply to renounce and to perform acts of charity,” the Blessed One explained, “and he continually created obstacles to my giving and obstacles to my renunciation. This act of continually creating obstacles to my giving and obstacles to my renunciation ripened into his growing impoverished and old before going forth.”

3.­280

“Lord,” they asked further, “what action did this brahmin take that ripened such that he pleased the Blessed One, went forth in the doctrine of the Blessed One, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship?”

The Blessed One explained, “After going forth in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa, he practiced pure conduct all his life, and at the time of his death, he prayed, ‘May I please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha. Going forth in his doctrine alone may I cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifest arhatship.’

3.­281

“O monks, what do you think? The one who went forth in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa then is none other than this brahmin. At that time, he practiced the holy life all his life, and at the time of his death, he prayed, ‘May I please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha. [F.156.b] Going forth in his doctrine alone may I cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifest arhatship.’

3.­282

“So it is, monks, now that I myself have become the very equal of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa‍—equal in strength, equal in deeds, and equal in skillful means‍—that he has pleased me, not displeased me, gone forth in my very doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship.”

The Farmer

3.­283

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, there lived a certain poor brahmin who made his living by farming. The brahmin, being hardworking, took up his plow early one morning and went out into the field. His wife, a brahmanī, likewise went out into the field, carrying the brahmin’s food and drink. When they had both eaten their food, the brahmanī returned home, while the brahmin stayed at work in the field.

3.­284

The brahmin’s field was not far from the garden of Prince Jeta, and on the way home that afternoon the brahmin and the brahmanī saw the Blessed One and his great disciples one after another emerging from Śrāvastī. They felt a surge of joy toward the Blessed One and his disciples, and in their joy the two of them said to one another, “Whatever sufferings we have now are all on account of not making merit in times past. If we don’t act virtuously now either, when we die from here and transmigrate, still we will only ever be poor.”

3.­285

“Sweet one,” the brahmin asked, “do we have anything of great value, like the rich use to give gifts and make merit?” [F.157.a]

“Lord, you needn’t worry about such things,” his wife replied. “The ascetic Gautama is a field of merit for all humanity. Even doing him some small service will bring a very great result. Let us offer food to the ascetic Gautama. If we make an offering to him, our poverty will come to an end.”

3.­286

“As you wish,” the brahmin said. “Go and make many good, wholesome foods. Then early in the morning, when the ascetic Gautama heads for alms in Śrāvastī, we’ll go wait in the field to offer the food.”

3.­287

“As you wish, lord,” said the brahmanī, who returned home and prepared many good, wholesome foods. They rose early the next morning and went out into the field, where they stood facing the garden of Prince Jeta and waited for the Blessed One.

3.­288

The blessed buddhas, teachers of the one path to be traversed, with mastery over wisdom and the two types of knowable objects, in command of the three kinds of sterling equanimity, fearless by means of the fourfold fearlessness, freed from migration through the five destinies, keen in the six sense bases, practiced in the seven limbs of enlightenment, focused on the eight liberations, absorbed in the nine successive meditative absorptions, possessing all ten of the ten powers, whose proclamations are the great roaring of a perfect lion, by nature regard the world with their buddha eyes six times throughout the day and night‍—three times by day and three times by night.

3.­289

These are their thoughts as they look out in wisdom: “Who is in decline? Who will flourish? Who is destitute? Who is in a dreadful state? Who is being harmed? Who is destitute, in a dreadful state, and being harmed? Who is veering toward the lower realms? Who is descending through the lower realms? Who has descended to the lower realms? [F.157.b] Whom shall I pull up from the lower realms, and establish in the resultant state of heaven and liberation? Whom, mired in misdeeds, shall I lift up by the hand? Whom, lacking the seven jewels of the noble ones, shall I lead to command of the seven jewels of the noble ones? Whom, not having produced roots of virtue, shall I lead to produce them? Whom, having already produced roots of virtue, shall I lead to ripen their roots of virtue? Whom, having already ripened their roots of virtue, shall I slice open with the blade of wisdom? For whom shall I cause this world, adorned with a buddha’s presence, to be fruitful?”

3.­290

“Those mired in misdeeds will be lifted up by the hand. Those lacking the seven jewels of the noble ones will command the seven jewels of the noble ones. Those who have not produced roots of virtue will produce them. In those who have already produced them, roots of virtue will ripen. The blade of wisdom will slice open the roots of virtue of those in whom they have already ripened. For them this world, adorned by the presence of a buddha, will be fruitful.”

3.­291
The ocean, home of creatures fierce,
Could fail to send its tides on time.
But when the time has come to tame
Their offspring, buddhas never fail.
3.­292

Then the Blessed One thought, “The time has come to tame both the brahmin and his wife, the brahmanī.” In the morning he donned his lower garment and holy robes, and, carrying his alms bowl, went for alms in Śrāvastī. The two brahmins saw the Blessed One from a distance. Seeing him, they approached the Blessed One, and upon their arrival touched their heads to his feet and beseeched him, “Blessed One, here, in this field, please accept this offering of food from us.” The Blessed One assented by his silence.

3.­293

Understanding that by his silence the Blessed One had given his assent, the brahmin then prepared a seat for him. “Please sit upon the seat that I have prepared,” he requested, and the Blessed One took his place on the seat prepared for him.

3.­294

Once the two brahmins [F.158.a] knew that the Blessed Buddha was comfortably seated, by their own hands they contented him with many good, wholesome foods, proffering all that he wished. Having by their own hands contented him with many good, wholesome foods, proffering all that he wished, once they knew that he had finished eating and that his bowl had been taken away and his hands washed, they sat before the Blessed One to listen to the Dharma. The Blessed One taught them the Dharma particularly suited to their condition and departed.

3.­295

As soon as the Blessed One left, the two brahmins began to pray, “By this root of virtue, may our poverty come to an end. May all the sprouts of barley growing in our field turn into sprouts of gold. May it be just so! May it not be otherwise!” No sooner had the two brahmins said these words than they saw that all the sprouts of barley growing in their field were gold.

3.­296

When she saw this the brahmin’s wife exclaimed, “Lord! Our prayers have been fulfilled! But we cannot make use of this gold without asking the king.”

So her husband went immediately to see King Prasenajit. Upon his arrival he addressed the king: “Deva, sprouts of gold have come up in our barley field. It would only be proper for Deva to take his share.”

3.­297

“Alas, has this brahmin gone mad?” thought King Prasenajit. But when he looked at him, the king saw that he had a clear mind and a peaceful demeanor. Seeing this he thought, “Might this actually be true?” and so he dispatched his royal servants to investigate. But when they arrived, they saw no golden sprouts. They returned and said to the king, [F.158.b] “If that brahmin hasn’t lost his mind, then where are all the sprouts of gold?”

3.­298

The brahmin returned and pleaded with King Prasenajit, “Deva, I am certain I see sprouts of gold, so I bid you, please take your share!”

The king thought, “Perhaps this brahmin made merit at some previous time‍—or perhaps he has only now sowed seeds in a good field.” So the king himself went out into the brahmin’s field, but he didn’t see sprouts of gold either. He said to the brahmin, “Brahmin, if you see gold sprouts, then whatever you’re giving away, give to me.”

3.­299

Right away the brahmin culled a portion from the field. “These belong to you, Deva,” he said.

No sooner did the king reply, “These are mine,” than he too saw the sprouts of gold. He was astounded to see them, and in his astonishment he asked the brahmin, “Brahmin, what did you do to achieve something so magnificent?”

“Deva, I offered food to the ascetic Gautama,” the brahmin replied.

“Brahmin, you did indeed sow seeds in a good field. Go now, don’t be shy‍—enjoy them without fear, and give gifts and make merit.” After saying this, the king departed.

3.­300

The brahmin thought, “Whatever glory I have received, I have received it by entrusting myself to the Blessed One. It is his kindness alone I must repay.” So he put the wealth of his household on extravagant display. After hosting the Buddha and the rest of the saṅgha of monks for three months, providing for all their needs, [F.159.a] he offered the Buddha and the rest of the saṅgha of monks each a set of robes, and then sat before the Blessed One to listen to the Dharma.

3.­301

The Blessed One directly apprehended his thoughts, habitual tendencies, temperament, capacity, and nature, and taught him the Dharma accordingly. Hearing it, the brahmin and the people of his house destroyed with the thunderbolt of wisdom the twenty high peaks of the mountain of views concerning the transitory collection, and manifested the resultant state of stream entry right where they sat. Having seen the truths, the brahmin thought, “I should give up living at home to go forth in the doctrine of the Blessed One, in order to ford the floodwaters and completely escape my fetters with diligence, practice, and effort.” So he gave gifts and generated merit.

3.­302

He went forth in the doctrine of the Blessed One, and, casting away all afflictive emotions with diligence, practice, and effort, he manifested arhatship. As an arhat, free from the attachments of the three realms, his mind regarded gold no differently than filth, and the palms of his hands as like space itself. He became cool like wet sandalwood. His insight crushed ignorance like an eggshell. He achieved the insights, superknowledges, and discriminations. He had no regard for worldly profit, passion, or acclaim. He became an object of offering, veneration, and respectful address by Indra, Upendra, and the other gods.

3.­303

“Lord,” the monks inquired of the Blessed One, “what action did this brahmin take that ripened into his seeing that the sprouts of barley growing in his field were sprouts of gold, and that he pleased the Blessed One, did not displease him, went forth in the doctrine of the Blessed One, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship?” [F.159.b]

3.­304

“Monks,” the Blessed One replied, “it was partly his past actions, and it is partly his present actions as well. As for his past actions, monks, in times past, in this fortunate eon, when people lived as long as twenty thousand years and the tathāgata, the arhat, the totally and completely awakened buddha possessed of insight and perfect conduct, the sugata, the knower of the world, the tamer of persons, the charioteer, the unsurpassed one, the teacher of humans and gods, the blessed buddha known as Kāśyapa was in the world, this brahmin went forth in his doctrine.

3.­305

“He practiced pure conduct all his life, and at the time of his death, he prayed, ‘While I may not have attained any great virtues, still I have gone forth in the teaching of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa and practiced pure conduct all my life. By this root of virtue, may I please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha. Going forth in his doctrine alone may I cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifest arhatship.’

3.­306

“O monks, what do you think? The one who was that monk then is none other than this brahmin. At that time he practiced pure conduct all his life, and at the time of his death, he prayed, ‘May I please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha. Going forth in his doctrine alone may I cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifest arhatship.’

3.­307

“So it is, monks, now that I myself have become the very equal of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa‍—equal in strength, equal in deeds, and equal in skillful means‍— [F.160.a] that he has pleased me, not displeased me, gone forth in my very doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship. These were his past actions.

3.­308

“As for his present actions, after offering me food, he prayed, ‘May my poverty immediately come to an end. May all my sprouts of barley turn into sprouts of gold! May it be just so! May it not be otherwise.’ These were his present actions.”

Death

3.­309

When the Blessed One was in Rājagṛha, there lived in Rājagṛha a certain brahmin. When the time came for him to marry, he took a wife, and as they enjoyed themselves and coupled, one day his wife conceived. After nine or ten months had passed, she gave birth to a child who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. At the elaborate feast celebrating his birth they named him according to their clan.

3.­310

They reared him on milk, yogurt, butter, ghee, and milk solids, and as he grew up he studied letters, brahminical customs and conduct, the syllables oṃ and bho, ritual purity, ritual actions, the collection of ashes, holding the ritual vase, the Ṛg Veda, the Yajur Veda, the Sāma Veda, the Atharva Veda, how to perform sacrificial rites, how to lead others in performing sacrificial rites, how to give and receive offerings, recitation, and recitation instruction. Trained in these procedures, he became a master of the six types of brahminical activities, and in time he mastered the eighteen sciences.

3.­311

That brahmin, having found faith in the Buddha, and in the Dharma and the Saṅgha, went for refuge, and took the fundamental precepts. One day he contented the Buddha and the rest of the saṅgha of monks with many good, wholesome foods, and then sat before them to listen to the Dharma. [F.160.b] The Blessed One taught him the Dharma particularly suited to him, and departed.

3.­312

Then one day the brahmin fell ill. Though he was treated with medicinal roots, stems, leaves, flowers, and fruits, he could not be cured, and died. After his death, he transmigrated and took rebirth among the gods of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three. The brahmin’s son laid down his father’s remains not far from Vulture Peak Mountain, where they were cremated. In misery he remained there in the charnel ground, suffering, lamenting, and beating his chest, wailing, “My father, my only father!” and roaming all about.

3.­313

Now when young gods and goddesses are born they possess three different types of innate knowledge. They know (1) whence they have died and transmigrated, (2) where they have been born, and (3) why they have taken birth there.

The brahmin saw that when he died as a human being, having offered his respectful service to the Blessed One and the rest of the saṅgha of monks, taken refuge, and maintained the fundamental precepts, he had transmigrated and taken rebirth as a god in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

3.­314

The young god who formerly was the brahmin thought, “It’s been a whole day since I approached the Blessed One and offered him my respect. This isn’t proper of me. Not a day should pass without my seeing the Blessed One and offering him my respect.” So he decorated himself with earrings, garlands, and strings of precious stones, put on a crown decorated with various types of precious jewels, and perfumed his body with saffron, tamala, spṛka, and other herbs.

3.­315

That night he filled the front of his long shirt with divine blue lotus, lotus, white water lily, white lotus, and mandārava flowers. Disappearing from among the gods of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three, he approached the Blessed One, scattered the divine blue lotus, lotus, white water lily, white lotus, and mandārava flowers over the Blessed One, touched his head to the feet of the Blessed One, [F.161.a] and sat before the Blessed One to listen to the Dharma.

3.­316

The Blessed One directly apprehended his thoughts, habitual tendencies, temperament, capacity, and nature, and taught him the Dharma accordingly. Hearing it, the young god who formerly was the brahmin destroyed with the thunderbolt of wisdom the twenty high peaks of the mountain of views concerning the transitory collection, and manifested the resultant state of stream entry right where he sat. Having seen the truths, he touched his head to the Blessed One’s feet, circumambulated him three times, and disappeared from the Blessed One’s presence.

3.­317

Just then the young god looked out and saw his son in misery there in the charnel ground, suffering, lamenting, beating his chest, wailing, “My father, my only father!” and roaming all about. Seeing him so, he went to his son and said, “My son, you needn’t mourn for me. Don’t mourn for me so.”

3.­318

“Who are you?” asked the son.

The young god replied, “I am your father.”

“Where did you take rebirth?” asked the son.

The young god said, “I took birth among the gods.”

3.­319

“What action did you take to be born there?” asked the son.

“I served the Buddha and the rest of the saṅgha of monks,” the young god replied, “and I took refuge and maintained the fundamental precepts. You needn’t mourn for me. Your concern should be for yourself. Take refuge in the Blessed One. From him all good things will come to you.”

3.­320

Then the young god disappeared from that place and traveled up to be among the gods of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three. The brahmin’s son not only obeyed the words of his father and gave up mourning, but in his joy toward the Blessed One he approached the Blessed One, touched his head to the Blessed One’s feet, and sat before him to listen to the Dharma.

3.­321

The Blessed One directly apprehended his thoughts, habitual tendencies, temperament, capacity, and nature, [F.161.b] and taught him the Dharma accordingly. Hearing it, the brahmin’s son destroyed with the thunderbolt of wisdom the twenty high peaks of the mountain of views concerning the transitory collection, and manifested the resultant state of stream entry right where he sat.

3.­322

Having seen the truths, he rose from his seat, drew down the right shoulder of his upper garment, bowed toward the Blessed One with palms pressed together, and requested of the Blessed One, “Lord, if permitted I wish to go forth in the Dharma and Vinaya so well spoken, complete my novitiate, and achieve full ordination. In the presence of the Blessed One, I too wish to practice the holy life.”

3.­323

With the words “Come, join me, monk! Practice the holy life,” the Blessed One led him to go forth as a novice and conferred on him full ordination and instructed him. He cast away all afflictive emotions through diligence, practice, and effort, and manifested arhatship. As an arhat, free from the attachments of the three realms, his mind regarded gold no differently than filth, and the palms of his hands as like space itself. He became cool like wet sandalwood. His insight crushed ignorance like an eggshell. He achieved the insights, superknowledges, and discriminations. He had no regard for worldly profit, passion, or acclaim. He became an object of offering, veneration, and respectful address by Indra, Upendra, and the other gods.

3.­324

The monks inquired of the Blessed One, “Lord, tell us why this young brahmin who lacked faith was brought by his father to perfect faith, went forth, pleased the Blessed One, did not displease him, cast all away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship.”

“Not only now,” the Blessed One explained, “but in times past as well, and in the same way, this young brahmin who lacked faith was brought by his father to perfect faith, went forth, and practiced pure conduct all his life. Listen well! [F.162.a]

3.­325

“Monks, in times past, in this fortunate eon, when people lived as long as twenty thousand years, and the totally and completely awakened buddha possessed of insight and perfect conduct, the sugata, the knower of the world, the tamer of persons, the charioteer, the unsurpassed one, the teacher of humans and gods, the blessed buddha known as Kāśyapa was in the world, there lived a certain brahmin in Vārāṇasī.

3.­326

“One day his wife conceived, and after nine or ten months had passed, she gave birth to a child. As he grew up, he studied letters, brahminical customs and conduct, the syllables oṃ and bho, ritual purity, ritual actions, the collection of ashes, holding the ritual vase, the Ṛg Veda, the Yajur Veda, the Sāma Veda, the Atharva Veda, how to perform sacrificial rites, how to lead others in performing sacrificial rites, how to give and receive offerings, recitation, and recitation instruction. Trained in these procedures, he became a master of the six types of brahminical activities, and in time he mastered the eighteen sciences.

3.­327

“One day his father developed a deep admiration for the Buddha, and a deep admiration for the Dharma and the Saṅgha, and he took refuge and maintained the fundamental precepts. Then one day he died, transmigrated, and took rebirth among the gods. In misery the brahmin’s son suffered, lamenting, beating his chest, wailing, ‘My father, my only father!’ and roaming all about.

“Sensing this, his father went to him and said, ‘My son, you needn’t mourn for me. Don’t mourn for me so.’

3.­328

“ ‘Who are you?’ asked the son.

“The young god replied, ‘I am your father.’

“ ‘Where were you reborn?’ asked the son.

“The young god said, ‘I took birth among the gods.’

3.­329

“ ‘What action did you take to be born there?’ asked the son.

“ ‘I served the Buddha and the rest of the saṅgha of monks,’ the young god replied, ‘and I took refuge and maintained the fundamental precepts. You needn’t mourn [F.162.b] for me. Your concern should be for yourself. Take refuge in the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa. From him all good things will come to you.’

3.­330

“The young god disappeared, and the young brahmin not only obeyed the words of his father, but went forth in the doctrine of Buddha Kāśyapa. After practicing pure conduct all his life, at the time of his death he prayed, ‘While I may not have attained any great virtues, still I have gone forth in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa and practiced pure conduct all my life. Therefore, may I please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha. Going forth in his doctrine alone may I cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifest arhatship.’

3.­331

“O monks, what do you think? The one who was the father of that young brahmin then is none other than this brahmin. The one who was his son then is none other than this young man. At that time, he entrusted himself to his father, found faith, and practiced the holy life all his life. Now as well, he has entrusted himself to his father, gone forth in my very doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship.” [B14]

A Story about Kokālika

3.­332

When the Blessed One was in Rājagṛha, Venerable Kokālika was living in the deer park in The Terrifying Forest on Mount Sabkang. All the brahmin householders living on Mount Sabkang held him in high esteem, revered him, and honored and venerated him. Having acquired provisions of clothing, food, bedding, a seat, and medicines for the sick, he provided for all the needs of every monk who came there.

3.­333

At that time Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana were traveling through the region [F.163.a] and arrived at Mount Sabkang, where they stayed in the deer park in The Terrifying Forest. The monk Kokālika heard that Venerable Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana were traveling through the region and had arrived at Mount Sabkang, where they were staying in the deer park in The Terrifying Forest. When he heard this he went to see Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana. Upon his arrival he touched his head to Venerable Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana’s feet and took a seat at one side.

3.­334

Once he had taken a seat on the side, the monk Kokālika told Venerable Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana, “Lords, I shall provide for all your needs. Don’t be concerned.”

“Venerable one,” they said, “This area of Mount Sabkang is so eerie that we can’t bear to stay here. We’re going to stay at such-and-such a place, a very remote and secluded part of the mountain.”

“If you do go there,” Kokālika said, “I would still like to come and provide for all your needs. Please permit me to do so.”

3.­335

Venerable Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana replied, “If you don’t tell anyone that Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana are both staying on Mount Sabkang in the hermitage at such-and-such a place, then we will stay there. If you do tell anyone, then we will go elsewhere without a word to you.”

“I won’t tell anyone. Please, permit me,” Kokālika said. They assented by their silence and went to stay in the hermitage as they had agreed. As they settled in, Kokālika provided for all their needs.

3.­336

At that time a certain householder lived on Mount Sabkang who deeply admired the monk Kokālika and provided for all his needs. [F.163.b] One day his wife conceived, and after nine or ten months had passed, she gave birth to a child who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. When he had grown, he entrusted himself to Venerable Kokālika, found faith in the doctrine of the Blessed One, went for refuge, and took the fundamental precepts. One day he thought, “I will give up living at home to go forth in the doctrine of the Blessed One.”

3.­337

He went to see Venerable Kokālika and said to him, “Lord Kokālika, if permitted I wish to go forth in the Dharma and Vinaya so well spoken, complete my novitiate, and achieve full ordination. In the presence of the Blessed One, I too wish to practice the holy life.”

“Young man, have your parents consented?” asked Kokālika.

“No, they have not,” he replied.

3.­338

“Young man, the buddhas and their disciples neither lead novices to go forth nor confer full ordination on young persons without their parents’ permission,” the monk told him. “Go and ask your parents, then come back here. This will make things easier for you later on.”

He said, “As you wish, noble one.” Then he approached his parents and requested, “Mother, Father, I am asking for your kind permission to go forth in the doctrine of the Blessed One.”

3.­339

His parents replied, “Though death will separate us from you, for as long as we yet live we cannot permit this.”

One day, it so happened that Venerable Kokālika had to go down into the townships on an errand. He presented his students and disciples to Venerable Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana, saying, “Lords, I have to travel through the townships for a little while. Lords, please confer upon these monks instruction, advice to ponder, and a topic for further inquiry.” Having thus presented the group to them, [F.164.a] he began to travel through the townships.

3.­340

When he had gone, Venerable Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana wondered, “Do these monks have some small measure of the virtues that are conducive to the four stages of penetrative insight?” They looked out and saw that they did, but that it depended solely on the two of them. So Venerable Maudgalyāyana inspired the monks with a miracle of magical abilities and Venerable Śāriputra inspired them with a miracle of admonition. Casting away all afflictive emotions through diligence, practice, and effort, they manifested arhatship.

3.­341

After they achieved arhatship, the householder’s son again asked for his parents’ permission, returned to the monastery, approached the monks, and asked them, “Where is Lord Kokālika?”

“What do you need him for?” they asked.

“I would like him to lead me to go forth,” said the young man.

3.­342

“Why do you need Kokālika?” the monks asked him. “Venerable Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana are a supreme and excellent pair. You should go forth with them.”

The young man was thrilled to hear this. He went to see Venerable Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana, and upon his arrival he touched his head to their feet and sat before Venerable Śāriputra to listen to the Dharma. Venerable Śāriputra directly apprehended his thoughts, habitual tendencies, temperament, capacity, and nature, and taught him the Dharma accordingly. When he heard it, the young man destroyed with the thunderbolt of wisdom the twenty high peaks of the mountain of views concerning the transitory collection, and manifested the resultant state of stream entry right where he sat.

3.­343

Having seen the truths, he rose from his seat, drew down the right shoulder of his upper garment, bowed toward Venerable Śāriputra with palms pressed together, and implored Venerable Śāriputra, “Lord, [F.164.b] if permitted I wish to go forth in the Dharma and Vinaya so well spoken, complete my novitiate, and achieve full ordination. In the presence of the Blessed One, I too wish to practice the holy life.”

3.­344

“Young man, have your parents consented?” Śāriputra asked.

The young man replied, “Yes, Lord Śāriputra, they have.”

Thereupon Venerable Śāriputra led him to go forth as a novice and conferred on him full ordination and instructed him. Casting away all afflictive emotions through diligence, practice, and effort, he manifested arhatship. Having achieved arhatship, he established his parents in the truths, and he inspired them to give gifts and to share what they had.

3.­345

Then one day on Mount Sabkang the gods announced, “Pay heed! The monks Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana are living near your village. If you do not go see them to offer your respectful service, what can you hope for? What good will come of you?” Hearing this, many of the people living on Mount Sabkang gathered‍—group after group, elder after elder, one joyful group after another‍—and convened upon Mount Sabkang to see Venerable Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana. As they arrived they began touching their heads to their feet and offering their respect.

3.­346

Venerable Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana thought, “We have to put a stop to all this worldly profit and acclaim. We already made an agreement with Kokālika, saying, ‘If you don’t tell anyone that Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana are both staying in the hermitage at such-and-such a place, we will stay here in the hermitage. But if people come trying to help and offering their respect, we’ll both leave this place without a word to you.’ ” And so they departed.

3.­347

Kokālika’s students and disciples [F.165.a] said, “We will accompany our two preceptors.”

“You all must go to Rājagṛha,” Śāriputra replied. “We need to go elsewhere and act for the benefit of those to be tamed. If we all travel there together, there will not be enough food, and that would be improper.” As soon as the monks heard this, they set out for Rājagṛha via another path and settled in there, while Venerable Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana set out upon a different path, where slowly rain began to fall.

3.­348

At the foot of those mountains there was a mountain cave, and in that cave there was a buffalo herder woman who had recently gone there and slept with two different men. The monks Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana arrived after those two had left and sat down at the mouth of the cave.

The monk Kokālika returned to his monastery after those two had left, and when he arrived he found his students and disciples had all disappeared. He asked the other monks, “Where did all my students and disciples go?”

“They left with the monks Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana,” they replied.

3.­349

No sooner did the monk Kokālika hear this than he was seething with anger. “Not only did those two leave without informing me, they also took my followers with them!” he said.

While he was standing there the householder came to where he was. Kokālika asked the householder, “Householder, where did your child go?”

“He has gone forth,” the householder replied.

3.­350

“Who led him to go forth?”

“He went forth in the presence of Śāriputra,” the householder replied. No sooner did Kokālika hear this than he became even more furious at the two of them.

The heartbreaking admonition from the brahmins living on Mount Sabkang had likewise cut him to the quick. “Lord Kokālika,” the brahmins said, “the monks Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana both came here, but you didn’t inform us.”

3.­351

At this he became very embarrassed and thought, “Those two [F.165.b] may have gone and taken all my disciples, but I can’t let them get away so easily. I will go there, muster my disciples, and return.” So he donned his lower garment and Dharma robes, and, carrying his alms bowl, set out on by the path that the monks Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana had traveled, until he eventually arrived at the mouth of that very same cave. When he saw the monks Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana sitting just inside the mouth of the cave, he went to them, touched his head to their feet, made pleasant conversation, and took a seat at one side. The buffalo herder woman heard their conversation, emerged from inside the cave, and departed.

3.­352

Now Kokālika suspected101 there was semen on her, for those gone forth are discerning and can recognize signs. When he looked, he knew that the buffalo herder woman had slept with two men. So when he saw her, the sinful thought occurred to him, “These two revel in sin! They are sinful!” He cursed them with crude, abusive language and left for Rājagṛha. When he came to Bamboo Grove, he left behind his alms bowl and Dharma robes. Unduly belittling them to every monk he saw, he exclaimed, “Those two revel in sin! They are sinful!”

3.­353

When the monks heard about the situation, they informed the Blessed One, and the Blessed One warned the monk Kokālika, “Kokālika, Kokālika, may your mind be filled with joy toward these two gentle, considerate, celibate monks Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana, or else for a long time harm will befall you, and you will not benefit, but suffer.”

“I have faith and trust in the Blessed One,” he replied, “but the monks Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana revel in sin. Their minds are full of sin.”

3.­354

The Blessed One warned the monk Kokālika a second and then a third time in the same way, saying, “Kokālika, Kokālika, may your mind be filled with joy toward these two gentle, considerate, celibate monks, Śāriputra and [F.166.a] Maudgalyāyana, or else for a long time harm will befall you, and you will not benefit, but suffer.”

3.­355

“I have faith and trust in the Blessed One,” he replied, “but the monks Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana revel in sin. They have fallen under the sway of sin.” The monk Kokālika paid no heed to the Blessed One’s words the second or the third time. Then he rose from his seat and departed.

3.­356

No sooner had the monk Kokālika departed than, first, pimples102 the size of mustard seeds popped up all over his body. Soon after came pustules the size of beans‍—small beans, then large ones. After that they became even bigger‍—like mirabalam fruit, then like very big bilba fruit, then even the size of kapita fruit, until boils completely covered his body. Finally the monk Kokālika began to spew warm blood from his mouth and cried out, “I’m burning! I’m burning!” as pus and blood began to seep and then pour out of his body, until he died.

3.­357

He plummeted to the lower realms and took rebirth as a being in the Great Lotus Hell. Taking birth there, he had a body so large it extended for many yojanas. There, due to his past actions, human beings appeared and tore his tongue from his mouth. There were iron spikes on the molten iron that drenched the floor, which was on fire, burning all over, and covered in flames. These too were on fire, burning all over, and covered in flames‍—they were nothing but a single, searing flame.

3.­358

On his tongue drove five hundred yokes of oxen, and they too were all on fire, burning all over, and covered in flames‍—they were nothing but a single, searing flame. These yokes of oxen, which arose due to his past actions, had hooves like the edge of a razor, which were also on fire, burning all over, and covered in flames‍—they were nothing but a single, searing flame. They caused him infernal torment, for no matter what direction they trod, they cut and hacked at him all over.

3.­359

From all around there [F.166.b] fell upon him iron-fanged dogs, lions, tigers, leopards, bears, and hyenas, who tore into his flesh over and over again and fed on him. Iron-beaked vultures, crows, and ospreys came from the sky above him and also tore into his flesh over and over again and fed on him. This caused him dreadful suffering and extreme, excruciating, unbearable agony, and he let loose a great cry.

3.­360

Now as night fell, three gods of noble complexion came to see the Blessed One. Upon their arrival they touched their heads to his feet and took seats to one side. After they had taken their seats to one side, one god informed the Blessed One, “Lord, the one who sided with Devadatta‍—the monk Kokālika‍—has passed away.” Another god added, “Lord, that monk felt such hatred toward Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana that he was born as a hell being in the Great Lotus Hell.” Then the other god said in verse,

3.­361
“When certain people are born, a hatchet
Comes swinging from their mouths.
Those who lash out with words of blame
Cut only themselves down.
3.­362
“A torrent pouring from the mouth
Carries off the joy of those
Who praise the virtues of the blameful
And vilify those not to blame.
3.­363
“A wager lost, the gamblers bicker‍—
Fights over dice are fairly small.
But the trouble brought to a mind that hates
Those Gone to Bliss is enormous.
3.­364
“Because with evil speech and mind
They cursed the Noble Ones,
For 1,350,000,000 years103
They’ll circle through the hells.”
3.­365

After the three gods had spoken thus, they disappeared. When night had passed, the Blessed One took his place on the seat prepared for him amid the saṅgha of monks. After taking his place, [F.167.a] the Blessed One said, “Monks, yesterday, as night fell, three gods of noble complexion came to see the Blessed One, and upon their arrival they touched their heads to his feet and took seats to one side. After they had taken their seats to one side, one god told the Blessed One, ‘Lord, the one who has sided with Devadatta‍—the monk Kokālika‍—has passed away.’

3.­366

“Another god said, ‘Lord, that monk felt such hatred toward Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana that he was born as a hell being in Great Lotus Hell.’

“Then the other god spoke in verse, and said,

3.­367
“ ‘When certain people are born, a hatchet
Comes swinging from their mouths.
Those who lash out with words of blame
Cut only themselves down.
3.­368
“ ‘A torrent pouring from the mouth
Carries off the joy of those
Who praise the virtues of the blameful
And vilify those not to blame.
3.­369
“ ‘A wager lost, the gamblers bicker‍—
Fights over dice are fairly small.
But the trouble brought to minds that hate
Those Gone to Bliss is enormous.
3.­370
“ ‘Because with evil speech and mind
They cursed the Noble Ones,
For 1,350,000,000 years
They’ll circle through the hells.’
3.­371

“Monks, do you wish to hear the lifespan of beings born as hell beings in the Blistering Hell again?”

“Blessed One,” the monks replied, “it is time for the Blessed One teach us the lifespan of beings born as hell beings in the Blistering Hell. Yes, Sugata, it is time.”

The monks listened as the Blessed One spoke, saying, “In that case, monks, listen well and bear it in mind, and I shall tell you.

3.­372

“As an example, monks, [F.167.b] if someone were to set aside one grain every ten thousand years from Kośala’s storehouse of sesame grain, which contains twenty ten-bushel vessels filled to the brim with sesame grains, one could exhaust Kośala’s twenty ten-bushel storehouse of sesame grain relatively quickly and complete the task. But I cannot say, monks, that in that time a single lifespan of a being who is born among the hell beings in the Blistering Hell would be exhausted.

3.­373

“Twenty lifetimes of a hell being in the Blistering Hell are equal to a single lifetime in the Bursting Blister Hell. Twenty lifetimes in the Bursting Blister Hell are equal to a single lifetime in the Chattering Teeth Hell. Twenty lifetimes in the Chattering Teeth Hell are equal to a single lifetime in the Hell of Lamentation. Twenty lifetimes in the Hell of Lamentation are equal to a single lifetime in the Cold Whimpering Hell. Twenty lifetimes in the Cold Whimpering Hell are equal to a single lifetime in the Blue Lotus Hell. Twenty lifetimes in the Blue Lotus Hell are equal to a single lifetime in the Lotus Hell. Twenty lifetimes in the Lotus Hell are equal to a single lifetime in the Great Lotus Hell. And now the one who has sided with Devadatta, the monk Kokālika, has taken rebirth there because he felt such hatred toward Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana.

3.­374

“That is why, monks, you should train as follows: ‘One should not feel hostile toward so much as a burnt log, let alone a conscious being.’ Furthermore, monks, one should not draw conclusions about others. Monks, those who draw conclusions about others will be lost. Monks, it is only suitable for me and those like me to draw conclusions. Instead of drawing conclusions about others, monks, one should look for the eight different causes for their behavior.104 One should look at (1) their comportment, (2) the scope of their activities, (3) their spouses, (4) their friends, (5) their livelihood, (6) their learning, (7) what they do, and (8) what they say. Upon such analysis, all hostility will be eliminated. [F.168.a] Therefore, monks, you should train yourselves in this: ‘One should not feel hostile toward so much as a burnt log, let alone a conscious being.’ ”

3.­375

After he had said this, Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana thought, “We should check on the monk Kokālika.” They disappeared from Bamboo Grove and traveled to the Great Lotus Hell. Upon their arrival they looked around and saw there was one who looked like the monk Kokālika. After they saw him, they approached with their compassionate minds completely focused on him.

3.­376

Kokālika saw Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana from a distance, and when he saw them, he felt particular hostility toward them both. “Even when I am born here I am still not free of these two who revel in sin and are sinful.” No sooner did his mind begin to rage than a hundred thousand yokes of oxen appeared on his tongue. The two of them thought, “Alas, there is no curing this deluded man.” They disappeared from the Great Lotus Hell and traveled back to Bamboo Grove, and when they arrived there, in order that their fellow practitioners of the holy life might become disillusioned with saṃsāra, they explained in detail the harms he had undergone.

3.­377

As soon as they heard this, the people gathered there welled up with grief. The two of them understood the grief they felt and taught them the Dharma accordingly, and among the assembled some generated heat right where they sat. Some generated the peak, or generated the patience in accord with the truths, or generated the highest worldly dharma, or generated the attainment of seeing. Some manifested the resultant state of stream entry. Some manifested the resultant state of once-return. Some [F.168.b] manifested the resultant state of non-return. Some went forth and manifested arhatship. Some sowed the seeds to become universal monarchs, some to become great universal monarchs, some to become Indra, some to become Brahmā, some for the enlightenment of the listeners, some for the enlightenment of the solitary buddhas, and some for unexcelled, total, and complete enlightenment. Among the assembled, most found themselves drawn to the Buddha, intent on the Dharma, and favoring the Saṅgha.

3.­378

Then the monks then requested of the Blessed One, “Lord, tell us why the monk Kokālika felt hatred toward the monks Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana, and has now fallen among the hell beings.”

“Not only now,” the Blessed One explained, “but in times past as well he intended malice toward these two and fell among the hell beings. Listen well!

3.­379

“Monks, in times gone by, King Mahā­sena reigned in the city of Ayodhyā. King Mahā­sena’s magistrate was a certain brahmin who was capable, clear-minded, and trustworthy, with perfect understanding of the scriptures. In every quarter he was held in high esteem, revered, honored, venerated, and admired. His profit was unrivaled, his acclaim without compare.

3.­380

“At that time a certain sage who had a retinue of five hundred was living in the forest. There two young brahmins who were capable, clear-minded, and trustworthy, with perfect understanding of the scriptures, took up residence.

3.­381

“One day the sage thought, ‘So long as I remain here in this forest devoted to austerities, I’m of help to almost no one. [F.169.a] I will settle near the city!’ So, he fashioned a hut of branches nearby, and there he stayed, held in high esteem, revered, honored, and venerated. Yet in time, as the sage got older, he was unable to go to the city anymore. When that time came, the two young brahmins would go there in his stead, and they were held in high esteem, revered, honored, venerated, and admired by the local royalty, the high officials, the wealthy, the householders, those in the king’s retinue, the merchants, and the sea captains.

3.­382

“This went on until one day Mahā­sena’s brahmin magistrate thought, ‘Before, I was held in high esteem throughout the land, revered, honored, venerated, and admired, and now all that profit and acclaim has been handed over to these two young brahmins instead. When they’re no longer here, all my profit and acclaim will be restored. I will spread malicious rumors about them both, and then, when those two suspect that they will no longer be served, they will take themselves elsewhere.’

3.­383

“So the magistrate spread rumors, saying, ‘Those two are indulging their desires. They’re not celibate.’ When the sage heard105 the slanderous deprecations being made about these two, he challenged the magistrate, saying, ‘Brahmin, you should not be so hateful toward these two young brahmins, for harm will befall you for a long time, and you will not benefit, but suffer.’ Though he tried again and again, the sage could neither stop nor sway him. Hateful toward them both, he fell among the hell beings.

3.­384

“O monks, what do you think? I am the one who was that sage then, and lived the life of a bodhisattva. [F.169.b] Those who were the young brahmins then are none other than these two, Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana. The one who was that magistrate then is none other than Kokālika. At that time, though I tried to stop him, he was hateful toward them both and fell among the hell beings. Now as well, though I tried to stop him, he has been hateful toward Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana, and has fallen among the hell beings.”

3.­385

“Lord,” the monks inquired of the Blessed One, “what action did Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana take that ripened into such untrue, malicious, worthless, spurious, unfounded, and destructive aspersions being cast on them?”

3.­386

“Monks,” the Blessed One replied, “the actions these two committed and accumulated did not ripen into the external element of earth. They did not ripen into the element of water, the element of fire, or the element of wind. The actions they committed and accumulated, both virtuous and nonvirtuous, ripened into nothing but their own aggregates, sense bases, and constituent elements.

3.­387
“When the time arrives‍—and even if
A hundred eons pass‍—
Fruit is born of every act
That sentient beings amass.
3.­388

“Monks, in times past a certain two ascetics, each with a retinue of five hundred, took up residence in two different parts of the city of Pāṁśula. All the people of the city held them in high esteem, accepted them as gurus, and honored, venerated, and respected them as arhats. Their profit was unrivaled, their acclaim without compare.

3.­389

“At that time in a certain mountain ravine there lived a sage who was clairvoyant, a person of great miracles and great power, who also had a retinue of five hundred. He was also a great being, of a loving nature, [F.170.a] and compassionate. He cared deeply for beings and was committed to their welfare. He thought, ‘So long as I stay in this hermitage, I’m of no help to others, so I will gain support in the city of Pāṁśula and live there! By living there I shall certainly be able to help many.’ Having stayed in the hermitage for as long as he cared to, he set out with his retinue of five hundred. He walked to the city of Pāṁśula carrying clothes of deerskin and tree bark, a walking stick, a small water pitcher, and his ritual ladles. He fashioned a hut of branches deep in the forest, and there he stayed.

3.­390

“The many inhabitants of the city of Pāṁśula saw the elegance of his body, the elegance of his mind, and the elegance of those who attended him, and were filled with the greatest admiration. Due to their great admiration, they held him in high esteem, revered him, honored him, venerated him, and provided for all his needs. The sage likewise went to them from time to time to teach the Dharma, and when they heard the Dharma from him, some of them went forth in the presence of the sage and generated the four meditative states and the five superknowledges. Some continued to live at home and perfectly adopted the path of the ten virtuous actions. The sage would come to their homes so they could be in his company and see him from time to time, so they no longer went to meet with the ascetics.

3.­391

“One day the ascetics thought, ‘Before, the many inhabitants of the city of Pāṁśula held us in high esteem, revered, honored, and venerated us. Our profit was unrivaled and our acclaim without compare. But since the sage’s arrival, all that profit and acclaim has been cut off. We must make it so that the sage and his retinue no longer live here. When he’s [F.170.b] gone, all our profit and acclaim will be restored.’

3.­392

“They told the sage’s young brahmins, ‘Young brahmins, you should know that since this sage has arrived, all our profit and acclaim has been cut off, so we are going to spread malicious rumors all about town saying that the sage has been indulging his desires and is no longer celibate. Think well whether you should serve and revere him. He will flee in terror of the aspersions we cast, or he will kill us. With him gone our profit and acclaim will be restored.’

3.­393

“The two ascetics and their retinue took their places on the avenues, in the streets, and at the crossroads and spread malicious rumors, saying, ‘The sage is an immoral lecher, a wanton wrongdoer! He indulges his desires and is no longer celibate. He is a charlatan deceiving you. You should not think to pay him homage.’

3.­394

“As soon as they heard this, many were unhappy with the sage, and in their unhappiness they declared, ‘This indulger of his desires is no longer celibate! Never again will we hold him in high esteem, revere him, honor him, or venerate him, nor ever go to see him!’

3.­395

“The sage began to wonder, ‘Why is it that before, a great crowd of people from the city of Pāṁśula held me in high esteem, revered, honored and venerated me, and now they no longer hold me in high esteem, revere, honor, and venerate me?’ He looked and saw that the two ascetics and their retinue had been spreading malicious rumors about him in the city of Pāṁśula. When he saw this he thought, ‘Whatever malicious rumors about me that have spread throughout Pāṁśula all arose [F.171.a] due to my profit and acclaim, so I will leave this all behind and return to my former hermitage!’ So he led the five hundred young brahmins back to their former hermitage, and there they stayed. After the sage left, the ascetics’ profit and acclaim was restored, and they were filled with glee.

3.­396

“O monks, what do you think? The two ascetics with their retinue then are none other than Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana. The actions of commandeering his profit and acclaim and casting aspersions on the sage ripened into their births as hell beings for hundreds upon hundreds of thousands of years. At that time, after they died and transmigrated, wherever they took rebirth, aspersions were cast on them. Now they have come to their final existence and rebirth, but until they attain arhatship, the monk Kokālika will cast untrue, malicious, worthless, spurious, and unfounded aspersions on them.”

3.­397

“Lord,” the monks inquired, “what action did the monk Kokālika take that ripened into his taking birth as a hell being in the Great Lotus Hell; that after he was born there, there were five hundred yokes of oxen on his tongue; that on his right and his left were iron-fanged dogs, lions, tigers, leopards, hyenas, and so on, that tore into his flesh over and over again and fed on him; that from above came iron-beaked vultures, crows, and ospreys that tore into his flesh over and over again and fed on him; that from his right and his left, a forest of iron śālmali trees sprung up; and that when he couldn’t bear the heat anymore and turned the other way, from above iron daggers and great arrows and single-tipped vajras and [F.171.b] spears rained down?”

3.­398

The Blessed One replied, “It is because he was so hateful toward Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana.”

The Tired Man

3.­399

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, it was Venerable Maudgalyāyana’s custom to wander from time to time among the hell beings, to wander among the anguished spirits, to wander among the animals, to wander among the humans, and to wander among the gods.

3.­400

When he returned, he would relate to people how the hell beings suffer through being cut up, hacked apart, beaten, roasted, and so on. When he returned, he would also relate to people how the anguished spirits suffer through hunger, thirst, being burned, being incinerated, being cooked, and so on; how animals suffer as they eat one another; how human beings suffer through striving, anger, and exhaustion; and how the gods suffer through dying, falling, disintegrating, and decaying. Those who heard him were filled with sorrow, and from this sorrow they went on to achieve great things.

3.­401

One day Venerable Mahā­maudgalyāyana prepared himself to wander among the hell beings, disappeared from Śrāvastī, and traveled to the Hell of Ceaseless Agony. There he saw a being with a body so large it filled many yojanas, and, due to that being’s past actions, human beings appeared and tore his tongue from his mouth. There were iron spikes on the molten iron that drenched the floor, which was on fire, burning all over, and covered in flames, and these too were on fire, burning all over, and covered in flames‍—they were nothing but a single, searing flame. On his tongue drove five hundred yokes of oxen, and they too were all on fire, burning all over, and covered in flames‍—they were nothing but a single, searing flame. These yokes of oxen, which also arose due to his past actions, had hooves like the edge of a razor that were on fire, burning all over, and covered in flames‍—they were nothing but a single, searing flame. [F.172.a] They caused him infernal torment, for no matter what direction they trod, they cut and hacked at him all over. This caused him dreadful suffering and extreme, excruciating, unbearable agony.

3.­402

Seeing this, Venerable Mahā­maudgalyāyana thought, “What action did this being take that ripened into his meeting with such suffering?” Though he went deep into equipoise and reached the far limits of concentration, he could not see an end to this being’s suffering. All he could see was that this being had been dying from hell states, only to be reborn in the hells once again. Recognizing this, he thought, “Who apart from the Blessed One could explain his deeds to me? For his wisdom and vision are unimpeded, and his wisdom and vision are infinite.”

3.­403

He disappeared from the Hell of Ceaseless Agony and traveled to Śrāvastī, where the Blessed One sat teaching the Dharma amid a company of hundreds. Venerable Mahā­maudgalyāyana saw that the Blessed One was teaching the Dharma amid a company of hundreds and thought, “Now is the time to request the Blessed One to explain about that being.” He approached the Blessed One, touched his head to the Blessed One’s feet, and took a seat at one side.

3.­404

Once he had taken a seat at one side, Venerable Mahā­maudgalyāyana inquired of the Blessed One, “Lord, it is my custom to wander from time to time among the hell beings, to wander among the anguished spirits, to wander among the animals, to wander among the humans, and to wander among the gods.

3.­405

“When I return I relate to people how the hell beings suffer through being cut up, hacked apart, [F.172.b] beaten, roasted, and so on. When I return I also relate to people how the anguished spirits suffer through hunger, thirst, being burned, being incinerated, being cooked, and so on; how animals suffer as they eat one another; how human beings suffer through striving, anger, and exhaustion; and how the gods suffer through dying, falling, disintegrating, and decaying. Because of this, the people who hear me are filled with sorrow, and from this sorrow they go on to achieve great things.

3.­406

“Lord, I wanted to wander among the hell beings, so I disappeared from Śrāvastī and traveled to the Hell of Ceaseless Agony. There, Lord, I saw a being with a body so large it filled many yojanas, and due to his past actions human beings appeared and tore his tongue from his mouth. There were iron spikes on the molten iron that drenched the floor, which was on fire, burning all over, and covered in flames, and these too were on fire, burning all over, and covered in flames‍—they were nothing but a single, searing flame. On his tongue drove five hundred yokes of oxen, and they too were all on fire, burning all over, and covered in flames‍—they were nothing but a single, searing flame. These yokes of oxen, which also arose due to his past actions, had hooves like the edge of a razor, on fire, burning all over, and covered in flames‍—they were nothing but a single, searing flame. They caused him infernal torment, for no matter what direction they trod, they cut and hacked at him all over. This caused him dreadful suffering and extreme, excruciating, unbearable agony.

3.­407

“Lord, what action did this anguished spirit take that ripened into his meeting with such suffering?”

“Maudgalyāyana,” the Blessed One explained, [F.173.a] “that being committed nonvirtuous actions over and over again.

3.­408

“Maudgalyāyana, in times past, when the one who transcended the levels of the listeners and solitary buddhas, the totally and completely awakened buddha possessed of insight and perfect conduct, the sugata, the knower of the world, the tamer of persons, the charioteer, the unsurpassed one, the teacher of humans and gods, the blessed buddha known as Unwavering Gait106 was in the world, there was certain monk‍—a Tripiṭaka master and proponent of the Dharma with all the eloquence of wisdom and freedom‍—who was living on the patronage of a certain royal palace. There he was held in high esteem, revered, honored, and venerated. He had acquired provisions of clothing, food, bedding, a seat, and medicines for the sick.

3.­409

“At that time there was also a certain arhat monk who was a Tripiṭaka master and proponent of the Dharma with all the eloquence of wisdom and freedom. He was making his way through the township with a retinue of five hundred when they came to the royal palace. There many people saw the elegance of his body, the elegance of his mind, and the elegance of those who attended him. As soon as they saw him, they were filled with the greatest admiration, and he acquired provisions of clothing, food, bedding, a seat, and medicines for the sick. Those many people wished to serve and respect only him, so they no longer offered their service and respect to the former Tripiṭaka master.

3.­410

“The first monk thought, ‘Before that monk’s arrival, my profit was unrivaled and my acclaim without compare. But since his arrival, all that profit and acclaim has been cut off. When he’s gone, all my profit and acclaim will be restored. I will make sure that, come what may, he and his disciples will not be able to remain in this village.’

3.­411

“So the first Tripiṭaka master spread malicious rumors all over the city, saying, [F.173.b] ‘These monks are immoral! They are sinful! You should not think to pay them homage. Why should he and his immoral retinue remain here?’

3.­412

“As soon as they heard this, the people no longer went to see the arhat, and after that they did not think to make him offerings nor to pay him respect. The arhat began to wonder, ‘Why is it that all those people no longer come to see me?’ Then he looked and saw that the other Tripiṭaka master was spreading malicious rumors all about, and he thought, ‘It’s not right for all those people and the Tripiṭaka master to increase their demerit like this.’ So he and his retinue left the village.

3.­413

“The first Tripiṭaka master was delighted and thought, ‘Now all my profit and acclaim will be restored.’ Then one day he fell ill, and though he was treated with medicinal roots, stems, leaves, flowers, and fruits, he could not be cured, and died. After his death, he transmigrated and took rebirth in the Hell of Ceaseless Agony, where a thousand yokes of oxen appeared on his tongue.

3.­414

“O monks, what do you think? The one who was that Tripiṭaka master then is none other than this being. At that time he fell under the sway of profit and acclaim, and due to his strong attachment, he cast aspersions on the arhat. Those actions ripened into his birth in the Hell of Ceaseless Agony, where a thousand yokes of oxen appeared on his tongue. Monks, from the time of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Unwavering Gait until my own, that being has died as a hell being, transmigrated, and taken rebirth as nothing but a hell being, incurring nothing but suffering such as this.”

3.­415

“Lord, when will this being be liberated from his suffering?” they inquired. [F.174.a]

“Monks,” the Blessed One explained, “in the future a totally and completely awakened buddha named Guru, who will far surpass the listeners and the solitary buddhas, will emerge in the world. While his teachings are still flourishing, this being will die and pass on from being a hell being, obtain a human birth, go forth in his doctrine, cast away the afflictions, and manifest arhatship. He will also be greatly criticized, and wherever he goes he will meet with much blame. After this alone fills him with deep sadness about saṃsāra, he will pass beyond all sorrow into the realm of nirvāṇa without any remainder of the aggregates. Then his suffering will come to an end.”

3.­416

As soon as they heard this, the people gathered there welled up with grief. The Blessed One directly apprehended their grief, taught them the Dharma accordingly, and among the assembled some generated heat right where they sat. Some generated the peak, or generated the patience in accord with the truths, or generated the highest worldly dharma, or generated the attainment of seeing. Some manifested the resultant state of stream entry. Some manifested the resultant state of once-return. Some manifested the resultant state of non-return. Some went forth and manifested arhatship. Some sowed the seeds to become universal monarchs, some to become great universal monarchs, some to become Indra, some to become Brahmā, some for the enlightenment of the listeners, some for the enlightenment of the solitary buddhas, and some for unexcelled, total, and complete enlightenment. Among the assembled, most found themselves drawn to the Buddha, intent on the Dharma, and favoring the Saṅgha. [B15] [F.174.b]

Morsel

3.­417

Once, when the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, he said to the monks, “Monks, if all beings came to understand the fruits of giving and the karmic ripening of the fruits of each portion given just as I understand the fruits of giving and know the karmic ripening of the fruits of each portion given, then those who received offerings would not eat even the tiniest remnant of a single morsel unless they had given of it or portioned it out.

3.­418

“If beings’ minds do not change but rather remain ensnared by miserliness, they do not understand the fruits of giving or know the karmic ripening of the fruits of each portion given the way that I understand the fruits of giving and know the karmic ripening of the fruits of each portion given. That is why their minds clutch at everything, they fail to give, they eat without sharing any portion, and their minds are ensnared by miserliness.” Thus spoke the Blessed One.

After the Sugata had said such, he, our Founder, continued:

3.­419
“If sentient beings only knew
What it is the sages teach‍—
The ripening of each portion given
And just how great it will become‍—
3.­420
“Then their minds would not be filled with greed;
And not having shared, they would not eat;
And the grasping that pervades their minds
Would never appear again.
3.­421
“Unaware, the naive are veiled
In darkness, and so they grasp at
Everything. They never think
To share, though they eat and eat.
Thus their greed, born of mind,
Keeps them bound.”
3.­422

“Lord,” the monks requested of the Blessed One, “tell us why the Blessed One has spoken in praise of giving and of the portion given.” [F.175.a]

“Not only now,” the Blessed One explained, “but in times past as well, and in the same way, I commended giving and of the portion given. Listen well!

3.­423

“Monks, in times past King Candraprabha reigned in the city of Vārāṇasī. His kingdom was prosperous, flourishing, happy, and well populated. The harvest was good. Quarreling and arguments had ceased, there was no fighting or infighting, and there were no robbers, thieves, illness, or famine. Rice, sugarcane, cattle, and buffalo were plentiful. His was a reign in accord with the Dharma. He ruled the kingdom gently and mercifully, as a parent cares for a beloved only child.

3.­424

“This king’s nature was loving and compassionate, with a love for beings and a delight in giving. He gave gifts and made merit. To those who wished for food he gave food. To those who wished for something to drink he gave something to drink. To those who wished for clothes he gave clothes. To those who wished for incense, flower garlands, and fragrant ointments he gave incense, flower garlands, and fragrant ointments. To the sick and to the homes for the sick he provided everything that was needed. He served the lowly, the hungry, the poor, and the orphaned. He prepared a great deal of food and drink and made gifts of it to the creatures who flew through the sky, dwelt in the water, or made their homes in the fields.

3.­425

“One day a drought befell Kāśi. The brahmin augurs read the portents and announced that for twelve years there would be no rain. Because no rain fell, a famine broke out, and people became uncertain what to do.

“King Candraprabha made a proclamation: ‘Let those among you remain here who have food enough for twelve years. Let those who are without travel to another land, and return when harvests are good. [F.175.b] For to your country you may return, but to this life you cannot.’

3.­426

“No sooner did they hear this than some among the assembled traveled to other lands and settled there. Others, attached to their homeland, simply remained. When those of them with food had consumed it all and were sick with hunger, they approached the king and said, ‘Deva, we are famished. Please, give us something to sustain us.’

3.­427

“When he heard this, right away the king thought, ‘All of these people need provisioning that will last for a long time.’ With this thought, he said, ‘Wait here awhile, all of you, while I speak to the grain keepers. Then I shall take action.’

3.­428

“ ‘Do we have enough food for me and all those who remain in the country to last for twelve years?’ he asked.

“ ‘Deva, let us take an account of the granaries and make allocations,’ the grain keepers replied.

3.­429

“The grain keepers examined the granaries and made allocations, and then began to tally the people remaining in the country. Then they calculated the shares to be distributed over twelve years, reckoning that every day, each person could receive a single morsel, and the king, two.

“They said to the king, ‘Deva, for twelve years each of the country’s inhabitants can receive a single morsel per day, and your share, Deva, will be two.’

3.­430

“As soon as the king heard this, he announced, ‘Every day one morsel will be distributed to each person living in the country.’ All the people upheld the virtuous path, and thereafter, all who died there took birth among the gods. As they were born there, they began to fill all the gods’ residences.

3.­431

“Then Śakra, King of the Gods, thought, ‘There are but two reasons [F.176.a] that the gods’ residences fill up‍—the appearance of a tathāgata, or the appearance of a universal monarch. Has then a universal monarch now appeared in the world, or has a tathāgata appeared?’ But when he looked, he saw that it was not so. Again he wondered, ‘Well then, because of whom have the gods’ residences become full?’

3.­432

“Then he looked, realized that it was because of King Candraprabha, and thought, ‘What‍—is he to become like Śakra, or perhaps Brahmā?’ When he looked, he saw that King Candraprabha was practicing to attain unexcelled, total, and complete enlightenment. So Śakra, King of the Gods, said, ‘I will go for a time and see for myself whether he is of firm resolve. If this being’s resolve is firm, I shall worship him. If his resolve is not firm, I shall steady him.’

With this in mind, he transformed his appearance into that of a brahmin and said, ‘Deva, I am famished. Please, give me something to sustain me.’

3.­433

“ ‘If I cut off someone else and give to him,’ the king thought, ‘I’ll be taking one life to protect another, so I will eat just one morsel of food, and give the other to him!’ The king handed the morsel to the brahmin, but just as he thought, ‘Now I will eat the other,’ the brahmin said, ‘Deva, I can’t survive on just one morsel.’ Right away the king thought, ‘If I don’t give the second morsel to this brahmin, he will starve. He might even die. Since I am committed to the welfare of beings, I’m capable of protecting the life of another even at the cost of my own.’

3.­434

So he prayed for unexcelled, total, and complete enlightenment, saying, ‘By this root of virtue, may I become a protector for the world’s blind who are without a guide, without any guide at all, without anyone to show them the way‍—an arhat, [F.176.b] a totally and completely awakened buddha endowed with perfect knowledge and perfect conduct, a sugata, a knower of the world, a tamer of persons, a charioteer, an unsurpassed one, a teacher of humans and gods, a blessed buddha.’ Then he spoke this verse:

3.­435
“ ‘By this vast gift, may I become
A self-arisen buddha in the triple world.
And when I do, may I liberate those not freed
By the mighty victors who came before me.’107
3.­436

“With that, he handed the morsel to Śakra, King of the Gods, who was in the guise of a brahmin. At this Śakra, King of the Gods, thought, ‘This bodhisattva has performed a magnificent austerity.’ His brahmin guise disappeared and he assumed his natural form and asked, ‘What will you accomplish by these efforts?’

“ ‘I shall attain unexcelled, total, and complete enlightenment,’ was his reply.

3.­437

“Śakra said, ‘With a mind and mental states like these, you are certain to fully awaken to unexcelled, total, and complete enlightenment. When you do, please remember me.’ With that, Śakra, King of the Gods, let fall a mighty downpour of rain. All the grains began to sprout into a great harvest, and Kāśi was restored.

3.­438

“O monks, what do you think? I am the one who was King Candraprabha then, and lived the life of a bodhisattva. At that time I also commended giving and the portion given. Why then, having manifested the fruits of giving, would the Tathāgata now not commend giving and the portion given?”

3.­439

This concludes Part Three of The Hundred Deeds.


4.

Part Four

4.­1
1. The Story of Maitrībala
2. The Dark Storm
3. Ants: Two Stories [F.177.a]
4. The Lay of the Land108
5. The Story of Āraṇyaka
6. The Elephant
7. The Nāga (1)
8. The Story of Siṃha
9. The Schism in the Saṅgha
10. The Dark Forest
11. The One Who Heard

The Story of Maitrībala

4.­2

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, the following took place‍—providing a statement additional to the life story of Wealth’s Delight in explaining how the events of The Sūtra of the Setting in Motion of the Wheel of Dharma came about.109

The Dark Storm

Ants: Two Stories

The First “Ant” Story

The Second “Ant” Story

The Lay of the Land

The Story of Āraṇyaka

The Elephant

The Nāga (1)

The Story of Siṃha

The Schism in the Saṅgha

The Dark Forest

The One Who Heard


5.

Part Five

5.­1
1. The Story of Virūpa
2. The Story of Kṣemaṅkara
3. The Young Untouchable
4. The Story of Subhadra the Charioteer124
5. The Story of Sahadeva
6. The Bull
7. The Story of Good Compassion
8. The Story of Fleshy
9. The Story of Black
10. The Story of Iṣudhara
11. The Man Who Was Trampled
12. The Story of Jackal

The Story of Virūpa

5.­2

As the Blessed One was traveling through the countryside in the land of Garga, he came to Mount Śiśumāri and stayed there in the deer park in The Terrifying Forest. On Mount Śiśumāri there lived a certain householder, prosperous and wealthy, a person of vast and magnificent means, endowed with the wealth of Vaiśravaṇa‍—with wealth to rival Vaiśravaṇa’s. He took a wife of the same caste, and as they enjoyed themselves and coupled, one day his wife conceived. After nine or ten months had passed, she gave birth to a child who was ugly in eighteen different ways. [F.205.a]

The Story of Kṣemaṅkara

The Young Untouchable

The Story of Subhadra the Charioteer

The Story of Sahadeva

The Bull

The Story of Good Compassion

The Story of Fleshy

The Story of Black

The Story of Iṣudhara

The Man Who Was Trampled

The Story of Jackal


6.

Part Six

6.­1
1. The Bird: Two Stories
2. The Story of Majestic Body
3. The Teacher
4. A Story about Kāśyapa
5. A Story about Ānanda
6. The Story of Son of Grasping
7. The Story of Subhadra the Mendicant150
8. The Worthy of Offerings Litany
9. Latecomers: Two Stories

The Bird: Two Stories

The First Bird Story

6.­2

Once, when the Blessed One was staying at Vulture Peak Mountain in Rājagṛha teaching the Dharma amid a company of hundreds, from Gandhamādana Mountain a certain peacock named Beautiful to See came gliding through the sky over the garden of Prince Jeta.151 The bird overheard the Blessed One teaching the Dharma as he sat amid the company of hundreds, which inspired him to descend to the earth and alight at the feet of the Blessed One.

The Second Bird Story

The Story of Majestic Body

The Teacher

A Story about Kāśyapa

A Story about Ānanda

The Story of Son of Grasping

The Story of Subhadra the Mendicant

The Worthy of Offerings Litany

Latecomers to the Dharma: Two Stories

The First “Latecomer” Story

The Second “Latecomer” Story


7.

Part Seven

7.­1
1. The Story of Paṅgu
2. Bhādra
3. The Blind Man
4. The Story of Nirgrantha Kāśyapa
5. The Story of Foremost Kāśyapa
6. The Story of Mounted on an Elephant
7. The Story of Saraṇa
8. The Mṛgavratins
9. The Story of Candrā
10. The Kinnara Spirits: Two Stories

The Story of Paṅgu

7.­2

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, there lived a certain householder who, when the time came for him to marry, took a wife. As they enjoyed themselves and coupled, one day his wife conceived. After nine or ten months had passed she gave birth to a child. The upper part of the child’s body was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful, but the limbs of his lower body were incomplete.

Bhādra

The Blind Man

The Story of Nirgrantha Kāśyapa

The Story of Foremost Kāśyapa

The Story of Mounted on an Elephant

The Story of Saraṇa

The Mṛgavratins

The Story of Candrā

The Kinnara Spirits: Two Stories

The First “Kinnara” Story

The Second “Kinnara” Story


8.

Part Eight

8.­1
1. The Story of Pūrṇa
2. The Sacrifice
3. The Lazy Man
4. A Story about Anāthapiṇḍada
5. The Humble One
6. Padmottama: Two Stories178
7. The Story of Sudarśana
8. The Story of Ratnaśikhin179
9. Wealth
10. The Story of Vijaya180

The Story of Pūrṇa

8.­2

When the Blessed One was in in Rājagṛha, in a remote mountain village in a valley to the south there lived a certain great, high brahmin. He was prosperous and wealthy, a person of vast and magnificent means, endowed with the wealth of Vaiśravaṇa‍—with wealth to rival Vaiśravaṇa’s. He had a loving nature, was compassionate, loved beings like a parent loves their child, and cared deeply for all beings. His name was Pūrṇa.

The Sacrifice

The Lazy Man

A Story about Anāthapiṇḍada

The Humble One

Padmottama: Two Stories

The First “Padmottama” Story

The Second “Padmottama” Story

The Story of Sudarśana

The Story of Ratnaśikhin

Wealth

The Story of Vijaya


9.

Part Nine

9.­1
1. The Sons
2. The Crevasse
3. The Ransom
4. The Attack
5. Trapped
6. The Partridge
7. Father, or The Story of Sudarśana189
8. The Bandits
9. The Piśācas
10. The Story of Head of Indra

The Sons

9.­2

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, there lived a certain brahmin. When the time came for him to marry he took a wife, and as they enjoyed themselves and coupled, one day his wife conceived. After nine or ten months had passed she gave birth to a child who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. At the elaborate feast celebrating his birth they named him according to their clan. They reared him on milk, yogurt, butter, ghee, and milk solids.

The Crevasse

The Ransom

The Attack

Trapped

The Partridge

Father, or The Story of Sudarśana

The Bandits

The Piśācas

The Story of Head of Indra


10.

Part Ten

10.­1
1. Śakra
2. The King
3. The Hunter
4. The Story of Deluded202 [F.73.a]
5. The Brahmin: Three Stories
6. The Story of the Householder Govinda
7. The Quarrel
8. The Nāga (2)
9. Two Stories about King203 Śibi
10. Kauśāmbī

Śakra

10.­2

Among the gods of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three it is Śakra, King of the Gods, who reigns over the kingdom of the thirty-three gods. Five signs customarily appear when gods near the time of their death and transmigration: (1) Deities are illuminated from within, but at that time this light dwindles. (2) The clothing and ornaments of the gods of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three, as well as the branches of flowers and fruit that adorn their clothing, normally make very pleasant sounds when shaken by the wind, but at that time the sounds become unpleasant. (3) Deities’ clothing is soft to the touch, but at that time their clothing becomes very coarse. (4) No odor can cling to the body of a god, but at that time their bodies begin to reek. (5) Deities’ eyes never close, but at that time their eyes close.

The King

The Hunter

The Story of Deluded

The Brahmin: Three Stories

The First “Brahmin” Story

The Second “Brahmin” Story

The Third “Brahmin” Story

The Story of the Householder Govinda

The Quarrel

The Nāga (2)

Two Stories about King Śibi

The First Story about King Śibi

The Second Story of King Śibi

Kauśāmbī


ab.

Abbreviations

C Choné (co ne) Kangyur
D Degé (sde dge) Kangyur
H Lhasa Zhöl (lha sa zhol) Kangyur
J Lithang (li thang) Kangyur
K Kangxi Peking (pe) Kangyur
N Narthang (snar thang) Kangyur
S Stok Palace Manuscript (stog pho brang bris ma) Kangyur
U Urga (khu)
Y Yongle (g.yung lo) Kangyur

n.

Notes

n.­1
Although commonly referred to in later Tibetan works by the short form las brgya pa, the title appears in most Kangyurs as las brgya tham pa, and in both D and S as las brgya tham pa pa. The Sanskrit title is universally given as Karmaśataka, but in Kangyurs of predominantly Thempangma line this is variously prefixed: by paravarna in S, Shey, and some of the Bhutan Kangyurs; by parivarna in the Phukdrak (phug brag) Kangyur; by parivarṇa in the Ulaanbaatar Kangyur; and by paripūrna in the Hemis, Dolpo, and Namgyal Kangyurs and the Langdo collection, this last variant meaning “full” or “complete” being the one that seems to make most sense.
n.­2
See Sarkar (1981) pp. 46–49.
n.­3
Perhaps a better definition is that of Sastri (1960) p. 72: “The word avadāna signifies a ‘great religious or moral achievement as well as the history of a great achievement.’ ”
n.­4
See Rotman (2008) pp. 19–20.
n.­5
See Chutiwongs (1978) p. 139; Sarkar (1981) p. 45.
n.­6
“Le Karma-Çataka me parait-être l’œuvre d’une École qui a voulu avoir son recueil de « Cent Légendes » se différenciant de l’Avadāna-Çataka par certaines particularités. Les deux recueils appartiendraient à deux Écoles rivales, non ennemies.” Feer (1901) p. 60.
n.­7
Some shared episodes are almost verbatim, but show interesting differences (see, for example, n.­73 and n.­76) that might on further investigation throw light on the history of its translation.
n.­8
There is a Mongolian version, but like others of its kind it is almost certain to have been translated from the Tibetan. See Skilling (2001) p. 140, n23.
n.­92
This renders the Tibetan ’jig rten pa’i thugs, which renders the Sanskrit laukikam cittam, “thought concerning the world.” According to Edgerton (1953, p. 466), this refers to when the Buddha “concerns himself with the welfare of some person or persons … contrasted with a Buddha’s lokottara citta.”
n.­93
“Truth” and “truths” in this passage, and in this stock phrase as it appears throughout this text, translate dharma/chos.
n.­94
Here the Tib. text has an additional zhes smras nas / drang srong kai ne yas, which we have somewhat simplified in the Eng.
n.­95
These are listed in ’dul ba’i mdo as “(1) One should not go alone on the street, (2) one should not swim to the other side of the (“a”?) river, (3) one should not have physical contact with men, (4) one should not remain in the company of men, (5) one should not look upon [them], and (6) one should not hide one’s misdeeds.” The scripture goes on to give six more rules: “(1) One should not lay hands on gold, (2) one should not shave the pubic area, (3) one should not dig in the earth, (4) one should not cut green grass, (5) one should not eat feed what (“food that”?) is not freely given, and (6) one should not hoard food.”
n.­96
“A novice” is added for clarification; in the Tib. it is only implied by the statement that follows.
n.­97
The term “preceptor” has been added here for clarity. The Tibetan text reads “nun” (dge slong ma) here, not “preceptor” (mkhan mo), but, given the context, it must be assumed that this nun is the preceptor who is mentioned in the immediately preceding paragraph.
n.­98
The phrase “began to accuse her of adultery” is added here for the sake of clarity.
n.­99
“The five precepts for practicing the holy life,” i.e., not to (1) lie, (2) steal, (3) kill, (4) engage in sexual misconduct, or (5) partake of intoxicants. Sometimes the vow not to engage in sexual misconduct is a vow of celibacy, as here.
n.­100
In this instance the phrase “all material support and clothing” does not appear in the Tib.
n.­101
“Suspected”; Tib. zos, p. of za ba, taken as a short form of the tshom za ba, “to suspect.”
n.­102
Here “pimples,” “pustules,” and “boils” all reflect the Tib. ’bras; alt. “lesions” (Rangjung Yeshe Dictionary).
n.­103
Or, “one billion three hundred fifty million,” i.e., (dung phyur “100 million,” phrag “x,” ’bum “1,000” = 1,000,000,000); dang “+” (bye ba “10 million” phrag “x” sum cu rtsa lnga “35” = 350,000,000) = 1,350,000,000.
n.­104
“For their behavior” is a rhetorical interpolation.
n.­105
“Heard,” translating with S thos. D has mthong.
n.­106
“Unwavering Gait,” translating with D ma nyams pa. S has mnyam pa, “Equal Gait.”
n.­107
This verse differs somewhat from the similar verses at 4.­16 and 10.­410; here the Tib. is sbyin pa rgya cher gyur pa ’di yis ni / srid gsum sangs rgyas rang byung gyur par shog / brgal nas sngon gyi rgyal ba’i dbang rnams kyis / skye bo phal chen ma brgyal rnams kyang bsgral.
n.­108
“The Lay of the Land,” for the Tib. spyod yul (Skt. gocara). The semantic range of this Skt. term makes it difficult to translate with one unique English equivalent. See variants in the story itself.
n.­109
The two parts of the narrative in The Story of Wealth’s Delight (2.­385 et seq. and 2.­430 et seq. above) recount respectively the “sūtra” (see below) itself, verbatim, and the Buddha’s explanation of his past relationship with the five monks who were his first disciples. The present story of Maitrībala is another episode in that past relationship. Note that the sūtra named in the text (chos kyi ’khor lo skor ba’i mdo, Skt. Dharmacakrapravartanasūtra) either refers to a sūtra that no longer exists as such, or is a general way of referring to that episode in the life of the Buddha as related in longer works. The sūtra with just that name in the Kangyur (Toh 31), and the Pali work from which it was translated, the Dhammacakkappavattana-sutta (Saṃyutta Nikāya 56), cover only part of the Buddha’s teaching to the monks, while the Kangyur sūtra called The Sūtra of the Wheel of Dharma (Dharmacakrasūtra, Toh 337) is an even shorter excerpt. See also n.­73 and n.­74.
n.­124
Note there is another story by the same name at 5.­97. The characters are apparently of no relation. We have chosen to differentiate the Eng. titles by appending “the charioteer” and “the mendicant” to their names, respectively.
n.­150
Note there is another story by the same name at 5.­97. We have chosen to differentiate the Eng. titles by appending “the charioteer” and “the mendicant” to their names, respectively.
n.­151
“Over the garden of Prince Jeta” should perhaps read “above Rājagṛha,” or “Vulture Peak Mountain,” since Rājagṛha is maybe 350 km from Vārāṇasī, where the garden of Prince Jeta is located. We surmise that this is a scribal error. S has the same reading. It is possible that the text is implying the peacock flew from Gandhamādana Mountain to Rājagṛha via Vārāṇasī, but this would be a rather circuitous route.
n.­178
Tib. pad ma yi bla ma. This is the title given in the contents section for this part; however, in the first story it is shortened to “Padma” (Tib. pad ma), and in the second story, it is shortened to Uttama. We have rendered all instances according to the title given in the contents section, Padmottama.
n.­179
Tib. rin chen gtsug tor can; Skt. Ratnaśikhin. In the contents section the title of this story is given as the Tib. rin chen gtsug tor, and here simply as rin po che, both of which we take as abbreviations for the Tib. rin chen gtsug tor can, given at the end of the story, and which we use to translate throughout.
n.­180
“Vijaya,” for the Tib. rnam par rgyal ba; title taken from the contents section, and reappears at the end of the story. At this point in the text, the title of the story is actually given as the Tib. stobs phrog, Skt. perhaps *Balaharī, Eng. perhaps “Steals Away Strength.” We have followed the contents section and rectified accordingly.
n.­189
“Father, or The Story of Sudarśana”; this title combines two different titles‍—the one given in the contents section (“The Story of Sudarśana”) and that given as a heading to the story itself (“Father”).
n.­202
S, N, and H read rmos pa: “Plowman.”
n.­203
Here the Tib. lacks “King.”

b.

Bibliography

Source Texts

las brgya tham pa (Karmaśataka). Toh 340, Degé Kangyur vol. 73 (mdo sde, ha), folios 1.b–309.a, and vol. 74 (mdo sde, a), folios 1.b–128.b.

las brgya tham pa. bka’ ’gyur (dpe bsdur ma) [Comparative Edition of the Kangyur], krung go’i bod rig pa zhib ‘jug ste gnas kyi bka’ bstan dpe sdur khang (The Tibetan Tripitaka Collation Bureau of the China Tibetology Research Center). 108 volumes. Beijing: krung go’i bod rig pa dpe skrun khang (China Tibetology Publishing House), 2006–2009, vol. 73, pp. 3–837, and vol. 74, pp. 3–398.

las brgya tham pa (Karmaśataka). Stok Palace Kangyur vol. 80 (mdo sde, dza), folios 2–825, and vol. 81 (mdo sde, a), folios 2–474.

Works Cited

Sanskrit Works

Gnoli, Raniero and Venkatacharya, T., ed. The Gilgit manuscript of the Saṅghabhedavastu: Being the 17th and last section of the Vinaya of the Mūlasarvāstivādin, Part I. Roma: Istituto Italiano per il Medio ed Estremo Oriente, 1977.

Vaidya, P. L., ed. Avadāna-Śataka. Darbhanga: Mithilā Institute of Post-Graduate Studies and Research in Sanskrit Learning, 1958.

Tibetan Works

Butön Rinchen Drup (bu ston rin chen grub). chos kyi ’byung gnas gsung rab rin po che’i gter mdzod. In: gsung ’bum (zhol par ma/ ldi lir bskyar par brgyab pa), vol 24 (ya), pp. 633–1055. New Delhi: International Academy of Indian Culture, 1965–1971. English translations: see Obermiller, and Stein and Zangpo, below.

Denkarma (pho brang stod thang ldan [/ lhan] dkar gyi chos ’gyur ro cog gi dkar chag). Degé Tengyur, vol. 206 (sna tshogs, jo), folios 294.b - 310.a.

chos kyi ’khor lo rab tu bskor ba’i mdo (Dharmacakrapravartanasūtra). Toh 31, Degé Kangyur vol. 45 (mdo sde, ka), folios 180b–83a.

dge slong ma’i so sor thar pa’i mdo (Bhikṣuṇī­prātimokṣa­sūtra). Toh 4, Degé Kangyur vol. 9 (’dul ba, ta), folios 1b–25a.

’dul ba’i mdo (Vinayasūtra). Toh 4117, Degé Tengyur vol. 261 (’dul ba, wu), folios 1a–100b.

so sor thar pa’i mdo (Prātimokṣasūtra). Toh 2, Degé Kangyur vol. 5 (’dul ba, ca), folios 1b–20a.

Secondary Sources

Ancient Tibet: Research Materials from the Yeshe De Project. Berkeley, CA: Dharma Publishing, 1986.

Angdu, Sonam. Tibeto-Sanskrit Lexographical Materials. Leh, Ladakh: Basgo Tongspon Publication, 1973.

Berzin, Alexander. “The Thirty-two Excellent Signs (Major Marks) of a Buddha’s Enlightening Body.” The Buddhist Archives of Dr. Alexander Berzin. Accessed February 2, 2013.

Obermiller, E., trans. The History of Buddhism in India and Tibet by Bu Ston (Chos-ḥbyung). Materialien zur Kunde des Buddhismus 13. Heidelberg: Institut für Buddhismus-Kunde, 1932. Reprinted Delhi: Sri Satguru Publications, 1986.

Burnouf, Eugène. Introduction to the History of Indian Buddhism. Translated by K. Buffetrille and Donald. S. Lopez, Jr. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2010.

Chandra, Lokesh. Tibetan-Sanskrit Dictionary. Kyōto-shi: Rinsen Shoten, 1982.

Chandra Das, Sarat. A Tibetan-English Dictionary, with Sanskrit Synonyms. Revised and edited by Graham Sandberg and A. William Heyde. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1991.

Chandrakīrti and Mikyo Dorje. The Moon of Wisdom: Chapter Six of Chandrakirti’s Entering the Middle Way. Translated by Ari Goldfield et al. Ithaca, NY: Snow Lion Publications, 2005.

Chutiwongs, Nandana. “On the Jātaka reliefs at Cula Pathon Cetiya.” Journal of the Siam Society 66, no. 1 (1978): 133–51.

Duff, Tony. The Illuminator Tibetan-English Encyclopaedic Dictionary [computer software]. Kathmandu, Nepal: Padma Karpo Translation Committee.

Dharmachakra Translation Committee. The Play in Full. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2013.

Dharmachakra Translation Committee. The Sūtra of the Wheel of Dharma. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2018.

Edgerton, Franklin. Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit Grammar and Dictionary (Volume II: Dictionary). New Haven: Yale University Press, 1953.

Feer, M. Léon. “Le Karma-Çataka.” Journal Asiatique 17 (1901): 53–100, 257–315, 410–86.

Gampopa. The Jewel Ornament of Liberation: The Wish-Fulfilling Gem of the Noble Teachings. Translated by Khenpo Konchog Gyaltsen Rinpoche. Ithaca, NY: Snow Lion Publications, 1998.

Gö Lotsāwa. The Blue Annals. Translated by George N. Roerich. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass Publishers Private Limited, 1996.

Herrmann-Pfandt, Adelheid. Die lHan kar ma. Ein früher Katalog der ins Tibetische. übersetzten buddhistischen Texte. Kritische Neuausgabe mit Einleitung und Materialien. Vol. 367 of Philosphisch-Historische Klasse Denkschriften. Vienna: Verlag der Österreichische Akademie der Wissenschaften, 2009.

Horner, I.B., trans. The Book of Discipline (Vinaya-Piṭaka), Vol. I (Suttavibhaṅga). Sacred Books of the Buddhists, Vol. X. London: Humphrey Milford, Oxford University Press, 1938.

Horner, I.B., trans. The Book of Discipline (Vinaya-Piṭaka), Vol. IV (Mahā­vagga). Sacred Books of the Buddhists, Vol. XIV. London: Humphrey Milford, Oxford University Press, 1951.

Jamspal, Lozang. “The Thirty-Seven Wings of Enlightenment.” Lecture conducted at International Buddhist College, Pak Thong Chai, Nakhon Ratchasima, Thailand, September 10, 2012.

Lancaster, Lewis R. The Korean Buddhist Canon: A Descriptive Catalogue. Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press, 1979.

Lessing, F.D. and A. Wayman. Introduction to the Buddhist Tantric Systems. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1983.

The Mahā­bhārata I: The Book of the Beginning. Edited and translated by Van Buitenen, J.A.B. University of Chicago Press, 1973.

Malalasekera, Gunapala Piyasena. Dictionary of Pāli Proper Names. Melksham, UK: Pali Text Society, 1937–1938/1997. Accessed February 2, 2013.

Martin, Dan. Tibetan–English Dictionary [computer software]. Kathmandu, Nepal: Rangjung Yeshe Institute.

Miller, Robert. The Chapter on Going Forth (Pravrajyāvastu, Toh 1-1). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2018.

Miller, Robert. The Chapter on a Schism in the Saṅgha (Saṅghabhedavastu, Toh 1-17). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, forthcoming.

Monier-Williams, Sir Monier. A Sanskṛit-English dictionary: etymologically and philologically arranged with special reference to Greek, Latin, Gothic, German, Anglo-Saxon, and other cognate Indo-European languages. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1888.

Nāgārjuna. Nāgārjuna’s Letter: Nāgārjuna’s Letter to a Friend. Translated by Lobsang Therchin and Artimus B. Engel. Reprint edition, Dharamsala: Library of Tibetan Works & Archives, 1995.

National Disability Authority. Appropriate Terms to Use. Retrieved November 20, 2017.

Nattier, Jan. Once Upon a Future Time: Studies in a Buddhist Prophecy of Decline. Berkeley, CA: Asian Humanities Press, 1991.

Negi, J. S. Tibetan-Sanskrit Dictionary, vols. 1–16. Sarnath, India: Dictionary Unit, Central Institute of Higher Tibetan Studies, 2003.

Przyluski, Jean, and Marcelle Lalou. “Récits populaires et contes bouddhiques.” Journal Asiatique 228 (1936): 177–91.

Rangjung Yeshe and Erik Pema Kunsang. Tibetan–English Dictionary [computer software]. Kathmandu, Nepal: Rangjung Yeshe Institute.

Ray, Reginald. Buddhist Saints in India. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1994.

Rigzin, Tsepak. Tibetan-English Dictionary of Buddhist Terminology. Dharamsala: LTWA, 2008.

Rotman, Andy, trans. Divine Stories: Divyāvadāna Part 1. Boston: Wisdom Publications, 2008.

Sarkar, Sadhanchandra. A Study on the Jātakas and the Avadānas: Critical and Comparative, vol. 1. Calcutta: Saraswat Library, 1981.

Sastri, Gaurinath. A Concise History of Classical Sanskrit Literature. London: Oxford University Press, 1960.

Skilling, Peter. “Theravādin Literature in Tibetan Translation.” Journal of the Pali Text Society, vol. XIX (1993), pp 69–201.

Skilling, Peter. “From bKa’ bstan bcos to bKa’ ’gyur and bsTan ’gyur.” In Transmission of the Tibetan Canon. Edited by Helmut Eimer, 87–112. Vienna: Verlag der Österreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, 1997.

Skilling, Peter. “Eṣā Agrā: Images of Nuns in (Mūla-)Sarvāstivādin Literature.” Journal of the International Association of Buddhist Studies 24, no. 2 (2001): 135–56.

Speyer, J. S., ed. Avadānaçataka: A Century of Edifying Tales Belonging to the Hīnayāna, vol. 2. First Indian edition. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass Publishers Private Limited, 1992.

Sørensen, Per K., trans. The Mirror Illuminating the Royal Genealogies. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 1994.

Stein, Lisa, and Ngawang Zangpo (trs.). Butön’s History of Buddhism in India and its Spread to Tibet: A Treasury of Priceless Scripture. Boston: Snow Lion, 2013.

Tatelman, J., trans. and ed. The Heavenly Exploits: Buddhist Biographies from the Divyavadana, vol. 1. New York: New York University Press JJC Foundation, 2005.

The Tibetan and Himalayan Library: THL Tibetan to English Translation Tool. Accessed February 2, 2013.

“Universal Monarch.” Rigpa Wiki. Accessed February 2, 2013.

Waldo, Ives. Tibetan–English Dictionary [computer software]. Kathmandu, Nepal: Rangjung Yeshe Institute.

Winternitz, Maurice. History of Indian Literature, vol. 2. Translated and revised by B. Jha. Delhi: Bharatiya Vidya Prakashan, 1987.


g.

Glossary

Types of attestation for names and terms of the corresponding source language

AS

Attested in source text

This term is attested in a manuscript used as a source for this translation.

AO

Attested in other text

This term is attested in other manuscripts with a parallel or similar context.

AD

Attested in dictionary

This term is attested in dictionaries matching Tibetan to the corresponding language.

AA

Approximate attestation

The attestation of this name is approximate. It is based on other names where the relationship between the Tibetan and source language is attested in dictionaries or other manuscripts.

RP

Reconstruction from Tibetan phonetic rendering

This term is a reconstruction based on the Tibetan phonetic rendering of the term.

RS

Reconstruction from Tibetan semantic rendering

This term is a reconstruction based on the semantics of the Tibetan translation.

SU

Source unspecified

This term has been supplied from an unspecified source, which most often is a widely trusted dictionary.

g.­1

Abhaya

Wylie:
  • ’jigs med
Tibetan:
  • འཇིགས་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • abhaya

A future solitary buddha.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­363
g.­2

Abodes of the Four Great Kings

Wylie:
  • rgyal chen bzhi’i ris
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་ཆེན་བཞིའི་རིས།
Sanskrit:
  • cāturmahā­rājakāyika

One of the heavens of Buddhist cosmology, lowest among the six heavens of the desire realm. Dwelling place of the four great kings, traditionally located on a terrace of Sumeru, just below the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­6
  • 2.­24
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­271
  • 2.­351
  • 2.­410
  • 3.­52
  • 4.­132
  • 6.­282-283
  • g.­231
g.­3

absorption of neither discrimination nor non-discrimination

Wylie:
  • ’du shes min ’du shes med min gyi snyom ’jug
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་ཤེས་མིན་འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་མིན་གྱི་སྙོམ་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • naivasaṃjñānāsaṃjñā

Fourth of the four types of formless meditative absorptions (caturārūpyasamāpatti, gzugs med snyoms ’jug bzhi) (Rigzin 369).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­140
  • 7.­201
g.­4

act

Wylie:
  • las
Tibetan:
  • ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • karman

See “action.”

Located in 145 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • i.­9
  • 1.­37-38
  • 1.­72
  • 1.­83-85
  • 1.­125
  • 1.­129
  • 1.­136
  • 1.­169-170
  • 1.­195
  • 1.­276
  • 1.­301
  • 1.­310
  • 1.­313
  • 1.­338
  • 1.­351
  • 1.­401
  • 1.­438-439
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­37
  • 2.­56
  • 2.­74
  • 2.­104-105
  • 2.­130
  • 2.­190-191
  • 2.­199
  • 2.­224
  • 2.­229-230
  • 2.­257
  • 2.­262
  • 2.­284
  • 2.­287
  • 2.­341
  • 2.­363
  • 2.­383
  • 2.­437
  • 2.­505
  • 2.­551
  • 2.­558-559
  • 2.­568-569
  • 2.­601
  • 2.­604
  • 2.­607
  • 3.­10
  • 3.­52
  • 3.­171
  • 3.­205
  • 3.­209-210
  • 3.­226-227
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­255
  • 3.­267
  • 3.­277
  • 3.­279
  • 3.­284
  • 3.­347
  • 3.­387
  • 4.­90
  • 4.­110
  • 4.­145
  • 4.­163-164
  • 4.­167
  • 4.­182
  • 4.­231
  • 5.­4
  • 5.­6
  • 5.­27-28
  • 5.­46
  • 5.­95
  • 5.­104
  • 5.­112
  • 5.­123
  • 5.­125
  • 5.­166-168
  • 5.­181
  • 5.­219
  • 5.­236
  • 5.­248
  • 5.­288
  • 5.­290
  • 5.­309
  • 5.­322
  • 5.­330-331
  • 5.­334
  • 6.­30-32
  • 6.­76
  • 6.­157
  • 6.­251
  • 6.­263
  • 6.­266
  • 6.­306
  • 6.­412
  • 6.­441
  • 7.­23-24
  • 7.­63-64
  • 7.­73
  • 7.­164
  • 7.­191
  • 7.­217-218
  • 7.­232
  • 8.­20
  • 8.­22
  • 8.­42
  • 8.­87
  • 9.­64
  • 9.­87
  • 9.­118
  • 9.­136
  • 9.­138
  • 10.­52-54
  • 10.­92
  • 10.­94
  • 10.­195
  • 10.­201-202
  • 10.­327
  • 10.­362
  • 10.­397
  • 10.­441
  • n.­243
  • g.­7
g.­7

action

Wylie:
  • las
Tibetan:
  • ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • karman

Any volitional act, whether of body, speech, or mind. Also rendered here as “act,” “karma,” and “deed.”

Located in 239 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­7
  • 1.­28-29
  • 1.­38-40
  • 1.­70-71
  • 1.­123-124
  • 1.­131
  • 1.­160-161
  • 1.­169-170
  • 1.­269
  • 1.­295
  • 1.­308-309
  • 1.­341
  • 1.­391
  • 1.­430-431
  • 1.­438-439
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­37
  • 2.­56
  • 2.­74
  • 2.­78
  • 2.­85
  • 2.­97
  • 2.­107
  • 2.­109
  • 2.­112
  • 2.­142-143
  • 2.­147
  • 2.­176
  • 2.­183
  • 2.­194-195
  • 2.­204-208
  • 2.­216
  • 2.­222
  • 2.­225
  • 2.­255-256
  • 2.­259-261
  • 2.­285-286
  • 2.­341
  • 2.­363
  • 2.­377
  • 2.­508
  • 2.­511
  • 2.­521
  • 2.­525
  • 2.­532
  • 2.­534-535
  • 2.­537-538
  • 2.­545-546
  • 2.­548-550
  • 2.­588
  • 2.­603
  • 3.­10-11
  • 3.­44
  • 3.­54
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­118
  • 3.­146
  • 3.­192-193
  • 3.­198-199
  • 3.­211
  • 3.­215-218
  • 3.­222-224
  • 3.­226-228
  • 3.­232-234
  • 3.­237-238
  • 3.­244-245
  • 3.­249
  • 3.­260-261
  • 3.­265
  • 3.­267
  • 3.­279-280
  • 3.­303-304
  • 3.­307-308
  • 3.­319
  • 3.­329
  • 3.­357-358
  • 3.­385-386
  • 3.­396-397
  • 3.­401-402
  • 3.­406-407
  • 3.­414
  • 3.­427
  • 4.­86
  • 4.­107-108
  • 4.­111
  • 4.­151-152
  • 4.­158-159
  • 4.­161
  • 4.­165
  • 4.­180-181
  • 4.­188
  • 4.­194
  • 4.­199
  • 4.­221
  • 5.­14-15
  • 5.­22-23
  • 5.­65
  • 5.­89
  • 5.­116-117
  • 5.­163
  • 5.­202
  • 5.­249
  • 5.­251
  • 5.­276
  • 5.­286
  • 5.­320-321
  • 5.­332-333
  • 6.­10
  • 6.­26
  • 6.­28-29
  • 6.­72
  • 6.­112-115
  • 6.­264-265
  • 6.­268
  • 6.­299
  • 6.­303
  • 6.­305
  • 6.­409
  • 6.­435
  • 6.­438
  • 6.­501
  • 7.­15
  • 7.­21
  • 7.­23
  • 7.­57
  • 7.­67
  • 7.­108
  • 7.­110
  • 7.­129
  • 7.­133
  • 7.­155
  • 7.­209-210
  • 7.­228-229
  • 7.­246
  • 9.­53
  • 9.­85-86
  • 9.­88-89
  • 9.­99
  • 9.­130
  • 9.­156-157
  • 9.­159
  • 9.­161
  • 9.­175
  • 9.­181
  • 10.­87
  • 10.­190-194
  • 10.­201
  • 10.­214
  • 10.­248
  • 10.­275
  • 10.­318
  • 10.­361
  • 10.­451
  • 10.­453-454
  • n.­47
  • n.­62
  • n.­134
  • n.­147
  • g.­4
  • g.­121
  • g.­176
  • g.­270
  • g.­458
  • g.­478
  • g.­580
  • g.­585
g.­8

Adumā

Wylie:
  • a du ma
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་དུ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • adumā
  • udumā

The name of the town where Kaineya lived; traditionally spelled Udumā, the rendering in The Hundred Deeds may be derived from the Pāli/Prakṛt form Ātumā.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­16
  • 3.­18
  • 3.­22
  • 3.­32
  • 3.­66
  • g.­146
  • g.­262
g.­10

afflictive emotion

Wylie:
  • nyon mongs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉོན་མོངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kleśa

Also called “delusions,” “afflictions,” or “addictive emotions,” these are mental states that produce turmoil and confusion and thus disturb mental peace and happiness (Rigzin 133).

Located in 359 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­28
  • 1.­37-39
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­85-86
  • 1.­113
  • 1.­128
  • 1.­130
  • 1.­133
  • 1.­137
  • 1.­159-160
  • 1.­168-171
  • 1.­201
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­269
  • 1.­274
  • 1.­276-277
  • 1.­293-295
  • 1.­300
  • 1.­302
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­341
  • 1.­347
  • 1.­352
  • 1.­362
  • 1.­389-391
  • 1.­399-400
  • 1.­402-403
  • 1.­426
  • 1.­429-430
  • 1.­438
  • 1.­440-442
  • 1.­449
  • 2.­112
  • 2.­142
  • 2.­147
  • 2.­149-151
  • 2.­178-181
  • 2.­183
  • 2.­189-190
  • 2.­192-194
  • 2.­199
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­205
  • 2.­207-211
  • 2.­220
  • 2.­222
  • 2.­229
  • 2.­231-232
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­261-264
  • 2.­376-377
  • 2.­382
  • 2.­384
  • 2.­524
  • 2.­568
  • 2.­570-571
  • 2.­607
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­11
  • 3.­13-15
  • 3.­51
  • 3.­53
  • 3.­87
  • 3.­90
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­101-104
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­117-118
  • 3.­120-124
  • 3.­145-146
  • 3.­149
  • 3.­151-153
  • 3.­211
  • 3.­228
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­280-282
  • 3.­302-303
  • 3.­305-307
  • 3.­323-324
  • 3.­330-331
  • 3.­340
  • 3.­344
  • 4.­31
  • 4.­38-40
  • 4.­84
  • 4.­86
  • 4.­91
  • 4.­157-158
  • 4.­165
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­199
  • 4.­201-203
  • 4.­219
  • 4.­221
  • 4.­229
  • 4.­232-233
  • 5.­21-22
  • 5.­29-31
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­65
  • 5.­67-69
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­89
  • 5.­92-96
  • 5.­111
  • 5.­115-117
  • 5.­121-122
  • 5.­124-125
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­151-153
  • 5.­160
  • 5.­162-163
  • 5.­167-169
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­183-185
  • 5.­195-196
  • 5.­201-202
  • 5.­207-210
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275-276
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­319-320
  • 5.­330
  • 5.­332
  • 6.­6-7
  • 6.­9-10
  • 6.­18
  • 6.­33
  • 6.­47
  • 6.­50-53
  • 6.­62
  • 6.­64-65
  • 6.­71-72
  • 6.­74
  • 6.­77
  • 6.­139-141
  • 6.­161
  • 6.­165
  • 6.­245-246
  • 6.­248
  • 6.­252
  • 6.­258
  • 6.­323
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­379
  • 6.­382-383
  • 6.­388
  • 6.­391-392
  • 6.­413
  • 6.­437-438
  • 6.­440-441
  • 6.­446-449
  • 6.­451
  • 6.­456
  • 6.­499-501
  • 6.­508
  • 6.­510
  • 7.­14-15
  • 7.­24
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­41-43
  • 7.­63
  • 7.­66-67
  • 7.­121
  • 7.­123-124
  • 7.­128-129
  • 7.­131-134
  • 7.­150
  • 7.­154-155
  • 7.­164
  • 7.­185
  • 7.­190
  • 7.­207
  • 7.­209
  • 7.­217-218
  • 7.­227-228
  • 7.­231
  • 7.­233-234
  • 7.­241
  • 7.­246
  • 7.­248
  • 7.­250
  • 7.­256
  • 8.­122
  • 8.­124
  • 9.­20
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­50
  • 9.­53
  • 9.­62
  • 9.­65
  • 9.­93
  • 9.­128
  • 9.­130
  • 9.­135
  • 9.­137
  • 9.­144
  • 9.­173-174
  • 10.­100
  • 10.­104
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­192
  • 10.­203
  • 10.­211
  • 10.­214
  • 10.­216-218
  • 10.­233-234
  • 10.­239-241
  • 10.­248
  • 10.­349
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­375-377
  • 10.­380
  • n.­45
  • n.­235
  • g.­9
  • g.­30
  • g.­34
  • g.­35
  • g.­50
  • g.­115
  • g.­117
  • g.­160
  • g.­161
  • g.­242
  • g.­552
  • g.­594
g.­11

Aggregates

Wylie:
  • phung po
Tibetan:
  • ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • skandha

In Buddhist philosophy, the five basic constituents upon which persons are conventionally designated. They are material forms, sensations, perceptions, formations, and consciousness.

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­71
  • 1.­124
  • 1.­309
  • 1.­361-362
  • 2.­179
  • 2.­286
  • 2.­415
  • 2.­428
  • 2.­546
  • 2.­550
  • 2.­607
  • 3.­386
  • 3.­415
  • 4.­181
  • 6.­145
  • 6.­337
  • 6.­339
  • 6.­341
  • 6.­376
  • 6.­390
  • 10.­182
  • 10.­194
  • 10.­272
  • 10.­276
  • n.­224
  • g.­108
  • g.­176
  • g.­354
  • g.­428
  • g.­506
g.­17

Ajita Keśakambala

Wylie:
  • mi ’pham skra’i la ba can
Tibetan:
  • མི་འཕམ་སྐྲའི་ལ་བ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • ajita keśakambala

One of the six philosophical extremists who lived during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­56-57
  • 6.­344
  • n.­153
  • g.­430
g.­20

All-Knowing One

Wylie:
  • thams cad mkhyen pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐམས་ཅད་མཁྱེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvajña

An epithet of the buddhas. Salutation to the All-Knowing One at the beginning of a Buddhist text typically indicates its designation in the Vinaya Piṭaka.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • p.­1
g.­21

Amṛtā

Wylie:
  • bdud rtsi ma
Tibetan:
  • བདུད་རྩི་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • amṛtā

One of eight children, a daughter, of King Siṃhahanu of Kapilavastu.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 5.­127
  • g.­517
g.­22

Amṛtodana

Wylie:
  • bdud rtsi zas
Tibetan:
  • བདུད་རྩི་ཟས།
Sanskrit:
  • amṛtodana

One of eight children, a son, of King Siṃhahanu of Kapilavastu.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 5.­127
  • g.­517
g.­24

Ānanda

Wylie:
  • kun dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ānanda

A monk of the Buddha’s order, brother of Devadatta, who for twenty-five years served as the Buddha’s personal attendant. Second in the apostolic succession that carried on the Buddha’s teachings after his parinirvāṇa.

Located in 110 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­11
  • 2.­18-19
  • 2.­29
  • 2.­36-37
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­55-56
  • 2.­66
  • 2.­73-74
  • 2.­87
  • 2.­94-98
  • 2.­214-217
  • 2.­221
  • 2.­276
  • 2.­283-284
  • 2.­343-344
  • 2.­355
  • 2.­362-363
  • 2.­465
  • 2.­531
  • 2.­533-534
  • 2.­585-589
  • 4.­122
  • 4.­137
  • 4.­144-145
  • 5.­244
  • 6.­1
  • 6.­136
  • 6.­139-140
  • 6.­142
  • 6.­235-236
  • 6.­241
  • 6.­243-244
  • 6.­246
  • 6.­339-342
  • 6.­351-352
  • 6.­407-408
  • 6.­458
  • 6.­460
  • 6.­463-465
  • 6.­467-470
  • 6.­472
  • 6.­474-478
  • 6.­480-481
  • 6.­484
  • 6.­487-488
  • 6.­495
  • 7.­55-58
  • 8.­46-48
  • 8.­50
  • 9.­71
  • 10.­125-126
  • 10.­152
  • 10.­371
  • 10.­373-375
  • 10.­377-379
  • 10.­383
  • 10.­394
  • n.­173
  • n.­216
  • g.­128
  • g.­206
g.­25

Anāthapiṇḍada

Wylie:
  • mgon med zas sbyin
Tibetan:
  • མགོན་མེད་ཟས་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • anāthapiṇḍada

A wealthy householder of Śrāvastī renowned for his generosity, he spent a small fortune to purchase the garden of Prince Jeta, built a monastery there, and offered both to the Buddha.

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­121-122
  • 1.­357
  • 1.­359
  • 2.­217
  • 2.­219
  • 5.­188
  • 6.­55-56
  • 6.­442-445
  • 6.­447-448
  • 6.­450
  • 8.­1
  • 8.­42-44
  • 8.­52-54
  • 8.­57-59
  • 8.­61-62
  • 8.­66
  • 8.­74-75
  • 8.­108
  • 10.­179
  • 10.­230
  • g.­192
  • g.­444
g.­27

anguished spirit

Wylie:
  • yi dags
  • yi dwags
Tibetan:
  • ཡི་དགས།
  • ཡི་དྭགས།
Sanskrit:
  • preta

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the five or six classes of sentient beings, into which beings are born as the karmic fruition of past miserliness. As the term in Sanskrit means “the departed,” they are analogous to the ancestral spirits of Vedic tradition, the pitṛs, who starve without the offerings of descendants. It is also commonly translated as “hungry ghost” or “starving spirit,” as in the Chinese 餓鬼 e gui.

They are sometimes said to reside in the realm of Yama, but are also frequently described as roaming charnel grounds and other inhospitable or frightening places along with piśācas and other such beings. They are particularly known to suffer from great hunger and thirst and the inability to acquire sustenance. Detailed descriptions of their realm and experience, including a list of the thirty-six classes of pretas, can be found in The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma, Toh 287, 2.­1281– 2.1482.

Located in 80 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­201
  • 2.­9
  • 2.­27
  • 2.­46
  • 2.­64
  • 2.­274
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­567
  • 2.­569
  • 3.­187-188
  • 3.­195-196
  • 3.­214-215
  • 3.­219-222
  • 3.­224
  • 3.­226
  • 3.­230-232
  • 3.­234-237
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­241-243
  • 3.­245-249
  • 3.­255
  • 3.­257-259
  • 3.­261-265
  • 3.­267
  • 3.­399-400
  • 3.­404-405
  • 3.­407
  • 4.­90
  • 4.­117
  • 4.­135
  • 5.­246
  • 5.­249
  • 5.­299
  • 5.­302
  • 5.­304-305
  • 5.­307-309
  • 5.­311
  • 5.­332-334
  • 6.­62
  • 6.­280-281
  • 6.­426
  • 6.­498
  • 7.­65
  • 10.­232
  • 10.­413-414
  • g.­167
  • g.­191
  • g.­479
g.­28

Aniruddha

Wylie:
  • ma ’gags pa
Tibetan:
  • མ་འགགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • aniruddha

The Buddha’s first cousin, born of the Śākya clan, who was among the most eminent of the Buddha’s monastic disciples.

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­99
  • 1.­101-102
  • 1.­106-109
  • 1.­111-112
  • 1.­118
  • 1.­327-329
  • 1.­333-336
  • 4.­76-78
  • 4.­82-84
  • 5.­242-243
  • 9.­47
  • 9.­50
  • n.­26
  • n.­145
  • g.­252
  • g.­446
  • g.­673
g.­31

Aparājita

Wylie:
  • gzhan gyis mi thub pa
Tibetan:
  • གཞན་གྱིས་མི་ཐུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • aparājita

A future buddha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­228
g.­33

Āraṇyaka

Wylie:
  • dgon pa pa
  • dgon pa ba
Tibetan:
  • དགོན་པ་པ།
  • དགོན་པ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • āraṇyaka

“Forest Dweller,” the name of the son of householders in Śrāvastī, he preferred seclusion, eventually attaining arhatship.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­1
  • 4.­80-81
  • 4.­86
g.­34

arhat

Wylie:
  • dgra bcom pa
Tibetan:
  • དགྲ་བཅོམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • arhat

Literally “foe-destroyer”‍—the foe in this case being the afflictive emotions‍—one who has attained arhatship.

Located in 187 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24-25
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­76
  • 1.­78-79
  • 1.­81
  • 1.­84-85
  • 1.­114
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­136
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­311
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­381
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­426
  • 2.­17-18
  • 2.­35
  • 2.­54-55
  • 2.­72-73
  • 2.­98
  • 2.­100
  • 2.­104
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­203-204
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­282-283
  • 2.­344
  • 2.­361-362
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­389
  • 2.­419
  • 2.­429
  • 2.­456
  • 2.­483
  • 2.­485
  • 2.­524
  • 2.­560
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­12
  • 3.­45
  • 3.­64-65
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­304
  • 3.­323
  • 3.­388
  • 3.­409
  • 3.­412
  • 3.­414
  • 3.­434
  • 4.­23
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­46
  • 4.­56
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­143-144
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­219
  • 4.­222
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­90
  • 5.­98
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­165
  • 5.­168
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­203
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­277
  • 5.­319
  • 5.­323-324
  • 5.­326-331
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­185
  • 6.­191
  • 6.­194-196
  • 6.­198
  • 6.­231
  • 6.­314
  • 6.­341
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­369
  • 6.­384
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­425
  • 6.­433
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­453
  • 6.­499
  • 6.­503
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­16
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­40
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­123
  • 7.­143
  • 7.­201
  • 7.­229
  • 7.­247
  • 8.­14-15
  • 8.­28-29
  • 8.­40-41
  • 8.­55-56
  • 8.­69-70
  • 8.­77-78
  • 8.­85-86
  • 8.­93-94
  • 8.­104-105
  • 8.­117-118
  • 8.­127-128
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­102-104
  • 9.­128
  • 10.­18
  • 10.­57-59
  • 10.­65
  • 10.­86
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­215
  • 10.­250
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
  • 10.­392
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­419
  • g.­26
  • g.­35
  • g.­118
  • g.­153
  • g.­308
  • g.­596
  • g.­611
  • g.­625
g.­35

arhatship

Wylie:
  • dgra bcom pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • དགྲ་བཅོམ་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • arhattva

“The state of liberation [from saṃsāra via destruction of the afflictive emotions] or the fifth path of no more to learn, attained by arhats after perfecting training in the fourth path…” (Rigzin 60). In this text being “established … in the unsurpassed, supreme welfare of nirvāṇa”; also appears as a synonym for the attainment of arhatship.

Located in 396 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­28
  • 1.­37-39
  • 1.­63-64
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­85-86
  • 1.­112-113
  • 1.­128
  • 1.­130
  • 1.­133-134
  • 1.­137
  • 1.­159-160
  • 1.­168-171
  • 1.­194
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­269
  • 1.­274
  • 1.­276-277
  • 1.­293-295
  • 1.­300
  • 1.­302
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­341
  • 1.­347
  • 1.­352
  • 1.­362
  • 1.­389-391
  • 1.­399-400
  • 1.­402-403
  • 1.­426
  • 1.­429-430
  • 1.­438
  • 1.­440-442
  • 1.­449
  • 2.­112-113
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­142
  • 2.­147
  • 2.­149-151
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180-181
  • 2.­183
  • 2.­189-190
  • 2.­192-194
  • 2.­199
  • 2.­203-205
  • 2.­207-211
  • 2.­220-222
  • 2.­229
  • 2.­231-232
  • 2.­242-243
  • 2.­261-264
  • 2.­376-377
  • 2.­382
  • 2.­384
  • 2.­524-525
  • 2.­559
  • 2.­568-571
  • 2.­607-608
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­11
  • 3.­13-15
  • 3.­51
  • 3.­53
  • 3.­87-88
  • 3.­90-91
  • 3.­96
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­101-104
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­117-118
  • 3.­120-125
  • 3.­145-146
  • 3.­149
  • 3.­151-153
  • 3.­211-212
  • 3.­228-229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­280-282
  • 3.­302-303
  • 3.­305-307
  • 3.­323-324
  • 3.­330-331
  • 3.­340-341
  • 3.­344
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­396
  • 3.­415-416
  • 4.­31
  • 4.­38-40
  • 4.­84
  • 4.­86
  • 4.­91
  • 4.­157-158
  • 4.­165
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­199
  • 4.­201-203
  • 4.­219-221
  • 4.­229
  • 4.­232-233
  • 5.­21-22
  • 5.­29-31
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­65
  • 5.­67-69
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­89
  • 5.­92-96
  • 5.­111-112
  • 5.­115-117
  • 5.­121-122
  • 5.­124-125
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­151-153
  • 5.­160
  • 5.­162-163
  • 5.­167-169
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­183-185
  • 5.­195-196
  • 5.­201-202
  • 5.­207-210
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275-276
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­319-320
  • 5.­330
  • 5.­332
  • 6.­6-7
  • 6.­9-10
  • 6.­18
  • 6.­33
  • 6.­47
  • 6.­50-53
  • 6.­64-65
  • 6.­71-72
  • 6.­74
  • 6.­77
  • 6.­139-142
  • 6.­161
  • 6.­245-246
  • 6.­248
  • 6.­252
  • 6.­258
  • 6.­323
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­379-380
  • 6.­382-383
  • 6.­388
  • 6.­391-392
  • 6.­413
  • 6.­437-438
  • 6.­440-441
  • 6.­446-449
  • 6.­451
  • 6.­456
  • 6.­499-501
  • 6.­508
  • 6.­510
  • 7.­14-15
  • 7.­24
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­41-43
  • 7.­63
  • 7.­66-67
  • 7.­69
  • 7.­121-124
  • 7.­128-129
  • 7.­131-134
  • 7.­150
  • 7.­154-155
  • 7.­164
  • 7.­190
  • 7.­207
  • 7.­209
  • 7.­217-218
  • 7.­227-228
  • 7.­231
  • 7.­233-234
  • 7.­241
  • 7.­246
  • 7.­248
  • 7.­250
  • 7.­256
  • 8.­122
  • 8.­124
  • 9.­20
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­50-51
  • 9.­53
  • 9.­62
  • 9.­65
  • 9.­93
  • 9.­105
  • 9.­128
  • 9.­130
  • 9.­135
  • 9.­137
  • 9.­144
  • 9.­173-174
  • 10.­100
  • 10.­104
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­192
  • 10.­203
  • 10.­211-214
  • 10.­216-218
  • 10.­233-234
  • 10.­239-241
  • 10.­247-248
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­377
  • 10.­380
  • g.­33
  • g.­34
  • g.­60
  • g.­67
  • g.­84
  • g.­117
  • g.­169
  • g.­206
  • g.­208
  • g.­254
  • g.­257
  • g.­261
  • g.­273
  • g.­289
  • g.­320
  • g.­424
  • g.­446
  • g.­554
  • g.­614
  • g.­656
g.­38

ascetic

Wylie:
  • dge sbyong
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སྦྱོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • śramaṇa

A mendicant; sometimes employed as a title of the Buddha.

Located in 110 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­446
  • 2.­14
  • 2.­32
  • 2.­39
  • 2.­51
  • 2.­69
  • 2.­102
  • 2.­111
  • 2.­116
  • 2.­155
  • 2.­279
  • 2.­358
  • 2.­386
  • 2.­409
  • 2.­412
  • 2.­436
  • 2.­442
  • 2.­461-462
  • 2.­464
  • 2.­554
  • 3.­30-32
  • 3.­73
  • 3.­83
  • 3.­285-286
  • 3.­299
  • 3.­388
  • 3.­390-391
  • 3.­393
  • 3.­395-396
  • 4.­6
  • 4.­98
  • 4.­140
  • 4.­159
  • 4.­171-178
  • 4.­193
  • 5.­191
  • 5.­198-201
  • 5.­266-267
  • 5.­296
  • 5.­333
  • 6.­36
  • 6.­38
  • 6.­45
  • 6.­165
  • 6.­262
  • 6.­266-268
  • 6.­319
  • 6.­348-349
  • 6.­359
  • 7.­74-75
  • 7.­77
  • 7.­104
  • 7.­220
  • 7.­237
  • 7.­254
  • 8.­5
  • 8.­11
  • 8.­25
  • 8.­34
  • 8.­48
  • 8.­62
  • 8.­72
  • 8.­75
  • 8.­96
  • 10.­4-5
  • 10.­7
  • 10.­9
  • 10.­55-56
  • 10.­58-59
  • 10.­102
  • 10.­107
  • 10.­149
  • 10.­153
  • 10.­178
  • 10.­230
  • 10.­232
  • 10.­250
  • 10.­258
  • 10.­268
  • 10.­364
  • 10.­373
  • g.­378
  • g.­382
  • g.­411
  • g.­417
  • g.­623
g.­44

Āśvāsa

Wylie:
  • dbugs chung
  • dbugs
Tibetan:
  • དབུགས་ཆུང་།
  • དབུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • āśvāsa
  • alpāśvāsa

“Breath.” The previous incarnation of the great king Dhṛtarāṣṭra as a nāga king who lived on Mount Meru, he eventually went for refuge and took the fundamental precepts.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­45-46
  • 3.­52
g.­46

Atharva Veda

Wylie:
  • srid srung gi rig byed
Tibetan:
  • སྲིད་སྲུང་གི་རིག་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • atharvaveda

Along with the Ṛg Veda, Yajur Veda, and Sāma Veda, one of the four Vedas, the most ancient Sanskrit religious literature of India.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­240
  • 1.­378
  • 3.­310
  • 3.­326
  • 5.­187
  • 5.­212
  • 5.­265
  • 6.­35
  • 7.­167
  • 8.­18
  • 9.­4
  • 10.­96
  • 10.­296
  • g.­464
  • g.­494
  • g.­518
  • g.­671
g.­47

attainment of seeing

Wylie:
  • mthong ba’i snyoms par ’jug pa
Tibetan:
  • མཐོང་བའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • darśanasamāpatti

Entry point for the path of seeing, this is the direct perception of things as they are, ultimate reality, suchness.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­199
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 7.­68
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
g.­48

augur

Wylie:
  • bye brag phyed pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱེ་བྲག་ཕྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An individual who is gifted in reading natural signs and omens.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­380
  • 3.­64
  • 3.­425
  • 5.­130
  • 6.­369
  • 7.­8
g.­51

Ayodhyā

Wylie:
  • ’thab med
Tibetan:
  • འཐབ་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • ayodhyā RS

A city ruled by King Mahā­sena long before the time of the Buddha Śākyamuni. Also said to have been ruled by King Nāgadeva (rgyal po klu lha) before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­379
  • 6.­300-301
  • g.­336
  • g.­381
g.­53

Bamboo Grove

Wylie:
  • ’od ma’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • འོད་མའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • veṇuvana

A grove of bamboo trees in Rājagṛha, where Buddha Śākyamuni sometimes dwelt.

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­352
  • 3.­375-376
  • 4.­128-129
  • 5.­103
  • 5.­222
  • 6.­270-271
  • 6.­294
  • 6.­296
  • 6.­298
  • 6.­322
  • 7.­77
  • 7.­81
  • 7.­108
  • 7.­154
  • 7.­225
  • 8.­16
  • 9.­118
  • 9.­120
  • 9.­124
  • 9.­158
  • 10.­10
  • 10.­124
  • n.­198
g.­57

base of the universe

Wylie:
  • gser gyi sa gzhi
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་གྱི་ས་གཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • kāñcanamayī bhūmi
  • kāñcanacakra

Sometimes called the “golden ground,” or “universal base,” “The mythological basis of our known world. It is made of gold and situated below Mount Sumeru” (Rangjung Yeshe Dictionary).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­541
  • 3.­46-47
g.­58

Beautiful to See

Wylie:
  • blta na sdug
Tibetan:
  • བལྟ་ན་སྡུག
Sanskrit:
  • sudarśana RS

Peacock who overheard the Buddha teaching on Vulture Peak Mountain.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 6.­2
g.­61

Bhādra

Wylie:
  • khrums stod
  • grum stod
  • khrum stod
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲུམས་སྟོད།
  • གྲུམ་སྟོད།
  • ཁྲུམ་སྟོད།
Sanskrit:
  • bhādra

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 7.­1
g.­62

bhikṣuṇī

Wylie:
  • dge slong ma
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སློང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhikṣuṇī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term bhikṣuṇī, often translated as “nun,” refers to the highest among the eight types of prātimokṣa vows that make one part of the Buddhist assembly. The Sanskrit term bhikṣu (to which the female grammatical ending ṇī is added) literally means “beggar” or “mendicant,” referring to the fact that Buddhist nuns and monks‍—like other ascetics of the time‍—subsisted on alms (bhikṣā) begged from the laity. In the Tibetan tradition, which follows the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya, a bhikṣuṇī follows 364 rules and a bhikṣu follows 253 rules as part of their moral discipline.

For the first few years of the Buddha’s teachings in India, there was no ordination for women. It started at the persistent request and display of determination of Mahāprajāpatī, the Buddha’s stepmother and aunt, together with five hundred former wives of men of Kapilavastu, who had themselves become monks. Mahāprajāpatī is thus considered to be the founder of the nun’s order.

In this text:

Also rendered here simply as “nun.”

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­185
  • n.­44
  • g.­188
  • g.­202
  • g.­402
  • g.­480
g.­64

Bhūta (the merchant and the dog)

Wylie:
  • ’byung po
Tibetan:
  • འབྱུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhūta

The name of a certain householder’s dog and the name given to the lost infant it carried home to its owner one night, which would one day be reunited with his birth mother.

Also the name of a certain brahmin who lived in Rājagṛha, and the name of a certain class of evil beings.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­166
  • 3.­168
  • 3.­177
  • 3.­179-180
  • g.­63
g.­65

Bimbisāra

Wylie:
  • bzo sbyangs gzugs can snying po
  • gzugs can snying po
Tibetan:
  • བཟོ་སྦྱངས་གཟུགས་ཅན་སྙིང་པོ།
  • གཟུགས་ཅན་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śreṇiya bimbisāra
  • bimbisāra

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The king of Magadha and a great patron of the Buddha. His birth coincided with the Buddha’s, and his father, King Mahāpadma, named him “Essence of Gold” after mistakenly attributing the brilliant light that marked the Buddha’s birth to the birth of his son by Queen Bimbī (“Goldie”). Accounts of Bimbisāra’s youth and life can be found in The Chapter on Going Forth (Toh 1-1, Pravrajyāvastu).

King Śreṇya Bimbisāra first met with the Buddha early on, when the latter was the wandering mendicant known as Gautama. Impressed by his conduct, Bimbisāra offered to take Gautama into his court, but Gautama refused, and Bimbisāra wished him success in his quest for awakening and asked him to visit his palace after he had achieved his goal. One account of this episode can be found in the sixteenth chapter of The Play in Full (Toh 95, Lalitavistara). There are other accounts where the two meet earlier on in childhood; several episodes can be found, for example, in The Hundred Deeds (Toh 340, Karmaśataka). Later, after the Buddha’s awakening, Bimbisāra became one of his most famous patrons and donated to the saṅgha the Bamboo Grove, Veṇuvana, at the outskirts of the capital of Magadha, Rājagṛha, where he built residences for the monks. Bimbisāra was imprisoned and killed by his own son, the prince Ajātaśatru, who, influenced by Devadatta, sought to usurp his father’s throne.

In this text:

Also rendered here as “Śreṇiya Bimbisāra.”

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­103
  • 6.­259
  • 7.­136
  • 7.­139-140
  • 7.­149
  • 9.­150-152
  • 10.­10
  • 10.­252
  • 10.­254-257
  • 10.­269
  • 10.­279
  • 10.­285
  • 10.­288-289
  • 10.­341-342
  • n.­26
  • g.­101
  • g.­159
  • g.­173
  • g.­265
  • g.­325
  • g.­453
  • g.­460
  • g.­543
g.­67

Black (a brahmin)

Wylie:
  • nag po
Tibetan:
  • ནག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāla RS
  • kṛṣṇa RS

A certain dark-complected brahmin youth who became a sage, then heard the Dharma from the Buddha, became ordained, and manifested arhatship.

Not to be confused with Black the yakṣa who also appears in his story, nor with Kāla the nāga king (whose name in Tib. is the same nag po).

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­211-213
  • 5.­215
  • 5.­217-218
  • 5.­220
  • 5.­222-223
  • 5.­230
  • g.­68
  • g.­264
g.­68

Black (a yakṣa)

Wylie:
  • nag po
Tibetan:
  • ནག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāla RS
  • kṛṣṇa RS

A certain yakṣa tamed by the Buddha and subsequently sworn to protect the people of Rājagṛha.

Not to be confused with Black the brahmin who also appears in his story, nor with Kāla the nāga king.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­216
  • 5.­218
  • g.­67
  • g.­264
g.­70

blessed buddha

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས་བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit:
  • buddhabhagavān

An epithet of the buddhas.

Located in 350 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­37-38
  • 1.­46
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­85
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­98
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­135
  • 1.­143-144
  • 1.­149-150
  • 1.­162
  • 1.­169-170
  • 1.­264
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­274
  • 1.­276
  • 1.­284
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­300
  • 1.­311-313
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­326
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­347
  • 1.­350
  • 1.­386
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­399-400
  • 1.­403
  • 1.­417
  • 1.­432
  • 1.­438
  • 1.­440
  • 2.­3
  • 2.­21
  • 2.­40
  • 2.­58
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­87
  • 2.­94-95
  • 2.­98
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­149-150
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­189-190
  • 2.­193
  • 2.­196
  • 2.­209-210
  • 2.­222
  • 2.­226
  • 2.­229
  • 2.­231
  • 2.­244
  • 2.­257-258
  • 2.­262-263
  • 2.­267-268
  • 2.­288
  • 2.­339
  • 2.­345
  • 2.­348
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­382
  • 2.­456
  • 2.­560
  • 2.­568
  • 2.­570
  • 2.­573
  • 2.­579
  • 2.­585-586
  • 2.­589
  • 3.­12-14
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­44-45
  • 3.­51-52
  • 3.­69-70
  • 3.­89
  • 3.­98-99
  • 3.­101-103
  • 3.­119-122
  • 3.­124
  • 3.­146-147
  • 3.­150
  • 3.­152
  • 3.­154
  • 3.­225
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­276
  • 3.­279-281
  • 3.­288
  • 3.­294
  • 3.­304-306
  • 3.­325
  • 3.­330
  • 3.­408
  • 3.­434
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­33
  • 4.­38-39
  • 4.­46
  • 4.­56
  • 4.­59
  • 4.­86
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­104
  • 4.­107-110
  • 4.­118-119
  • 4.­129
  • 4.­166
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­200-202
  • 4.­208
  • 4.­212-214
  • 4.­222
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­17
  • 5.­23
  • 5.­30
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­66-68
  • 5.­90
  • 5.­92
  • 5.­94-95
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­151-152
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­164
  • 5.­167-168
  • 5.­174
  • 5.­183-184
  • 5.­203
  • 5.­206
  • 5.­208-209
  • 5.­221-223
  • 5.­257
  • 5.­259
  • 5.­267
  • 5.­269
  • 5.­276-277
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­287
  • 5.­311
  • 5.­313
  • 5.­315-316
  • 5.­320-321
  • 5.­330
  • 5.­333
  • 6.­21
  • 6.­29
  • 6.­49-50
  • 6.­52
  • 6.­65
  • 6.­73-75
  • 6.­119
  • 6.­191
  • 6.­235
  • 6.­244-245
  • 6.­248
  • 6.­252
  • 6.­299
  • 6.­307-308
  • 6.­381-382
  • 6.­384
  • 6.­386
  • 6.­410-411
  • 6.­425
  • 6.­438-440
  • 6.­448-449
  • 6.­451-453
  • 6.­501-502
  • 6.­508
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­15-16
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­32
  • 7.­36-38
  • 7.­41-42
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­50
  • 7.­55-56
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­81
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­114-115
  • 7.­129-130
  • 7.­165
  • 7.­190-191
  • 7.­221
  • 7.­229
  • 7.­231
  • 7.­233
  • 7.­238
  • 7.­243
  • 7.­246-248
  • 7.­257
  • 7.­266
  • 8.­14-15
  • 8.­28-29
  • 8.­36
  • 8.­40-41
  • 8.­55-56
  • 8.­61-62
  • 8.­69-70
  • 8.­76-78
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­84-86
  • 8.­91
  • 8.­93-94
  • 8.­97
  • 8.­101
  • 8.­104-105
  • 8.­110
  • 8.­117-118
  • 8.­127-128
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­34
  • 9.­39
  • 9.­54
  • 9.­62
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­71
  • 9.­81
  • 9.­86
  • 9.­120
  • 9.­131
  • 9.­140
  • 9.­153
  • 9.­159
  • 9.­174
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­16
  • 10.­87-88
  • 10.­105
  • 10.­135
  • 10.­156
  • 10.­214-217
  • 10.­221
  • 10.­223
  • 10.­232
  • 10.­234-235
  • 10.­239-240
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­248
  • 10.­257
  • 10.­288
  • 10.­343
  • 10.­363
  • 10.­394
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­419
  • 10.­423
  • 10.­450
g.­71

blessed one

Wylie:
  • bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan:
  • བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit:
  • bhagavān

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In Buddhist literature, this is an epithet applied to buddhas, most often to Śākyamuni. The Sanskrit term generally means “possessing fortune,” but in specifically Buddhist contexts it implies that a buddha is in possession of six auspicious qualities (bhaga) associated with complete awakening. The Tibetan term‍—where bcom is said to refer to “subduing” the four māras, ldan to “possessing” the great qualities of buddhahood, and ’das to “going beyond” saṃsāra and nirvāṇa‍—possibly reflects the commentarial tradition where the Sanskrit bhagavat is interpreted, in addition, as “one who destroys the four māras.” This is achieved either by reading bhagavat as bhagnavat (“one who broke”), or by tracing the word bhaga to the root √bhañj (“to break”).

Located in 1,275 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 1.­5
  • 1.­8
  • 1.­23
  • 1.­28-29
  • 1.­41
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­70-71
  • 1.­87
  • 1.­118-124
  • 1.­131
  • 1.­135
  • 1.­138
  • 1.­144-148
  • 1.­151-157
  • 1.­159-161
  • 1.­164
  • 1.­169-170
  • 1.­172
  • 1.­185-186
  • 1.­194
  • 1.­230-235
  • 1.­237-238
  • 1.­251
  • 1.­253
  • 1.­264
  • 1.­266
  • 1.­268-270
  • 1.­278
  • 1.­285
  • 1.­291-296
  • 1.­303-309
  • 1.­315
  • 1.­338
  • 1.­341-342
  • 1.­354-361
  • 1.­363
  • 1.­383-391
  • 1.­394
  • 1.­404
  • 1.­416
  • 1.­420-424
  • 1.­426-431
  • 1.­442-443
  • 1.­446
  • 2.­2
  • 2.­5
  • 2.­9
  • 2.­11
  • 2.­18
  • 2.­20
  • 2.­23
  • 2.­27
  • 2.­29
  • 2.­36
  • 2.­38-39
  • 2.­42
  • 2.­46
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­55
  • 2.­57
  • 2.­60
  • 2.­64
  • 2.­66
  • 2.­73
  • 2.­75
  • 2.­82
  • 2.­87-98
  • 2.­115-116
  • 2.­123
  • 2.­142-143
  • 2.­147-148
  • 2.­152
  • 2.­165
  • 2.­177
  • 2.­179
  • 2.­181-183
  • 2.­195
  • 2.­200
  • 2.­202-203
  • 2.­205
  • 2.­212
  • 2.­216
  • 2.­218-220
  • 2.­222-223
  • 2.­225
  • 2.­233
  • 2.­235-240
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­244-246
  • 2.­248-253
  • 2.­255-256
  • 2.­261-262
  • 2.­265-267
  • 2.­270
  • 2.­274
  • 2.­276
  • 2.­283
  • 2.­285-286
  • 2.­311
  • 2.­314
  • 2.­319-321
  • 2.­323-327
  • 2.­342-347
  • 2.­350
  • 2.­354-355
  • 2.­362
  • 2.­364
  • 2.­375
  • 2.­377-378
  • 2.­380
  • 2.­385-389
  • 2.­391-394
  • 2.­406-407
  • 2.­409
  • 2.­411
  • 2.­413-414
  • 2.­419-420
  • 2.­429-431
  • 2.­456
  • 2.­459-463
  • 2.­465-468
  • 2.­487
  • 2.­509
  • 2.­514
  • 2.­517
  • 2.­519
  • 2.­522-523
  • 2.­525-530
  • 2.­548-549
  • 2.­572
  • 2.­576
  • 2.­578
  • 2.­580-588
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­2-12
  • 3.­16-21
  • 3.­26-27
  • 3.­30
  • 3.­32-37
  • 3.­39-45
  • 3.­54-59
  • 3.­66
  • 3.­68
  • 3.­70-75
  • 3.­77-82
  • 3.­84-85
  • 3.­87
  • 3.­90-92
  • 3.­98-99
  • 3.­105
  • 3.­109-110
  • 3.­116-119
  • 3.­126
  • 3.­132-133
  • 3.­135-137
  • 3.­143
  • 3.­146-147
  • 3.­154
  • 3.­187
  • 3.­193-195
  • 3.­199
  • 3.­201
  • 3.­210-213
  • 3.­218-220
  • 3.­224
  • 3.­228-230
  • 3.­234-235
  • 3.­238
  • 3.­240-241
  • 3.­245-246
  • 3.­249
  • 3.­256-257
  • 3.­261-262
  • 3.­265
  • 3.­268-273
  • 3.­275-280
  • 3.­283-284
  • 3.­287
  • 3.­292-295
  • 3.­300-304
  • 3.­309
  • 3.­311
  • 3.­313-316
  • 3.­319-324
  • 3.­332
  • 3.­336-338
  • 3.­343
  • 3.­353-355
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­365
  • 3.­371
  • 3.­378
  • 3.­385-386
  • 3.­398-399
  • 3.­402-404
  • 3.­407
  • 3.­415-418
  • 3.­422
  • 4.­2-4
  • 4.­21-23
  • 4.­27-31
  • 4.­33-34
  • 4.­41-42
  • 4.­50-51
  • 4.­59
  • 4.­64-66
  • 4.­76
  • 4.­86-88
  • 4.­92-93
  • 4.­95-98
  • 4.­102-105
  • 4.­107
  • 4.­112
  • 4.­118-124
  • 4.­127-129
  • 4.­131
  • 4.­135
  • 4.­137
  • 4.­144
  • 4.­146
  • 4.­151-160
  • 4.­165-166
  • 4.­169-170
  • 4.­172
  • 4.­180
  • 4.­189
  • 4.­193-197
  • 4.­199-200
  • 4.­204
  • 4.­211
  • 4.­214-219
  • 4.­221
  • 4.­233
  • 5.­2
  • 5.­11-12
  • 5.­16-23
  • 5.­32
  • 5.­53-59
  • 5.­65
  • 5.­71
  • 5.­82
  • 5.­85-89
  • 5.­105-106
  • 5.­109-112
  • 5.­115-117
  • 5.­119
  • 5.­136-143
  • 5.­154
  • 5.­158-163
  • 5.­170
  • 5.­177-180
  • 5.­186
  • 5.­188
  • 5.­191-197
  • 5.­202-204
  • 5.­206
  • 5.­211
  • 5.­218-219
  • 5.­221-223
  • 5.­225-227
  • 5.­236
  • 5.­238-242
  • 5.­244-255
  • 5.­257-258
  • 5.­264
  • 5.­268
  • 5.­270-277
  • 5.­291
  • 5.­307-309
  • 5.­313-314
  • 5.­316-321
  • 5.­332-333
  • 6.­2-4
  • 6.­7-11
  • 6.­15
  • 6.­20
  • 6.­24-26
  • 6.­28-29
  • 6.­34
  • 6.­37-39
  • 6.­41-48
  • 6.­54
  • 6.­56-66
  • 6.­72-73
  • 6.­78-81
  • 6.­83-85
  • 6.­118-120
  • 6.­136-140
  • 6.­142-145
  • 6.­162
  • 6.­166-168
  • 6.­185
  • 6.­187
  • 6.­191-192
  • 6.­195-196
  • 6.­200
  • 6.­234-236
  • 6.­243-244
  • 6.­254
  • 6.­258
  • 6.­294-300
  • 6.­304
  • 6.­316-318
  • 6.­327-328
  • 6.­330-333
  • 6.­335
  • 6.­339-344
  • 6.­351-353
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­367-368
  • 6.­371-372
  • 6.­374
  • 6.­377
  • 6.­379
  • 6.­388
  • 6.­393
  • 6.­407-410
  • 6.­414
  • 6.­430-432
  • 6.­435
  • 6.­437-439
  • 6.­442
  • 6.­445-446
  • 6.­448-449
  • 6.­452
  • 6.­458
  • 6.­466
  • 6.­468-474
  • 6.­502
  • 6.­507
  • 7.­2
  • 7.­7-16
  • 7.­25
  • 7.­29
  • 7.­31
  • 7.­33-36
  • 7.­40
  • 7.­44
  • 7.­49-51
  • 7.­53-57
  • 7.­59
  • 7.­66
  • 7.­68
  • 7.­70
  • 7.­73
  • 7.­76
  • 7.­81-82
  • 7.­84-86
  • 7.­92
  • 7.­98-103
  • 7.­107-108
  • 7.­110-111
  • 7.­117-121
  • 7.­124
  • 7.­129-130
  • 7.­136
  • 7.­139
  • 7.­149-157
  • 7.­165
  • 7.­189-190
  • 7.­192-194
  • 7.­197
  • 7.­204
  • 7.­209-211
  • 7.­220
  • 7.­224-230
  • 7.­235
  • 7.­239-247
  • 7.­251
  • 7.­253-257
  • 7.­265-266
  • 8.­2
  • 8.­5-13
  • 8.­15-17
  • 8.­21-24
  • 8.­27-30
  • 8.­34-37
  • 8.­39
  • 8.­41-42
  • 8.­45-46
  • 8.­48-51
  • 8.­54
  • 8.­56-57
  • 8.­67-68
  • 8.­70-71
  • 8.­74-79
  • 8.­83-87
  • 8.­89-92
  • 8.­94-95
  • 8.­100-103
  • 8.­105-106
  • 8.­108-112
  • 8.­114-116
  • 8.­118-126
  • 8.­128
  • 9.­2
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­11-12
  • 9.­17-22
  • 9.­28
  • 9.­31
  • 9.­34-40
  • 9.­46
  • 9.­48-49
  • 9.­53-54
  • 9.­63
  • 9.­67
  • 9.­71-74
  • 9.­76-81
  • 9.­85-86
  • 9.­90-101
  • 9.­105-106
  • 9.­115
  • 9.­118-119
  • 9.­121-131
  • 9.­134
  • 9.­139
  • 9.­143-145
  • 9.­150-159
  • 9.­162
  • 9.­165-175
  • 10.­10
  • 10.­14
  • 10.­16-30
  • 10.­33-36
  • 10.­41-42
  • 10.­46-47
  • 10.­51-52
  • 10.­54-58
  • 10.­60
  • 10.­63
  • 10.­65
  • 10.­69-70
  • 10.­77-78
  • 10.­82-88
  • 10.­90
  • 10.­95
  • 10.­100-105
  • 10.­124-135
  • 10.­148
  • 10.­150-156
  • 10.­171
  • 10.­178-184
  • 10.­187-193
  • 10.­205
  • 10.­209-211
  • 10.­214
  • 10.­219
  • 10.­221-223
  • 10.­225-229
  • 10.­231-234
  • 10.­242
  • 10.­246-253
  • 10.­255-257
  • 10.­259
  • 10.­261
  • 10.­265
  • 10.­267
  • 10.­269
  • 10.­273-274
  • 10.­279
  • 10.­281-283
  • 10.­286-289
  • 10.­343
  • 10.­346-353
  • 10.­357
  • 10.­359-363
  • 10.­371-376
  • 10.­378-380
  • 10.­385
  • 10.­394-395
  • 10.­426-427
  • 10.­434-435
  • 10.­437-438
  • 10.­440
  • 10.­447-450
  • 10.­452
  • 10.­454-455
  • n.­47-48
  • n.­62
  • n.­156
  • n.­160
  • n.­162
  • n.­183
  • n.­210
  • g.­516
  • g.­535
g.­72

Blistering Hell

Wylie:
  • chu bur can
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བུར་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • arbuda

First (and lightest) of the eight cold hells of Buddhist cosmology. Its inhabitants are wracked with a cold wind that causes their bodies to be covered in sores.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­4
  • 2.­22
  • 2.­41
  • 2.­59
  • 2.­269
  • 2.­349
  • 3.­371-373
  • 4.­130
g.­73

Blue Lotus Hell

Wylie:
  • ud pal ltar gas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཨུད་པལ་ལྟར་གས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • utpala

See “Splitting Open Like a Blue Lotus Hell.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­373
  • g.­538
g.­75

bodhisattva

Wylie:
  • byang chub sems dpa’
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhisattva

A buddha in training. Also sometimes used as a title when referring to the Buddha in a previous incarnation, i.e., “the Bodhisattva.”

Located in 121 passages in the translation:

  • i.­8
  • 1.­449
  • 2.­120
  • 2.­137-138
  • 2.­141-142
  • 2.­341
  • 2.­458
  • 2.­470
  • 2.­472-473
  • 2.­477
  • 2.­483-485
  • 2.­488-493
  • 2.­508
  • 3.­9-10
  • 3.­277
  • 3.­279
  • 3.­384
  • 3.­436
  • 3.­438
  • 4.­13-15
  • 4.­17-18
  • 4.­20
  • 4.­45
  • 4.­48
  • 4.­55
  • 4.­58
  • 4.­188
  • 5.­64
  • 5.­98
  • 5.­100
  • 5.­131
  • 5.­133-134
  • 5.­150
  • 5.­182
  • 5.­201
  • 5.­230
  • 5.­235-236
  • 6.­71
  • 6.­135
  • 6.­241
  • 6.­311
  • 6.­313-316
  • 6.­336
  • 6.­370-372
  • 6.­400
  • 6.­403-406
  • 6.­424-429
  • 7.­187
  • 7.­271
  • 9.­26
  • 9.­44
  • 9.­84
  • 9.­108
  • 9.­112-113
  • 9.­148
  • 9.­161
  • 9.­181
  • 10.­8-10
  • 10.­116-119
  • 10.­121
  • 10.­123
  • 10.­170
  • 10.­355
  • 10.­369
  • 10.­403-405
  • 10.­407
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­411-416
  • 10.­418-419
  • 10.­421
  • n.­9
  • n.­51
  • g.­138
  • g.­142
  • g.­406
  • g.­438
  • g.­514
  • g.­580
g.­78

Brahmā

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmā

One of the primary deities of the purāṇic Hindu pantheon, and perhaps the first to take on the status formerly held by the cosmic being Prajāpati in the literature of the brāhmaṇas. As a creator god in the purāṇas, Brahmā is said to have pronounced the mantras of four vedas from each of his four faces and thus established the sonic foundation for the manifestation of the cosmos. Though not considered a creator god in Buddhist literature, in his form as Sahāṃpati Brahmā, Brahmā occupies an important place as one of two deities (the other being Indra/Śakra) that are said to have exhorted Śākyamuni to teach the Dharma in the hagiographic literature. The particular heavens over which Brahmā rules are often some of the most sought after realms of higher rebirth in Buddhist literature. Among his epithets is “Lord of Sahā World” (Sahāṃpati).

Located in 45 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­88
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­316
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­156
  • 2.­404-405
  • 2.­409
  • 2.­412
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 3.­432
  • 5.­97
  • 5.­102
  • 7.­39
  • 7.­69
  • 9.­105
  • 9.­134
  • 10.­85
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­224-225
  • 10.­247
  • 10.­304-306
  • 10.­309-310
  • 10.­314-315
  • 10.­317-318
  • 10.­325
  • 10.­329
  • 10.­399
  • g.­82
  • g.­485
  • g.­487
  • g.­660
g.­79

brahmacarya

Wylie:
  • tshangs par spyod pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པར་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmacarya

See “religious life.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­329
  • g.­458
g.­80

Brahmadatta (past)

Wylie:
  • tshangs pas byin
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པས་བྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmadatta

King of the city of Vārāṇasī and the country of Kāśi before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni. Not to be confused with the king of the same name who ruled the same city of Vārāṇasī during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 65 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­187
  • 2.­124-125
  • 2.­128-129
  • 2.­131-135
  • 2.­137
  • 2.­432
  • 2.­437
  • 3.­155
  • 4.­183
  • 5.­60
  • 5.­62-63
  • 6.­11-12
  • 6.­17
  • 6.­19
  • 6.­67-69
  • 6.­71
  • 6.­121
  • 6.­124
  • 6.­127
  • 6.­130
  • 6.­132
  • 6.­393-397
  • 7.­166
  • 7.­172-174
  • 7.­177-178
  • 7.­180-182
  • 7.­185
  • 7.­210
  • 7.­218
  • 7.­267
  • 9.­82
  • 9.­84
  • 10.­196
  • 10.­364
  • 10.­367-368
  • n.­131
  • g.­12
  • g.­14
  • g.­272
  • g.­528
  • g.­595
  • g.­597
  • g.­644
  • g.­665
  • g.­666
g.­81

Brahmadatta (present)

Wylie:
  • tshangs pas byin
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པས་བྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmadatta

King of the city of Vārāṇasī during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni. Not to be confused with the king of the same name who ruled the city of Vārāṇasī and the country of Kāśi before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 35 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­251
  • 1.­255-256
  • 1.­258
  • 1.­262-263
  • 1.­278-284
  • 1.­287-288
  • 5.­32-39
  • 5.­41-43
  • 5.­45-47
  • 5.­59
  • n.­131
  • g.­273
  • g.­296
  • g.­297
  • g.­441
g.­83

Brāhmaṇa Kapina

Wylie:
  • bram ze ka pi na
Tibetan:
  • བྲམ་ཟེ་ཀ་པི་ན།
Sanskrit:
  • brāhmaṇa kapina

See “Brāhmaṇa Mahā­kapina.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­88
  • 3.­95
  • 3.­97
  • g.­84
g.­84

Brāhmaṇa Mahā­kapina

Wylie:
  • bram ze ka pi na chen po
Tibetan:
  • བྲམ་ཟེ་ཀ་པི་ན་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • brāhmaṇa mahā­kapina

One of the most eminent monks of the Buddha’s order. Going out to teach by direct order of the Buddha, he became famous for leading one thousand disciples to attain arhatship. Also rendered here simply as “Brāhmaṇa Kapina.”

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­87-88
  • 3.­90-92
  • g.­83
g.­87

Bursting Blister Hell

Wylie:
  • chu bur rdol
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བུར་རྡོལ།
Sanskrit:
  • nirarbuda

Second of the eight cold hells of Buddhist cosmology. Its inhabitants are wracked with a cold wind that causes their bodies to be covered in sores that burst open.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­4
  • 2.­22
  • 2.­41
  • 2.­59
  • 2.­269
  • 2.­349
  • 3.­373
  • 4.­130
g.­88

calm abiding

Wylie:
  • zhi gnas
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • śamatha

Single-pointed meditative concentration developed through the techniques of settling the mind (Rigzin 352).

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­150
  • 1.­386
  • 2.­244
  • 3.­69
  • 4.­213
  • 5.­17
  • 5.­222
  • 5.­269
  • 5.­315
  • 6.­165
  • 6.­386
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­32
  • 7.­238
  • g.­250
  • g.­471
g.­92

Candrā

Wylie:
  • zla ba
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • candrā

Daughter of the high brahmin Candrasukha of Śrāvastī, her mother, during her pregnancy, wished to engage in philosophical debate. She herself grew up to be a great debater. Ordained a nun, she learned the Prātimokṣa Sūtra by heart after hearing the Buddha recite it just once.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­1
  • 7.­236-237
  • 7.­244-246
  • 7.­249
  • g.­94
g.­93

Candraprabha

Wylie:
  • zla ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • candraprabha

A certain compassionate king of Vārāṇasī and a previous incarnation of the Buddha.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­423
  • 3.­425
  • 3.­432
  • 3.­438
g.­94

Candrasukha

Wylie:
  • zla ba bde ba
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ་བདེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • candrasukha RS

A certain high brahmin in Śrāvastī whose wife, upon conceiving, began wishing to engage in philosophical debate. She then gave birth to the great debater named Candrā, a nun who learned the Prātimokṣa Sūtra by heart after hearing the Buddha recite it just once.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­235-236
  • g.­92
g.­96

Catuṣka

Wylie:
  • bzhi ldan
Tibetan:
  • བཞི་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • catuṣka

The name of King Śibi’s palace.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­396
  • g.­514
g.­98

celibacy

Wylie:
  • tshangs par spyod pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པར་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmacarya

See “religious life.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­186
  • 3.­353-354
  • 3.­383
  • 3.­392-394
  • 7.­187
  • n.­99
  • g.­458
g.­101

Citra Mounted on an Elephant

Wylie:
  • nag pa glang chen gnas
Tibetan:
  • ནག་པ་གླང་ཆེན་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

In Rājagṛha, the son of King Bimbisāra’s elephant trainer Elephant Heart. He is tricked into giving back his precepts, then becomes ordained once again.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­1
  • 7.­137-138
  • 7.­141-142
  • 7.­144
  • 7.­147-152
  • 7.­154-155
  • 7.­164-165
  • 7.­187
  • g.­100
  • g.­159
g.­104

code of conduct

Wylie:
  • tshangs par spyod pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པར་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmacarya

See “religious life.”

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­359-365
  • 7.­104-107
  • 8.­25
  • 10.­258
  • 10.­268
  • g.­458
g.­105

Cold Whimpering Hell

Wylie:
  • a chu zer ba
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་ཆུ་ཟེར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • huhuva

Fifth of the eight cold hells of Buddhist cosmology. It is named for the sounds its inhabitants make while enduring unthinkable cold.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­4
  • 2.­22
  • 2.­41
  • 2.­59
  • 2.­269
  • 2.­349
  • 3.­373
  • 4.­130
g.­107

conditioned things

Wylie:
  • ’du byed
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃskāra

This term refers to composite objects in the generic sense. In other contexts, it can also refer to “formations.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­176
g.­108

consciousness

Wylie:
  • rnam par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vijñāna

One of the five aggregates, and third of the twelve links of dependent origination, this is sometimes also called “cognition,” and is the self-reflexive awareness of beings.

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­421
  • 2.­424
  • 2.­427
  • 3.­38-39
  • 3.­165
  • 7.­95-96
  • 7.­201
  • 10.­269-272
  • 10.­277-278
  • 10.­281
  • 10.­283-284
  • g.­11
  • g.­154
g.­109

constituent element

Wylie:
  • khams
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • dhātu

Also rendered here as “temperament” and “element.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­71
  • 1.­124
  • 1.­309
  • 2.­286
  • 2.­550
  • 3.­386
  • 4.­181
  • 10.­194
  • g.­158
  • g.­579
g.­112

counselor

Wylie:
  • mkhan po
Tibetan:
  • མཁན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • upādhyāya

The person from whom one receives vows. It is also the title of the head of a monastery and used here to refer to a royal magistrate. Also rendered here as “preceptor.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­299
  • 10.­301
  • 10.­303
  • 10.­327
  • 10.­331
  • 10.­333
  • 10.­335
  • 10.­337
  • g.­443
g.­113

Covered

Wylie:
  • sbas pa
Tibetan:
  • སྦས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Second name given to Deluded.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­174
  • g.­123
g.­119

Daṇḍadhara

Wylie:
  • lag na dbyug thogs
  • dbyug thogs
Tibetan:
  • ལག་ན་དབྱུག་ཐོགས།
  • དབྱུག་ཐོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • daṇḍadhāra
  • daṇḍapāṇi

An alternate form of the name Daṇḍapāṇi, a Śākya clan member and the father of Gopā and Yaśodharā. In The Hundred Deeds he is noted as the father of mda’ thogs, rendered here with the potential back-translation Iṣudhara.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­232
  • 5.­234
  • g.­252
  • g.­673
g.­120

Datta

Wylie:
  • drang srong sbyin
Tibetan:
  • དྲང་སྲོང་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • datta
  • iṣiḍatta
  • ṛṣidatta
  • riṣidatta
  • ṛddhidatta

A certain sage whom The Hundred Deeds appears to list as one of the attendants of the queen in Śrāvastī during the time of the Buddha. Elsewhere he and his associate Purāṇa are remembered as a ministers or attendants (sthapati) to King Prasenajit.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­121
  • g.­445
g.­121

deed

Wylie:
  • las
Tibetan:
  • ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • karman

See “action.” Also used to translate other synonyms, like mdzad pa.

Located in 111 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • 1.­39
  • 1.­86
  • 1.­130
  • 1.­137
  • 1.­171
  • 1.­277
  • 1.­302
  • 1.­314
  • 1.­352
  • 1.­402
  • 1.­441
  • 1.­450
  • 2.­5
  • 2.­9
  • 2.­23
  • 2.­27
  • 2.­42
  • 2.­46
  • 2.­60
  • 2.­64
  • 2.­151
  • 2.­192
  • 2.­211
  • 2.­232
  • 2.­259
  • 2.­264
  • 2.­270
  • 2.­274
  • 2.­350
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­384
  • 2.­448-449
  • 2.­503-504
  • 2.­571
  • 2.­609
  • 3.­15
  • 3.­53
  • 3.­104
  • 3.­123
  • 3.­153
  • 3.­193
  • 3.­282
  • 3.­307
  • 3.­402
  • 3.­439
  • 4.­40
  • 4.­111
  • 4.­131
  • 4.­135
  • 4.­152
  • 4.­168
  • 4.­203
  • 4.­222
  • 4.­232
  • 4.­234
  • 5.­31
  • 5.­69
  • 5.­93
  • 5.­96
  • 5.­124
  • 5.­153
  • 5.­169
  • 5.­185
  • 5.­210
  • 5.­247
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­304
  • 5.­332
  • 5.­335
  • 6.­33
  • 6.­53
  • 6.­77
  • 6.­229
  • 6.­246
  • 6.­265
  • 6.­309
  • 6.­383
  • 6.­392
  • 6.­411
  • 6.­413
  • 6.­452
  • 6.­457
  • 6.­510-511
  • 7.­43
  • 7.­60
  • 7.­116
  • 7.­181
  • 7.­234
  • 7.­250
  • 7.­272
  • 8.­129
  • 9.­65
  • 9.­88
  • 9.­137
  • 9.­183
  • 10.­93
  • 10.­152
  • 10.­218
  • 10.­241
  • 10.­298
  • 10.­456-457
  • n.­120
  • g.­7
  • g.­308
  • g.­524
  • g.­559
g.­123

Deluded

Wylie:
  • rmongs pa
Tibetan:
  • རྨོངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Son of householders in the country of Śūrpāraka. During the time of the Buddha, he was also known as Covered.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­1
  • 10.­171-172
  • 10.­174-176
  • 10.­180-182
  • 10.­185-186
  • 10.­188-190
  • 10.­192
  • 10.­202
  • g.­113
g.­124

demigod

Wylie:
  • lha ma yin
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མ་ཡིན།
Sanskrit:
  • asura

Also called “antigods” or “titans,” these are a lower type of celestial being who out of jealousy are forever in conflict with the gods. See also “five destinies.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­409
  • 2.­412
  • 10.­15
  • 10.­20-22
  • 10.­69
  • n.­230
  • g.­167
g.­126

deva

Wylie:
  • lha
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • deva

Lit. “god.” An honorific term of address for royalty, similar to “Your Majesty.”

Located in 61 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­205
  • 1.­209
  • 1.­220-221
  • 1.­223-224
  • 1.­244
  • 1.­281
  • 1.­365
  • 1.­374
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­129-130
  • 2.­134
  • 2.­136
  • 2.­336
  • 2.­404-405
  • 3.­296
  • 3.­298-299
  • 3.­426
  • 3.­428-429
  • 3.­432-433
  • 4.­11-12
  • 4.­226
  • 5.­43
  • 5.­79
  • 5.­84-85
  • 5.­132-133
  • 6.­126
  • 6.­131
  • 6.­134
  • 6.­151
  • 6.­240
  • 6.­396
  • 6.­423
  • 7.­106
  • 7.­172
  • 10.­91
  • 10.­110
  • 10.­114
  • 10.­120
  • 10.­163
  • 10.­167
  • 10.­177-179
  • 10.­298-299
  • 10.­301-303
  • 10.­306
  • 10.­364
  • g.­203
g.­127

Devaḍaha

Wylie:
  • lha mthong
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མཐོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • devaḍaha

A Śākya village once ruled by Śākya Suprabuddha.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­127
  • g.­332
g.­128

Devadatta

Wylie:
  • lha sbyin
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • devadatta

The Buddha’s cousin and fellow Śākya clan member as well as his brother-in-law; brother of Ānanda and Upadhāna. His hostility toward Buddha Śākyamuni is widely recorded in Buddhist literature, and as a result he often represents the paradigm of improper behavior and attitudes toward the Buddha and the Buddhist saṅgha.

Located in 52 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­116
  • 2.­118-123
  • 2.­137
  • 2.­461-467
  • 2.­485
  • 2.­487
  • 2.­508
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­365
  • 3.­373
  • 4.­171-172
  • 4.­175
  • 4.­178
  • 4.­188
  • 10.­124-125
  • 10.­149-156
  • 10.­170
  • n.­26
  • n.­52
  • n.­121
  • n.­216
  • g.­24
  • g.­209
  • g.­277
  • g.­285
  • g.­290
  • g.­303
  • g.­373
  • g.­496
  • g.­593
  • g.­625
  • g.­673
g.­129

Dhanika

Wylie:
  • nor can
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • dhanika RS

A certain householder in Rājagṛha during the time of the Buddha, he was father of Sudarśana.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­115
  • 9.­122
  • g.­554
g.­130

Dharma

Wylie:
  • chos
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term dharma conveys ten different meanings, according to Vasubandhu’s Vyākhyā­yukti. The primary meanings are as follows: the doctrine taught by the Buddha (Dharma); the ultimate reality underlying and expressed through the Buddha’s teaching (Dharma); the trainings that the Buddha’s teaching stipulates (dharmas); the various awakened qualities or attainments acquired through practicing and realizing the Buddha’s teaching (dharmas); qualities or aspects more generally, i.e., phenomena or phenomenal attributes (dharmas); and mental objects (dharmas).

Located in 557 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • 1.­8
  • 1.­12-15
  • 1.­20-23
  • 1.­31-32
  • 1.­37
  • 1.­47
  • 1.­49-50
  • 1.­53-54
  • 1.­60
  • 1.­75
  • 1.­82-83
  • 1.­100
  • 1.­106
  • 1.­114
  • 1.­119
  • 1.­122
  • 1.­126
  • 1.­144
  • 1.­148
  • 1.­152-153
  • 1.­156
  • 1.­169
  • 1.­185
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­198
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­203
  • 1.­226
  • 1.­229-230
  • 1.­232
  • 1.­235
  • 1.­238
  • 1.­242
  • 1.­251
  • 1.­253
  • 1.­266
  • 1.­268
  • 1.­272
  • 1.­284
  • 1.­292
  • 1.­294
  • 1.­303-304
  • 1.­307
  • 1.­335
  • 1.­340
  • 1.­344
  • 1.­351
  • 1.­354
  • 1.­363
  • 1.­386-388
  • 1.­396-397
  • 1.­421-423
  • 1.­428
  • 1.­433
  • 1.­447-448
  • 2.­2
  • 2.­8
  • 2.­26
  • 2.­38
  • 2.­45
  • 2.­63
  • 2.­89
  • 2.­100
  • 2.­113
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­165
  • 2.­177
  • 2.­187
  • 2.­202
  • 2.­204
  • 2.­206
  • 2.­234
  • 2.­236-237
  • 2.­239
  • 2.­243
  • 2.­245-246
  • 2.­249-250
  • 2.­253-254
  • 2.­266
  • 2.­273
  • 2.­289
  • 2.­292
  • 2.­317
  • 2.­332
  • 2.­340
  • 2.­353
  • 2.­374
  • 2.­379
  • 2.­392
  • 2.­406-409
  • 2.­411-413
  • 2.­419
  • 2.­429
  • 2.­432
  • 2.­494
  • 2.­496
  • 2.­498
  • 2.­504
  • 2.­507
  • 2.­514
  • 2.­519
  • 2.­525
  • 2.­528-529
  • 2.­531-532
  • 2.­561-562
  • 2.­568
  • 2.­578
  • 2.­580
  • 2.­591
  • 2.­593-594
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­2-5
  • 3.­16
  • 3.­26
  • 3.­30
  • 3.­37-42
  • 3.­54
  • 3.­70-71
  • 3.­74
  • 3.­78
  • 3.­80
  • 3.­84
  • 3.­90
  • 3.­100
  • 3.­115
  • 3.­132-133
  • 3.­136-137
  • 3.­139
  • 3.­194
  • 3.­200
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­219
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­234
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­245
  • 3.­252
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­261
  • 3.­268-272
  • 3.­294
  • 3.­300-301
  • 3.­311
  • 3.­315-316
  • 3.­320-322
  • 3.­327
  • 3.­337
  • 3.­342-343
  • 3.­351-352
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­390
  • 3.­403
  • 3.­408-409
  • 3.­416
  • 3.­423
  • 4.­3
  • 4.­5
  • 4.­20
  • 4.­28-30
  • 4.­41
  • 4.­47-48
  • 4.­50
  • 4.­57-58
  • 4.­84
  • 4.­91-92
  • 4.­96-97
  • 4.­106
  • 4.­118-119
  • 4.­134
  • 4.­151
  • 4.­153-154
  • 4.­156
  • 4.­162
  • 4.­178
  • 4.­195-196
  • 4.­211
  • 4.­214-215
  • 4.­218
  • 5.­17-18
  • 5.­20
  • 5.­53
  • 5.­67-68
  • 5.­70
  • 5.­81-82
  • 5.­85
  • 5.­88
  • 5.­102
  • 5.­105
  • 5.­111
  • 5.­113
  • 5.­140-141
  • 5.­161
  • 5.­189
  • 5.­192-194
  • 5.­199
  • 5.­204-206
  • 5.­222-223
  • 5.­225
  • 5.­243-245
  • 5.­249-250
  • 5.­252
  • 5.­256
  • 5.­272-274
  • 5.­308
  • 5.­316-318
  • 5.­322
  • 5.­330-331
  • 6.­2-3
  • 6.­6
  • 6.­25
  • 6.­32-33
  • 6.­39
  • 6.­44
  • 6.­46
  • 6.­59-61
  • 6.­63
  • 6.­70
  • 6.­78
  • 6.­80
  • 6.­85
  • 6.­136
  • 6.­158
  • 6.­162
  • 6.­165
  • 6.­168
  • 6.­172
  • 6.­176-177
  • 6.­183-184
  • 6.­198-199
  • 6.­201
  • 6.­203-206
  • 6.­208
  • 6.­210
  • 6.­214
  • 6.­219
  • 6.­221
  • 6.­227-228
  • 6.­230
  • 6.­260
  • 6.­272-273
  • 6.­295
  • 6.­298-300
  • 6.­305
  • 6.­316-318
  • 6.­333
  • 6.­338-339
  • 6.­341
  • 6.­348-352
  • 6.­371
  • 6.­374
  • 6.­379
  • 6.­385
  • 6.­387-388
  • 6.­430-432
  • 6.­436
  • 7.­9
  • 7.­11-13
  • 7.­16-17
  • 7.­19
  • 7.­23
  • 7.­31
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­40
  • 7.­49
  • 7.­68-69
  • 7.­92
  • 7.­94
  • 7.­97-98
  • 7.­100-103
  • 7.­107
  • 7.­112-113
  • 7.­118-120
  • 7.­122
  • 7.­139
  • 7.­146
  • 7.­149-151
  • 7.­173
  • 7.­178
  • 7.­180
  • 7.­198-200
  • 7.­207
  • 7.­211-212
  • 7.­225-227
  • 7.­239-240
  • 7.­243
  • 7.­255-256
  • 7.­262
  • 8.­35
  • 8.­37
  • 8.­59
  • 8.­62
  • 8.­68
  • 8.­71
  • 8.­83
  • 8.­89
  • 8.­91
  • 8.­100
  • 8.­108-112
  • 8.­114-115
  • 8.­123
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­18-19
  • 9.­25
  • 9.­31
  • 9.­35-37
  • 9.­48-49
  • 9.­51-52
  • 9.­58
  • 9.­60
  • 9.­74
  • 9.­77
  • 9.­80
  • 9.­83
  • 9.­91-92
  • 9.­95
  • 9.­98
  • 9.­103
  • 9.­105
  • 9.­121
  • 9.­125-127
  • 9.­151
  • 9.­158
  • 9.­166-168
  • 9.­170-172
  • 10.­19-20
  • 10.­32
  • 10.­70
  • 10.­81
  • 10.­102-104
  • 10.­106
  • 10.­108
  • 10.­125
  • 10.­132
  • 10.­180
  • 10.­182-183
  • 10.­185-189
  • 10.­210
  • 10.­212-213
  • 10.­220-221
  • 10.­229
  • 10.­231
  • 10.­233
  • 10.­246-247
  • 10.­255-256
  • 10.­275
  • 10.­277
  • 10.­285-286
  • 10.­290
  • 10.­328
  • 10.­342
  • 10.­346
  • 10.­349-351
  • 10.­354
  • 10.­372
  • 10.­374
  • 10.­377
  • 10.­380
  • 10.­382
  • 10.­386-388
  • 10.­393
  • 10.­396
  • 10.­416
  • 10.­443
  • 10.­445-446
  • 10.­448
  • 10.­450
  • 10.­455
  • n.­48
  • n.­75
  • n.­93
  • g.­26
  • g.­67
  • g.­78
  • g.­118
  • g.­131
  • g.­142
  • g.­169
  • g.­254
  • g.­261
  • g.­289
  • g.­339
  • g.­346
  • g.­349
  • g.­372
  • g.­380
  • g.­395
  • g.­429
  • g.­432
  • g.­481
  • g.­516
  • g.­520
  • g.­554
  • g.­574
  • g.­600
  • g.­656
g.­132

Dharmadinnā

Wylie:
  • chos byin ma
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་བྱིན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmadinnā

Daughter of King Prasenajit’s minister Dinna, betrothed to Viśākha. She achieved the state of a non-returner and displayed miracles at her wedding, receiving permission from her betrothed and his family to forgo marriage and go forth. Quite beautiful, as a novice she was threatened by lustful would-be suitors. Her predicament led to the Buddha permitting full ordination of nuns by message.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­132
  • 3.­137-139
  • 3.­141
  • 3.­143-146
  • 3.­152
  • 3.­154
  • 3.­186
  • g.­658
g.­134

Dhṛtarāṣṭra

Wylie:
  • yul ’khor srung
Tibetan:
  • ཡུལ་འཁོར་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • dhṛtarāṣṭra

One of the four great kings, protector of the cardinal direction to the east of Mount Meru.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­33
  • 3.­38
  • 3.­52
  • 6.­144
  • 6.­233
  • g.­44
g.­135

diligence

Wylie:
  • brtson ’grus
Tibetan:
  • བརྩོན་འགྲུས།
Sanskrit:
  • vīrya

One of the seven limbs of enlightenment.

Located in 93 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­113
  • 1.­133
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­168
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­293-294
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­389-390
  • 1.­426-427
  • 1.­429
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­238
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­374
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­524
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­87
  • 3.­90
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­116-117
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­301-302
  • 3.­323
  • 3.­340
  • 3.­344
  • 4.­27
  • 4.­31
  • 4.­84
  • 4.­155
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­219
  • 5.­19
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­111
  • 5.­115
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­160
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­207
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­319
  • 6.­47
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­388
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­497
  • 6.­499
  • 7.­12
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­121
  • 7.­154
  • 7.­197
  • 7.­227
  • 7.­241
  • 7.­256
  • 8.­37
  • 8.­124
  • 9.­20
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­50
  • 9.­93
  • 9.­128
  • 9.­144
  • 9.­173
  • 10.­104
  • 10.­182
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­211
  • 10.­233
  • 10.­340
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­376
  • 10.­378-379
  • 10.­384
  • g.­510
g.­136

Dinna

Wylie:
  • byin pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dinna

One of King Prasenajit’s two chief ministers in Śrāvastī.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­126-129
  • 3.­131-132
  • 3.­135-137
  • 3.­141
  • g.­132
g.­138

Dīpaṃkara

Wylie:
  • mar me mdzad
Tibetan:
  • མར་མེ་མཛད།
Sanskrit:
  • dīpaṃkara

A buddha who appeared two incalculable eons before Buddha Śākyamuni’s time and is celebrated in Buddhist literature and artwork as the first Buddha to predict the bodhisattva Sumati’s future enlightenment as Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­288-290
  • 2.­304-305
  • 2.­318-319
  • 2.­323
  • 2.­325
  • 2.­329
  • 2.­331
  • 2.­336
  • 2.­339-341
  • g.­137
  • g.­139
  • g.­356
  • g.­563
  • g.­636
g.­140

Diśāṃpati

Wylie:
  • phyogs kyi bdag po
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱོགས་ཀྱི་བདག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • diśāṃpati

A certain king of the city of Pāṁśula who lived before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni. His son was Reṇu.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­290
  • 10.­294
  • 10.­298
  • 10.­300
  • g.­210
  • g.­223
  • g.­411
  • g.­460
g.­141

disciple

Wylie:
  • nyan thos
Tibetan:
  • ཉན་ཐོས།
Sanskrit:
  • śrāvaka

Also rendered here as “listener,” and sometimes also called “hearers,” the term originally referred to direct disciples of Buddha Śākyamuni who had actually heard the Buddha’s teachings; now commonly refers to those Buddhists who strive for their own nirvāṇa. Their primary fields of practice are the four noble truths and the twelve links of dependent origination (Rigzin 126).

Located in 107 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­8
  • 2.­14
  • 2.­32
  • 2.­51
  • 2.­69
  • 2.­279
  • 2.­331
  • 2.­333-335
  • 2.­340
  • 2.­358
  • 2.­383
  • 2.­516
  • 2.­576
  • 2.­578
  • 3.­89
  • 3.­94
  • 3.­151
  • 3.­284
  • 3.­338-339
  • 3.­347-348
  • 3.­351
  • 3.­410
  • 4.­17-19
  • 4.­59
  • 4.­140
  • 4.­171
  • 4.­183-186
  • 4.­188
  • 4.­216
  • 5.­198
  • 5.­215
  • 5.­228
  • 5.­242
  • 6.­24
  • 6.­82-84
  • 6.­118
  • 6.­157
  • 6.­162
  • 6.­185-187
  • 6.­191
  • 6.­194-195
  • 6.­198
  • 6.­327
  • 6.­456
  • 7.­49
  • 7.­117
  • 7.­127
  • 7.­129
  • 7.­140
  • 7.­142
  • 7.­144
  • 7.­230
  • 8.­25
  • 8.­48
  • 8.­90
  • 9.­57-59
  • 9.­136
  • 10.­60
  • 10.­89
  • 10.­92
  • 10.­94
  • 10.­154
  • 10.­229
  • 10.­267
  • 10.­327
  • 10.­373
  • 10.­377
  • 10.­402-403
  • 10.­418
  • 10.­429
  • 10.­431
  • 10.­434
  • 10.­437
  • 10.­440
  • 10.­447
  • 10.­450
  • n.­47
  • n.­109
  • g.­28
  • g.­84
  • g.­148
  • g.­259
  • g.­319
  • g.­331
  • g.­373
  • g.­389
  • g.­452
  • g.­499
  • g.­520
  • g.­541
g.­142

discrimination

Wylie:
  • so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan:
  • སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pratisaṃvid
  • pratisaṃvedana

Four specific types of discernment. The four ways in which a bodhisattva knows distinct features, characteristics, and states of phenomena: (1) discrimination of dharma (dharmapratisaṃvid, chos so so yang dag rig pa); (2) discrimination of things (arthapratisaṃvid, so so yang dag rig pa); (3) discrimination of expression (niruktipratisaṃvid, nges tshig so so yang dag rig pa); (4) discrimination of eloquence (pratibhāna pratisaṃvid, spobs pa so so yang dag rig pa) (Rigzin 288, with slight adjustments to terminology in translation).

Located in 45 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­426
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­524
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­323
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­219
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­319
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­499
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­123
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­128
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
g.­146

Domicile of Ghosts

Wylie:
  • ’byung po’i khyim
Tibetan:
  • འབྱུང་པོའི་ཁྱིམ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Name of place in the Adumā region.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­16-17
g.­149

Droṇā

Wylie:
  • bre bo ma
Tibetan:
  • བྲེ་བོ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • droṇā

One of eight children, a daughter, of King Siṃhahanu of Kapilavastu.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 5.­127
  • g.­517
g.­150

Droṇodana

Wylie:
  • bre bo zas
Tibetan:
  • བྲེ་བོ་ཟས།
Sanskrit:
  • droṇodana

One of eight children, a son, of King Siṃhahanu of Kapilavastu.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 5.­127
  • g.­517
g.­154

eight liberations

Wylie:
  • rnam par thar pa brgyad
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭavimokṣa

Included among the fifty-five types of virtuous phenomena, the first three occur within the form realm (gzugs kyi rnam par thar pa gsum): (1) the liberation of the embodied looking at a form (gzugs can gzugs la blta ba’i rnam thar), (2) liberation of the formless looking at a form (gzugs med gzugs la blta ba’i rnam thar), (3) liberation through beautiful form (sdug pa’i rnam par thar pa), and the latter five occur within the formless realm: (4) liberation of infinite space (nam mkha’ mtha’ yas kyi rnam thar), (5) liberation of infinite consciousness (rnam shes mtha’ yas kyi rnam thar), (6) liberation of nothingness (ci yang med pa’i rnam thar), (7) liberation of the peak of existence (srid rtsi’i rnam thar), and (8) liberation of cessation (’gog pa’i rnam thar) (Rigzin 236, 239).

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­285
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
g.­155

eight types of examination

Wylie:
  • rtag pa rnam pa brgyad
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་པ་རྣམ་པ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The (1) examination of cloth, (2) examination of jewels, (3) examination of gems, (4) examination of incense, (5) examination of medicine, (6) examination of elephants, (7) examination of horses, and (8) examination of arms and armor.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­59
  • 1.­105
  • 1.­140
  • 1.­332
  • 2.­164
  • 2.­372
  • 2.­435
  • 2.­553
  • 3.­156
  • 3.­177
  • 4.­205
  • 5.­108
  • 6.­5
  • 6.­55
  • 7.­6
  • 7.­252
  • 8.­107
  • 9.­23
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­55
  • 10.­172
g.­156

eighteen sciences

Wylie:
  • rig pa’i gnas bcwa brgyad
  • rig pa’i gnas bco brgyad
Tibetan:
  • རིག་པའི་གནས་བཅྭ་བརྒྱད།
  • རིག་པའི་གནས་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭadaśavidyāsthāna

(1) Music (gandharva, rol mo), (2) amorous skills (vāiśakam, ’khrig ’thab), (3) housekeeping (vārttā, ’tsho chos/so tshis), (4) mathematics (sāṃkhyā, grang can), (5) grammar (śabdha, sgra), (6) medicine (cikitsa, gso ba), (7) religious tradition (dharmanītī, chos lugs), (8) painting and handicrafts (śilpa, bzo ba), (9) archery (dhanurveda, ’phong spyod), (10) logic (hetu, gtan tshig), (11) pharmacology (cikitsayoga, sman spyor), (12) self-discipline (svaśīla, rang gi bcas pa), (13) reflection on study (śrutismṛiti, thos pa dran pa), (14) astronomy (jyotiṣa, skar ma’i dpyad), (15) astrology (gaṇita, rtsis), (16) magic (māyā, mig ’phrul), (17) history (purāṇam, sngon rabs), and (18) storytelling (itihāsakathā, sngon byung brjod pa) (Rigzin 395–6).

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­240
  • 1.­379
  • 3.­310
  • 3.­326
  • 4.­184
  • 5.­187
  • 5.­212
  • 5.­265
  • 6.­35
  • 7.­167
  • 8.­18
  • 10.­96
  • 10.­296
g.­158

element

Wylie:
  • khams
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • dhātu

Also rendered here as “temperament” and “constituent element.”

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­71
  • 1.­124
  • 1.­309
  • 2.­179
  • 2.­246
  • 2.­286
  • 2.­546
  • 2.­550
  • 3.­386
  • 4.­181
  • 10.­14
  • 10.­16
  • 10.­194
  • 10.­266
  • g.­109
  • g.­144
  • g.­579
g.­159

Elephant Heart

Wylie:
  • glang chen snying
Tibetan:
  • གླང་ཆེན་སྙིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • hastīsāra RS
  • hastīhṛdaya RS

In Rājagṛha, a certain elephant trainer for King Bimbisāra. His son was Citra Mounted on an Elephant.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­136-137
  • g.­101
g.­162

equanimity

Wylie:
  • btang snyoms
Tibetan:
  • བཏང་སྙོམས།
Sanskrit:
  • upekṣā

An unbiased attitude of equal regard for all sentient beings without discriminating between enemies, friends, or neutral people (Rigzin 147).

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­95
  • 6.­106-107
  • 6.­293
  • 10.­305
  • 10.­307
  • 10.­376
  • 10.­384
  • g.­510
  • g.­585
  • g.­588
g.­164

faculties

Wylie:
  • dbang po
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • indriya

May refer to the sense faculties or one’s cognitive power, according to context.

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­391
  • 3.­20-21
  • 4.­91
  • 5.­126
  • 5.­231
  • 5.­241
  • 5.­334
  • 7.­66
  • 7.­135
  • 7.­188
  • 7.­219
  • 7.­264
  • 9.­27
  • 9.­45
  • 9.­100
  • 9.­114
  • 9.­138
  • 9.­149
  • 9.­182
  • 10.­71-72
  • 10.­204
  • 10.­249
  • 10.­356
  • 10.­370
  • n.­61
  • g.­580
  • g.­585
g.­167

five destinies

Wylie:
  • ’gro ba lnga
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་བ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcagati

A shorter form of the six classes of beings, these are: (1) hell beings, (2) anguished spirits, (3) animals, (4) human beings, and (5) gods. The fifth category is divided into gods and demigods when six realms are enumerated.

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
  • g.­27
  • g.­124
  • g.­232
g.­168

five superknowledges

Wylie:
  • mngon par shes pa lnga
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcābhijñā

These are (1) knowledge of miracles (riddividhijñānam, rdzu ’phrul gyi mngon par shes pa), (2) knowledge of the divine eye (divyaṃcakṣuḥ, lha’i mig gi mngon par shes pa), (3) knowledge of the minds of others (paracittābhijñānam, lha’i rna ba’i mngon par shes pa), (4) knowledge of the divine ear (divyamśrotam, lha’i rna ba’i mngon par shes pa), and (5) knowledge recollecting past lives (pūrvanirvāsānusmṛitijñānam, sngon gnas rjes dran gyi mngon par shes pa). These five can be attained by non-Buddhist and Buddhist practitioners alike. A sixth can be attained only by Buddhist practitioners: (6) knowledge of the extinction of the contaminations (āsravakṣayābhijñā, zag pa zad pa’i mngon par shes pa) (Rigzin 95–6, except #6, Skt. via Negi).

Located in 74 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­241
  • 1.­443
  • 1.­448-449
  • 2.­303
  • 3.­92
  • 3.­94-96
  • 3.­390
  • 4.­34
  • 4.­36-37
  • 5.­59
  • 5.­61
  • 5.­63-64
  • 5.­143
  • 5.­146
  • 5.­149-150
  • 5.­180-182
  • 5.­197
  • 5.­200-201
  • 5.­217
  • 5.­227-230
  • 6.­66
  • 6.­68
  • 6.­70-71
  • 7.­117
  • 7.­124
  • 7.­126-128
  • 7.­160
  • 7.­171
  • 7.­180
  • 7.­187
  • 7.­257
  • 7.­260
  • 7.­262-263
  • 9.­22
  • 9.­25-26
  • 9.­40-41
  • 9.­43-44
  • 9.­81-84
  • 9.­145
  • 9.­147-148
  • 10.­289
  • 10.­338
  • 10.­340
  • 10.­342
  • 10.­353-355
  • g.­172
  • g.­528
  • g.­565
  • g.­595
g.­169

Fleshy

Wylie:
  • gel po
Tibetan:
  • གེལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Child of householders in Śrāvasti, he was born “corpulent, full-fledged in skin, flesh, and blood.” He leapt from a boulder at the sight of the Buddha but was unharmed due to the Buddha’s blessing. Having then heard the Dharma from the Buddha, he went forth and manifested arhatship.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­186-187
  • 5.­190-192
  • 5.­196
  • 5.­201-202
  • 5.­209
g.­172

Foremost Kāśyapa

Wylie:
  • ’od srung gtso bo
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྲུང་གཙོ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A brahmin who lived before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni. In The Hundred Deeds he is said to have lived in the wilderness, gone forth in front of a certain sage, and manifested the four meditations and the five superknowledges.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­1
  • 7.­125-128
  • g.­274
  • g.­276
g.­174

form realm

Wylie:
  • gzugs kyi khams
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • rūpadhātu

In Buddhist cosmology, the sphere of existence one level more subtle than our own (the desire realm), where beings, though subtly embodied, are not driven primarily by the urge for sense gratification.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­92
  • 3.­94-96
  • g.­82
  • g.­154
  • g.­181
  • g.­220
  • g.­401
  • g.­531
  • g.­550
  • g.­569
  • g.­589
g.­176

formation

Wylie:
  • ’du byed
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃskāra

One of the five aggregates, second of the twelve links of dependent origination, and in the context of the aggregates sometimes also called “volitions,” “volitional formations,” or “compositional factors,” these are complex propensities that bring about action. This term may also refer to composite objects or conditioned things in the generic sense.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 2.­421
  • 2.­424
  • 2.­427
  • 3.­38
  • 5.­158
  • 5.­305
  • 6.­3
  • 7.­95-96
  • 10.­269-274
  • 10.­277-278
  • 10.­281
  • 10.­283-284
  • g.­11
  • g.­107
g.­177

formless realm

Wylie:
  • gzugs med pa’i khams
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • ārūpadhātu
  • arūpyadhātu

In Buddhist cosmology, the sphere of existence two levels more subtle than our own (the desire realm), where beings are no longer physically embodied, and thus not subject to the sufferings that physical embodiment brings.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­92
  • 3.­94-96
  • n.­156
  • g.­154
  • g.­392
  • g.­535
  • g.­589
g.­178

fortunate eon

Wylie:
  • bskal pa bzang po
Tibetan:
  • བསྐལ་པ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhadrakalpa

The name of the current eon, so-called because one thousand buddhas are prophesied to appear during this time.

Located in 59 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­126
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­162
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­432
  • 2.­110
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­226
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­483
  • 2.­488
  • 2.­560
  • 3.­12
  • 3.­45
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­119
  • 3.­147
  • 3.­225
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­304
  • 3.­325
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­108
  • 4.­200
  • 5.­66
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­164
  • 5.­203
  • 5.­259
  • 5.­277
  • 5.­321
  • 5.­333
  • 6.­49
  • 6.­73
  • 6.­244
  • 6.­368
  • 6.­410
  • 6.­439
  • 6.­453
  • 6.­502
  • 7.­16
  • 7.­37
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­130
  • 7.­229
  • 7.­247
  • 9.­54
  • 9.­112
  • 9.­131
  • 10.­88
  • 10.­215
  • 10.­235
  • g.­266
g.­180

four great kings

Wylie:
  • rgyal po chen po bzhi
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་པོ་ཆེན་པོ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturmahā­rāja

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Four gods who live on the lower slopes (fourth level) of Mount Meru in the eponymous Heaven of the Four Great Kings (Cāturmahā­rājika, rgyal chen bzhi’i ris) and guard the four cardinal directions. Each is the leader of a nonhuman class of beings living in his realm. They are Dhṛtarāṣṭra, ruling the gandharvas in the east; Virūḍhaka, ruling over the kumbhāṇḍas in the south; Virūpākṣa, ruling the nāgas in the west; and Vaiśravaṇa (also known as Kubera) ruling the yakṣas in the north. Also referred to as Guardians of the World or World Protectors (lokapāla, ’jig rten skyong ba).

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­305-307
  • 2.­251-253
  • 3.­26-30
  • 3.­32
  • 3.­42-44
  • 3.­54
  • 4.­104-105
  • 6.­144-145
  • 6.­234
  • 8.­49-50
  • 9.­78-79
  • 9.­96-97
  • g.­2
  • g.­134
  • g.­631
  • g.­654
  • g.­657
g.­181

four meditative states

Wylie:
  • bsam gtan bzhi
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་གཏན་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturdhyāna

Also called “four concentrations” or “meditations,” or “practices of concentration,” in the Sūtrayāna tradition this term refers to the four concentrations of the form realm (gzugs khams kyi bsam gtan bzhi) (Rigzin 455).

Located in 68 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­241
  • 1.­443
  • 1.­448-449
  • 3.­92
  • 3.­94-96
  • 3.­390
  • 4.­34
  • 4.­36-37
  • 5.­59
  • 5.­63-64
  • 5.­143
  • 5.­146
  • 5.­149-150
  • 5.­180-182
  • 5.­197
  • 5.­200-201
  • 5.­217
  • 5.­227
  • 5.­229-230
  • 6.­66
  • 6.­70-71
  • 7.­117
  • 7.­124
  • 7.­126-128
  • 7.­160
  • 7.­171
  • 7.­180
  • 7.­187
  • 7.­257
  • 7.­262-263
  • 9.­22
  • 9.­25-26
  • 9.­40
  • 9.­43-44
  • 9.­81
  • 9.­83-84
  • 9.­145
  • 9.­147-148
  • 10.­289
  • 10.­338
  • 10.­340
  • 10.­342
  • 10.­353-355
  • g.­166
  • g.­185
  • g.­392
  • g.­504
  • g.­584
g.­183

four stages of penetrative insight

Wylie:
  • nges par ’byed pa’i cha bzhi
Tibetan:
  • ངེས་པར་འབྱེད་པའི་ཆ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • nirvedhabhāgīya

“These are the four stages on the path of application (prayogamārga). They are heat (uṣmagata), tolerance (kṣānti), summit (mūrdha), and highest worldly dharma (laukikāgradharma).” Rotman (2005) p. 452.

Translated here as “heat,” “peak” (given as the second stage in this text), “patience in accord with the truths” (given as the third stage in this text), and “highest worldly dharma.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­340
  • g.­229
  • g.­237
  • g.­426
  • g.­427
g.­184

fourfold fearlessness

Wylie:
  • mi ’jigs pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • མི་འཇིགས་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturvāiśāradya

Also called the four fearlessnesses or the four grounds of self-confidence of a buddha, these are fearlessness with respect to the assertion of (1) one’s complete and perfect extinguishment of all negativities for one’s own benefit (rang don du spang bya thams cad spangs ces dam bcas pa la ’jigs pa), (2) one’s complete and perfect accomplishment of knowledge for one’s own benefit (rang don du yon tan thams cad dang ldan zhes dam bcas pa la mi ’jigs pa), (3) revealing the paths of antidotes for the benefit of others (gzhan don du gnyen po’i lam ’di dag go zhes dam bcas pa la mi ’jigs pa), and (4) revealing the eliminations for the benefit of others (gzhan don du ’di rnams spang bya yin zhes dam bcas pa la mi ’jigs pa) (Rigzin 314).

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
g.­187

fruits of heaven and liberation

Wylie:
  • mtho ris dang thar pa dang ’bras bu
Tibetan:
  • མཐོ་རིས་དང་ཐར་པ་དང་འབྲས་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­6
  • 1.­44
  • 1.­96
  • 1.­324
  • 1.­418
  • 2.­80
  • 2.­574
  • 3.­24
  • 3.­289
  • 4.­25
  • 4.­191
  • 4.­209
  • 5.­9
  • 5.­51
  • 5.­156
  • 5.­175
  • 6.­22
  • 7.­27
  • 7.­47
  • 7.­79
  • 7.­222
  • 8.­81
  • 8.­98
  • 9.­7
  • 9.­69
  • 9.­141
  • 10.­12
  • 10.­244
  • 10.­344
g.­188

full ordination

Wylie:
  • bsnyen par rdzogs pa
Tibetan:
  • བསྙེན་པར་རྫོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upasaṃpadā

The formal term for granting orders and confirming a candidate as a bhikṣu or bhikṣuṇī.

Located in 134 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­23
  • 1.­67-68
  • 1.­156
  • 1.­164
  • 1.­266
  • 1.­292-293
  • 1.­299
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­388-390
  • 1.­395
  • 1.­423
  • 1.­428-429
  • 2.­165
  • 2.­177-178
  • 2.­187
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­239
  • 2.­514
  • 2.­516
  • 2.­519-520
  • 3.­5-6
  • 3.­71
  • 3.­74
  • 3.­80
  • 3.­84
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­140
  • 3.­142-144
  • 3.­146
  • 3.­148
  • 3.­151-153
  • 3.­272
  • 3.­322-323
  • 3.­337-338
  • 3.­343-344
  • 4.­30-31
  • 4.­84
  • 4.­156-157
  • 4.­196-197
  • 4.­215-216
  • 4.­218-219
  • 5.­20-21
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­82-83
  • 5.­111
  • 5.­141-142
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­194-195
  • 5.­206-207
  • 5.­225-226
  • 5.­274-275
  • 5.­318-319
  • 6.­46-47
  • 6.­63-64
  • 6.­319
  • 6.­322
  • 6.­351-352
  • 6.­374-375
  • 6.­388
  • 6.­473
  • 7.­13-14
  • 7.­34-35
  • 7.­40-41
  • 7.­120-121
  • 7.­154
  • 7.­197
  • 7.­227
  • 7.­240-241
  • 8.­123-124
  • 9.­19-20
  • 9.­37-38
  • 9.­50
  • 9.­92-93
  • 9.­127-128
  • 9.­144
  • 9.­168-169
  • 9.­172-173
  • 10.­104
  • 10.­183-184
  • 10.­210-211
  • 10.­233
  • 10.­351-352
  • g.­5
  • g.­6
  • g.­132
  • g.­175
  • g.­202
g.­189

fundamental precepts

Wylie:
  • bslab pa’i gzhi rnams
Tibetan:
  • བསླབ་པའི་གཞི་རྣམས།
Sanskrit:
  • śikṣāvastu

(1) Not killing (srog gcod spong ba), (2) not stealing (ma byin par len pa spong ba), (3) not indulging in sexual conduct (ma tshangs spyod spong ba), (4) not lying (brdzun du smra ba spong ba), (5) not taking intoxicants (myos ’gyur btung ba spong ba), (6) not using cosmetics, ornaments and garlands, etc. (spos dang kha dog byug pa spong ba), (7) not using high and luxurious seats or beds (khri stan che mtho spong ba), and (8) not taking untimely food/not eating after noon (dus min zas spong ba).

Located in 86 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­14
  • 1.­50
  • 1.­52
  • 1.­100
  • 1.­127
  • 1.­284
  • 1.­312
  • 1.­340
  • 1.­344
  • 1.­396
  • 2.­204
  • 2.­243
  • 2.­589
  • 3.­42
  • 3.­46
  • 3.­48
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­52
  • 3.­109
  • 3.­133
  • 3.­311
  • 3.­313
  • 3.­319
  • 3.­327
  • 3.­329
  • 3.­336
  • 4.­109-110
  • 4.­115-117
  • 4.­119
  • 4.­166-167
  • 5.­120
  • 5.­219
  • 5.­237-239
  • 5.­249
  • 5.­251
  • 5.­262-263
  • 5.­322
  • 5.­334
  • 6.­56
  • 6.­75-76
  • 6.­269
  • 6.­307-308
  • 6.­411-412
  • 6.­430
  • 7.­22-24
  • 7.­113-115
  • 7.­139
  • 7.­148
  • 7.­197
  • 8.­108
  • 9.­47
  • 9.­52
  • 9.­55
  • 9.­60-61
  • 9.­86-87
  • 9.­118
  • 9.­135
  • 9.­157
  • 9.­159
  • 10.­180
  • 10.­221
  • 10.­249
  • 10.­288
  • 10.­362
  • 10.­450
  • g.­44
  • g.­218
  • g.­311
  • g.­337
  • g.­532
g.­190

Gandhamādana

Wylie:
  • spos kyi ngad ldang
Tibetan:
  • སྤོས་ཀྱི་ངད་ལྡང་།
Sanskrit:
  • gandhamādana

A mountain or mountain range closely associated with solitary buddhas.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­2
  • 6.­20
  • 6.­24
  • 6.­185
  • 7.­38
  • n.­151
  • g.­301
g.­191

gandharva

Wylie:
  • dri za
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་ཟ།
Sanskrit:
  • gandharva

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of generally benevolent nonhuman beings who inhabit the skies, sometimes said to inhabit fantastic cities in the clouds, and more specifically to dwell on the eastern slopes of Mount Meru, where they are ruled by the Great King Dhṛtarāṣṭra. They are most renowned as celestial musicians who serve the gods. In the Abhidharma, the term is also used to refer to the mental body assumed by sentient beings during the intermediate state between death and rebirth. Gandharvas are said to live on fragrances (gandha) in the desire realm, hence the Tibetan translation dri za, meaning “scent eater.”

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­89
  • 1.­317
  • 2.­157
  • 3.­33
  • 3.­67
  • 6.­310-311
  • 6.­313
  • 6.­315-316
  • 6.­327-331
  • 6.­334
  • 6.­408-409
  • 6.­412
  • 10.­15
  • 10.­17
  • 10.­20-22
  • 10.­84
  • g.­413
  • g.­567
  • g.­571
  • g.­602
g.­192

garden of Prince Jeta

Wylie:
  • rgyal bu rgyal byed kyi tshal
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་བུ་རྒྱལ་བྱེད་ཀྱི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • jetavana

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A park in Śrāvastī, the capital of the ancient kingdom of Kośala in northern India. It was owned by Prince Jeta, and the wealthy merchant Anāthapiṇḍada, wishing to offer it to the Buddha, bought it from him by covering the entire property with gold coins. It was to become the place where the monks could be housed during the monsoon season, thus creating the first Buddhist monastery. It is therefore the setting for many of the Buddha's discourses.

Located in 77 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­292
  • 1.­303
  • 1.­305
  • 1.­339
  • 2.­202
  • 2.­233
  • 2.­251-252
  • 2.­519
  • 2.­529
  • 2.­534-535
  • 2.­537
  • 3.­140
  • 3.­142
  • 3.­269
  • 3.­284
  • 3.­287
  • 4.­28
  • 4.­63
  • 4.­96
  • 4.­118
  • 4.­197
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­104
  • 5.­154
  • 5.­158
  • 5.­309
  • 6.­2
  • 6.­37
  • 6.­46
  • 6.­323
  • 6.­442
  • 6.­461-462
  • 6.­464
  • 7.­7
  • 7.­9
  • 7.­31
  • 7.­118
  • 7.­238
  • 8.­13
  • 8.­21
  • 8.­24
  • 8.­44-47
  • 8.­52
  • 8.­76
  • 8.­90
  • 8.­103
  • 8.­110-111
  • 8.­116
  • 8.­121
  • 9.­48
  • 9.­51
  • 9.­77-78
  • 9.­96
  • 9.­143-144
  • 10.­179
  • 10.­209
  • 10.­212
  • 10.­220
  • 10.­223
  • 10.­226
  • 10.­230
  • 10.­361
  • n.­151
  • n.­198
  • g.­25
  • g.­349
  • g.­444
  • g.­542
g.­194

Garga

Wylie:
  • gar ga
Tibetan:
  • གར་ག
Sanskrit:
  • garga
  • bharga
  • bhārga

An alternate spelling of Bharga, a country during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni that had its capital at Mount Śiśumāri.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­2
  • g.­374
g.­195

garuḍa

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’ lding
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའ་ལྡིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • garuḍa

Classified among the animals, they are a kind of fantastic bird akin to the eagle, and said to be enemies of nāgas and snakes.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­45-47
  • 3.­49
  • 3.­52
  • 3.­160
  • 3.­162
  • 10.­20-22
  • g.­218
  • g.­532
g.­196

Gautama

Wylie:
  • gau ta ma
Tibetan:
  • གཽ་ཏ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • gautama

Siddhārtha Gautama is the most common given name used for Buddha Śākyamuni prior to his enlightnement.

Located in 91 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­355-356
  • 1.­360
  • 2.­39
  • 2.­88
  • 2.­116
  • 2.­386-387
  • 2.­390-391
  • 2.­461-462
  • 2.­464
  • 2.­579
  • 3.­30-32
  • 3.­73
  • 3.­83
  • 3.­285-286
  • 3.­299
  • 4.­171-178
  • 4.­193
  • 5.­266-267
  • 6.­36
  • 6.­38
  • 6.­45
  • 6.­338-339
  • 6.­341
  • 6.­344
  • 6.­359
  • 7.­74-75
  • 7.­77
  • 7.­82-83
  • 7.­85-92
  • 7.­104
  • 7.­237
  • 7.­254
  • 8.­5
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­10-12
  • 8.­25
  • 8.­34
  • 8.­48
  • 8.­62
  • 8.­72
  • 8.­75
  • 9.­10-11
  • 9.­18
  • 10.­102
  • 10.­149
  • 10.­153
  • 10.­178
  • 10.­230
  • 10.­264
  • 10.­268
  • g.­209
  • g.­264
  • g.­335
  • g.­385
  • g.­388
  • g.­452
  • g.­486
  • g.­515
  • g.­556
  • g.­559
  • g.­568
  • g.­576
  • g.­673
g.­197

Gayā

Wylie:
  • ga yA
Tibetan:
  • ག་ཡཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • gayā

The name of the town that lies close to the site of the Buddha’s enlightenment.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­459
  • 5.­102
  • 10.­10
  • g.­65
g.­202

go forth

Wylie:
  • rab tu ’byung ba
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pravrajati
  • pravrajyā

To leave the life of a householder and embrace the life of a renunciant. In some passages in this text, especially when followed by the term bsnyen par rdzogs pa, this term has been amplified for clarity as “go forth as a novice,” this being a first stage leading to full ordination as a bhikṣu or bhikṣuṇī.

Located in 657 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­23-24
  • 1.­28
  • 1.­31
  • 1.­35-39
  • 1.­60
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­74-75
  • 1.­80-81
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­85-86
  • 1.­106
  • 1.­109
  • 1.­120-121
  • 1.­128
  • 1.­130
  • 1.­133
  • 1.­137
  • 1.­154
  • 1.­156
  • 1.­160
  • 1.­163
  • 1.­169-171
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­205
  • 1.­244
  • 1.­266
  • 1.­269
  • 1.­272
  • 1.­274-277
  • 1.­285-287
  • 1.­291-295
  • 1.­299-300
  • 1.­302
  • 1.­333
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­341
  • 1.­344
  • 1.­347
  • 1.­351-352
  • 1.­361-362
  • 1.­381-382
  • 1.­388-391
  • 1.­394-395
  • 1.­398-403
  • 1.­423
  • 1.­427-430
  • 1.­436-443
  • 1.­448-449
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­37
  • 2.­56
  • 2.­74
  • 2.­112
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­142
  • 2.­147-151
  • 2.­165
  • 2.­177-178
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­183
  • 2.­185-190
  • 2.­192-194
  • 2.­199
  • 2.­202-203
  • 2.­205
  • 2.­207-211
  • 2.­220
  • 2.­222
  • 2.­228-232
  • 2.­238-239
  • 2.­256-257
  • 2.­261-264
  • 2.­284
  • 2.­339-340
  • 2.­363
  • 2.­374-375
  • 2.­377
  • 2.­382
  • 2.­384
  • 2.­508
  • 2.­514
  • 2.­516-520
  • 2.­561
  • 2.­568
  • 2.­570-571
  • 2.­590-591
  • 2.­604
  • 2.­606-608
  • 3.­5-6
  • 3.­10-15
  • 3.­51
  • 3.­53
  • 3.­64-65
  • 3.­71
  • 3.­73-74
  • 3.­79-80
  • 3.­83-84
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­100-104
  • 3.­110-111
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­116-117
  • 3.­119-125
  • 3.­133-134
  • 3.­137
  • 3.­139-140
  • 3.­142
  • 3.­146
  • 3.­148
  • 3.­150-153
  • 3.­211-212
  • 3.­217
  • 3.­225
  • 3.­228-229
  • 3.­233
  • 3.­239-240
  • 3.­244
  • 3.­252
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­260
  • 3.­266
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­272
  • 3.­279-282
  • 3.­301-307
  • 3.­322-324
  • 3.­330-331
  • 3.­336-338
  • 3.­341-344
  • 3.­349-350
  • 3.­352
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­390
  • 3.­415-416
  • 4.­27
  • 4.­30-31
  • 4.­36
  • 4.­38-40
  • 4.­82
  • 4.­84
  • 4.­86
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­90-91
  • 4.­108
  • 4.­145
  • 4.­155-158
  • 4.­165
  • 4.­196-197
  • 4.­199-203
  • 4.­215-219
  • 4.­221
  • 4.­229
  • 4.­232-233
  • 5.­19-22
  • 5.­29-31
  • 5.­56-57
  • 5.­63-69
  • 5.­82-84
  • 5.­89
  • 5.­92-96
  • 5.­98
  • 5.­102-103
  • 5.­106
  • 5.­109
  • 5.­111
  • 5.­114-116
  • 5.­121-122
  • 5.­124-126
  • 5.­141-142
  • 5.­147
  • 5.­149
  • 5.­151-153
  • 5.­160-162
  • 5.­164-169
  • 5.­178-179
  • 5.­183-185
  • 5.­190
  • 5.­194-197
  • 5.­200-202
  • 5.­206-210
  • 5.­217
  • 5.­225-227
  • 5.­230-231
  • 5.­235
  • 5.­266
  • 5.­274-276
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­296-297
  • 5.­318-320
  • 5.­328-330
  • 5.­332
  • 6.­6-7
  • 6.­9-10
  • 6.­18
  • 6.­29
  • 6.­33
  • 6.­46-48
  • 6.­50-53
  • 6.­63-66
  • 6.­70-72
  • 6.­74
  • 6.­77-78
  • 6.­81
  • 6.­136
  • 6.­140-142
  • 6.­158
  • 6.­161
  • 6.­244-248
  • 6.­252
  • 6.­258
  • 6.­319
  • 6.­322-323
  • 6.­342
  • 6.­345-346
  • 6.­351-352
  • 6.­367
  • 6.­369
  • 6.­374-375
  • 6.­381-383
  • 6.­388
  • 6.­391-392
  • 6.­413
  • 6.­437-441
  • 6.­445-451
  • 6.­456
  • 6.­470-475
  • 6.­484
  • 6.­495
  • 6.­501
  • 6.­503-510
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­12-15
  • 7.­24
  • 7.­34-36
  • 7.­40-43
  • 7.­63
  • 7.­66
  • 7.­69
  • 7.­72
  • 7.­75
  • 7.­98
  • 7.­114-115
  • 7.­120-121
  • 7.­125
  • 7.­129
  • 7.­131-135
  • 7.­139-141
  • 7.­150
  • 7.­153-155
  • 7.­159-160
  • 7.­164
  • 7.­170-171
  • 7.­188
  • 7.­197
  • 7.­209
  • 7.­217-219
  • 7.­227-228
  • 7.­230-231
  • 7.­233-234
  • 7.­240-241
  • 7.­246-250
  • 7.­256
  • 7.­262
  • 7.­264
  • 8.­122-124
  • 9.­19-20
  • 9.­25
  • 9.­27
  • 9.­37-38
  • 9.­43
  • 9.­45
  • 9.­50
  • 9.­53
  • 9.­60-62
  • 9.­65
  • 9.­83
  • 9.­92-93
  • 9.­100
  • 9.­105
  • 9.­114
  • 9.­127-128
  • 9.­130
  • 9.­135
  • 9.­137-138
  • 9.­144
  • 9.­147
  • 9.­149
  • 9.­168-170
  • 9.­172-174
  • 9.­182
  • 10.­10
  • 10.­42
  • 10.­71
  • 10.­100
  • 10.­102
  • 10.­104
  • 10.­178
  • 10.­182-184
  • 10.­192
  • 10.­203-204
  • 10.­209-211
  • 10.­213-214
  • 10.­216-218
  • 10.­233-234
  • 10.­238-241
  • 10.­247-249
  • 10.­286-287
  • 10.­319
  • 10.­327
  • 10.­330-335
  • 10.­337-339
  • 10.­342
  • 10.­351-352
  • 10.­354
  • 10.­356
  • 10.­370
  • 10.­407
  • n.­38
  • n.­169
  • g.­60
  • g.­132
  • g.­169
  • g.­172
  • g.­254
  • g.­273
  • g.­289
  • g.­322
  • g.­335
  • g.­379
  • g.­498
  • g.­516
  • g.­528
  • g.­554
  • g.­572
  • g.­595
  • g.­620
  • g.­623
  • g.­656
  • g.­658
g.­203

god

Wylie:
  • lha
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • deva

In most cases used to refer to a class of long-lived celestial being, but occasionally appears as an honorific term of address for royalty, similar to “Your Majesty,” here rendered as “Deva.”

Located in 457 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­88
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­162
  • 1.­201
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­305-308
  • 1.­311-313
  • 1.­316
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­420
  • 1.­426
  • 1.­432
  • 1.­446
  • 2.­5-6
  • 2.­10
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­23-24
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­37
  • 2.­42-43
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­56
  • 2.­60-61
  • 2.­65
  • 2.­74
  • 2.­98
  • 2.­120
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­155
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­226
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­246
  • 2.­251-255
  • 2.­260
  • 2.­270-271
  • 2.­275
  • 2.­284
  • 2.­288
  • 2.­294-295
  • 2.­322
  • 2.­350-351
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­363
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­404-405
  • 2.­409-412
  • 2.­456
  • 2.­524
  • 2.­560
  • 2.­589
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­12
  • 3.­32
  • 3.­38-41
  • 3.­45
  • 3.­52
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­119
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­147
  • 3.­187-188
  • 3.­195-196
  • 3.­213-214
  • 3.­220-221
  • 3.­225
  • 3.­230-231
  • 3.­235-236
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­241-242
  • 3.­246-247
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­257-258
  • 3.­262-263
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­304
  • 3.­312-313
  • 3.­315
  • 3.­318
  • 3.­320
  • 3.­323
  • 3.­325
  • 3.­327-328
  • 3.­345
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­365-366
  • 3.­399-400
  • 3.­404-405
  • 3.­408
  • 3.­430-432
  • 3.­434
  • 3.­436-437
  • 4.­14-15
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­41-42
  • 4.­46
  • 4.­48
  • 4.­50-51
  • 4.­56
  • 4.­58
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­93
  • 4.­95
  • 4.­98
  • 4.­101-102
  • 4.­104-108
  • 4.­111
  • 4.­131-132
  • 4.­136
  • 4.­145
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­200
  • 4.­219
  • 4.­222
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­66
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­90-91
  • 5.­103
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­138
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­164
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­203
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­250-251
  • 5.­254-256
  • 5.­258-259
  • 5.­262-263
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­277
  • 5.­281
  • 5.­283
  • 5.­285
  • 5.­300
  • 5.­305
  • 5.­307
  • 5.­309-313
  • 5.­319
  • 5.­321
  • 5.­332-333
  • 6.­25
  • 6.­29
  • 6.­32
  • 6.­49
  • 6.­62
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­73
  • 6.­79
  • 6.­113
  • 6.­115
  • 6.­118-119
  • 6.­136
  • 6.­138
  • 6.­144-145
  • 6.­152
  • 6.­166
  • 6.­177
  • 6.­199
  • 6.­211
  • 6.­226
  • 6.­234
  • 6.­244
  • 6.­282-289
  • 6.­310-313
  • 6.­315
  • 6.­321
  • 6.­335-336
  • 6.­342
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­359
  • 6.­376-379
  • 6.­381-382
  • 6.­384-385
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­391-392
  • 6.­409-410
  • 6.­420-422
  • 6.­425-426
  • 6.­428
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­439
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­453
  • 6.­491
  • 6.­494
  • 6.­496
  • 6.­498-499
  • 6.­502
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­16
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­37
  • 7.­39
  • 7.­103
  • 7.­106-107
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­123
  • 7.­130
  • 7.­229
  • 7.­247
  • 8.­14-15
  • 8.­28-29
  • 8.­40-41
  • 8.­49-50
  • 8.­55-56
  • 8.­69-70
  • 8.­77-78
  • 8.­85-86
  • 8.­93-94
  • 8.­96
  • 8.­104-105
  • 8.­117-118
  • 8.­127-128
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­43
  • 9.­54
  • 9.­74
  • 9.­76
  • 9.­78-81
  • 9.­84-85
  • 9.­89
  • 9.­93-94
  • 9.­96-98
  • 9.­112
  • 9.­128
  • 9.­131
  • 10.­2-7
  • 10.­9-10
  • 10.­14-16
  • 10.­18-23
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­27
  • 10.­29
  • 10.­33
  • 10.­35
  • 10.­39
  • 10.­41
  • 10.­44
  • 10.­46
  • 10.­49
  • 10.­51
  • 10.­54
  • 10.­56
  • 10.­58-60
  • 10.­67
  • 10.­69
  • 10.­73
  • 10.­76
  • 10.­80-88
  • 10.­90
  • 10.­92
  • 10.­94
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­215
  • 10.­232
  • 10.­235
  • 10.­253
  • 10.­275
  • 10.­285
  • 10.­288-289
  • 10.­341-342
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
  • 10.­392
  • 10.­398-399
  • 10.­401-404
  • 10.­406-407
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­411-413
  • 10.­415
  • 10.­418-419
  • 10.­421
  • 10.­450
  • g.­15
  • g.­78
  • g.­85
  • g.­124
  • g.­126
  • g.­167
  • g.­246
  • g.­253
  • g.­288
  • g.­298
  • g.­301
  • g.­327
  • g.­328
  • g.­380
  • g.­390
  • g.­413
  • g.­422
  • g.­451
  • g.­490
  • g.­529
  • g.­631
  • g.­635
  • g.­659
  • g.­660
  • g.­672
g.­205

Gold coin

Wylie:
  • kAr ShA pa Na
Tibetan:
  • ཀཱར་ཥཱ་པ་ཎ།
Sanskrit:
  • kārṣāpaṇa

Lit. “weighing a karṣa,” a coin or weight of different values (Monier-Williams 276.3); a type of ancient Indian currency.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­358-359
  • 2.­291
  • 2.­301
  • 2.­313
  • 2.­315
  • 2.­440
  • 3.­160
  • 7.­17
  • 8.­60-62
  • 8.­66
  • 8.­73-75
  • 10.­99
  • 10.­137
g.­206

Golden Color

Wylie:
  • gser gyi mdog can
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་གྱི་མདོག་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Golden-complexioned nun who achieved arhatship during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni, due to the intercession of a previous incarnation of Venerable Ānanda during the time of Buddha Kāśyapa.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­220
  • 2.­222
g.­207

Gone to Bliss

Wylie:
  • bde bar gshegs pa
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བར་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sugata

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the standard epithets of the buddhas. A recurrent explanation offers three different meanings for su- that are meant to show the special qualities of “accomplishment of one’s own purpose” (svārthasampad) for a complete buddha. Thus, the Sugata is “well” gone, as in the expression su-rūpa (“having a good form”); he is gone “in a way that he shall not come back,” as in the expression su-naṣṭa-jvara (“a fever that has utterly gone”); and he has gone “without any remainder” as in the expression su-pūrṇa-ghaṭa (“a pot that is completely full”). According to Buddhaghoṣa, the term means that the way the Buddha went (Skt. gata) is good (Skt. su) and where he went (Skt. gata) is good (Skt. su).

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • p.­2
  • 3.­363
  • 3.­369
  • g.­558
g.­208

Good Compassion

Wylie:
  • snying rje bzang po
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་རྗེ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Son of the Vaiśālī army chief Siṃha at the time of the Buddha’s stay there, he was sentenced to death for the murder of a prostitute. The Buddha secured his release, ordained him, and he attained arhatship.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­170
  • 5.­172
  • 5.­177
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­184
  • g.­516
g.­209

Gopā

Wylie:
  • sa ’tsho ma
Tibetan:
  • ས་འཚོ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • gopā

Along with Yaśodharā, a spouse of Gautama who, in this text, spurned the advances of Devadatta and subjected him to brutal humiliation.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­118
  • 2.­120-121
  • 2.­123
  • 2.­137
  • n.­26
  • n.­52
  • g.­119
  • g.­673
g.­210

Govinda

Wylie:
  • khyab ’jug
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱབ་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • govinda

A householder and magistrate of King Diśāṃpati of Pāṁśula. Father of Guardian of the Flame Govinda.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­1
  • 10.­294-295
  • 10.­298-299
  • g.­223
g.­211

Govinda

Wylie:
  • khyab ’jug
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱབ་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • govinda

Short form of “Guardian of the Flame Govinda.”

Not to be confused with his father the householder Govinda.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­303
  • 10.­305
  • 10.­309-311
  • 10.­321-322
  • 10.­327
  • 10.­334-335
  • 10.­337-340
  • g.­211
  • g.­223
g.­212

Govinda the Teacher

Wylie:
  • ston pa khyab ’jug
Tibetan:
  • སྟོན་པ་ཁྱབ་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • —

See “Guardian of the Flame Govinda.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­340-341
  • g.­223
g.­213

Grasping

Wylie:
  • ’dzin byed
Tibetan:
  • འཛིན་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A certain high brahmin of Rājagṛha, father of Son of Grasping.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­254
  • 6.­256
  • g.­529
g.­215

Great King

Wylie:
  • rgyal po chen po
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་པོ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­rājā

A king ruling over a particularly large territory, often including the territories of other petty rulers; a class of divine beings assigned to the cardinal directions who guard the earth, Buddhist practitioners, and Buddhist institutions against demonic forces.

Located in 40 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­215-216
  • 1.­248-249
  • 2.­294
  • 3.­33-41
  • 3.­52
  • 5.­56
  • 5.­62
  • 6.­233
  • 7.­184-186
  • 7.­201
  • 8.­128
  • 9.­143
  • 9.­154-155
  • 10.­257
  • 10.­269-271
  • 10.­279
  • 10.­281
  • 10.­283
  • 10.­321
  • 10.­330
  • g.­44
  • g.­218
  • g.­337
  • g.­532
  • g.­632
g.­216

Great Lotus Hell

Wylie:
  • pad ma ltar gas pa chen po
Tibetan:
  • པད་མ་ལྟར་གས་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­padma

See “Splitting Open Like a Great Lotus Hell.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­357
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­366
  • 3.­373
  • 3.­375-376
  • 3.­397
  • g.­539
g.­218

Great Sound

Wylie:
  • sgra chen
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་ཆེན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A garuḍa, king of birds, who lived on Mount Meru, and eventually went for refuge and took the fundamental precepts. He was the previous incarnation of the great king Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­45
  • 3.­47
  • 3.­52
g.­219

great universal monarch

Wylie:
  • stobs kyi ’khor los sgyur ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་ཀྱི་འཁོར་ལོས་སྒྱུར་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • rājā balacakravartī

See “universal monarch.”

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­200
  • 2.­10
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­65
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­275
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 4.­136
  • 6.­336
  • 7.­69
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
g.­222

Guardian of the Flame

Wylie:
  • me skyong
Tibetan:
  • མེ་སྐྱོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

See “Guardian of the Flame Govinda.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­295-297
  • 10.­299-302
  • g.­223
g.­223

Guardian of the Flame Govinda

Wylie:
  • me skyong khyab ’jug
Tibetan:
  • མེ་སྐྱོང་ཁྱབ་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • —

A previous incarnation of Buddha Śākyamuni in The Hundred Deeds, he was the son of King Diśāṃpati of Pāṁśula’s magistrate, the householder Govinda. After his father’s death, he took over his work and became known as Guardian of the Flame, Guardian of the Flame Govinda, Govinda the Teacher, Mahā­govinda, or just Govinda.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­302-304
  • g.­210
  • g.­211
  • g.­212
  • g.­222
  • g.­329
g.­225

guru

Wylie:
  • bla ma
Tibetan:
  • བླ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • guru

A most highly revered personal spiritual teacher; not to be confused with the future buddha Guru.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • p.­2
  • 3.­388
  • 4.­127
  • 6.­118-120
  • 6.­135-136
  • 6.­312
  • 7.­153
  • 8.­37
g.­226

guru

Wylie:
  • bla ma
Tibetan:
  • བླ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • guru

Name of a future buddha.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­112
  • 3.­415
  • g.­225
g.­228

Head of Indra

Wylie:
  • dbang po’i mgo
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོའི་མགོ
Sanskrit:
  • —

A certain master archer in Vaiśālī.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­1
  • 9.­162-167
  • 9.­169-170
  • 9.­174-175
  • 9.­181
g.­229

heat

Wylie:
  • dro bar gyur pa
  • drod
Tibetan:
  • དྲོ་བར་གྱུར་པ།
  • དྲོད།
Sanskrit:
  • uṣmagata
  • ūṣmagata

The first of the four stages of penetrative insight.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­199
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­97
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 5.­207
  • 7.­68
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • g.­183
  • g.­585
g.­231

Heaven of the Thirty-Three

Wylie:
  • sum cu rtsa gsum
Tibetan:
  • སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • trāyastriṃśa

One of the heavens of Buddhist cosmology. Counted among the six heavens of the desire realm, it is traditionally located atop Sumeru, just above the terrace of the Abodes of the Four Great Kings.

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­173-174
  • 2.­6
  • 2.­24
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­141
  • 2.­271
  • 2.­351
  • 2.­410
  • 3.­312-313
  • 3.­315
  • 3.­320
  • 4.­95
  • 4.­132
  • 6.­208
  • 6.­283-284
  • 6.­310
  • 6.­328
  • 6.­335
  • 6.­342
  • 6.­408
  • 10.­2
  • 10.­5
  • 10.­15
  • 10.­58
  • 10.­84-85
  • g.­2
  • g.­490
g.­232

hell being

Wylie:
  • sems can dmyal ba
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་ཅན་དམྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • naraka

A denizen of the hells. See “five destinies.”

Located in 74 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­201
  • 2.­75
  • 2.­109-111
  • 2.­340
  • 2.­558
  • 2.­606
  • 3.­187-188
  • 3.­195-196
  • 3.­210
  • 3.­213-214
  • 3.­220-221
  • 3.­230-231
  • 3.­235-236
  • 3.­241-242
  • 3.­246-247
  • 3.­257-258
  • 3.­262-263
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­366
  • 3.­371-373
  • 3.­378
  • 3.­383-384
  • 3.­396-397
  • 3.­399-401
  • 3.­404-406
  • 3.­414-415
  • 4.­117
  • 4.­188
  • 5.­4
  • 5.­158
  • 5.­238
  • 5.­246
  • 5.­249
  • 6.­62
  • 6.­113
  • 6.­115
  • 6.­263
  • 6.­267
  • 6.­279
  • 6.­426
  • 6.­482-483
  • 6.­485-486
  • 6.­496
  • 6.­498
  • 7.­64
  • 10.­232
  • 10.­275
  • 10.­413-414
  • g.­167
  • g.­356
g.­233

Hell of Ceaseless Agony

Wylie:
  • mnar med pa
Tibetan:
  • མནར་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • avīci

Eighth (and heaviest) of the eight hot hells of Buddhist cosmology. Only their miserable cries distinguish beings in this hell from the flames that engulf them.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­4
  • 2.­22
  • 2.­41
  • 2.­59
  • 2.­104
  • 2.­111
  • 2.­269
  • 2.­349
  • 3.­401
  • 3.­403
  • 3.­406
  • 3.­413-414
  • 4.­130
  • n.­146
  • g.­153
g.­234

Hell of Chattering Teeth

Wylie:
  • so thams thams
Tibetan:
  • སོ་ཐམས་ཐམས།
Sanskrit:
  • aṭaṭa

Third of the eight cold hells of Buddhist cosmology. It is named for the sounds its inhabitants make while enduring unthinkable cold.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­4
  • 2.­22
  • 2.­41
  • 2.­59
  • 2.­269
  • 2.­349
  • 3.­373
  • 4.­130
g.­236

Hell of Lamentation

Wylie:
  • kyi hud zer ba
Tibetan:
  • ཀྱི་ཧུད་ཟེར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • hahava

Fourth of the eight cold hells of Buddhist cosmology. It is named for the sounds its inhabitants make while enduring unthinkable cold.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­4
  • 2.­22
  • 2.­41
  • 2.­59
  • 2.­269
  • 2.­349
  • 3.­373
  • 4.­130
g.­237

highest worldly dharma

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten gyi chos kyi mchog
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཆོས་ཀྱི་མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • laukikāgradharma
  • laukikāgryadharma

The fourth of the four stages of penetrative insight.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­199
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 7.­68
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • g.­183
  • g.­585
g.­238

Hiraṇyavatī River

Wylie:
  • gser ldan
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • hiraṇyavatī

The name of a river.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­88
g.­240

householder

Wylie:
  • khyim bdag
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱིམ་བདག
Sanskrit:
  • gṛhapati
  • gṛhādhipa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term is usually used for wealthy lay patrons of the Buddhist community. It also refers to a subdivision of the vaiśya (mercantile) class of traditional Indian society, comprising businessmen, merchants, landowners, and so on.

Located in 378 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 1.­8-15
  • 1.­17-19
  • 1.­26-27
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­41
  • 1.­46-52
  • 1.­54-58
  • 1.­60-62
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­87-88
  • 1.­90
  • 1.­92-93
  • 1.­99-103
  • 1.­106-108
  • 1.­113-114
  • 1.­119-122
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­138
  • 1.­142-147
  • 1.­149-150
  • 1.­152-153
  • 1.­162
  • 1.­202
  • 1.­207
  • 1.­210
  • 1.­226
  • 1.­230-231
  • 1.­234
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­311-313
  • 1.­315-316
  • 1.­320-321
  • 1.­327-330
  • 1.­333-335
  • 1.­340
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­354
  • 1.­357
  • 1.­359
  • 1.­384
  • 1.­404
  • 1.­406-407
  • 1.­413
  • 1.­432
  • 2.­140
  • 2.­153-154
  • 2.­160-161
  • 2.­165
  • 2.­184-187
  • 2.­205
  • 2.­217
  • 2.­219
  • 2.­226
  • 2.­364
  • 2.­366
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­383
  • 2.­527-529
  • 2.­531-532
  • 2.­552
  • 2.­554
  • 2.­560
  • 2.­589
  • 3.­16
  • 3.­18
  • 3.­65
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­105
  • 3.­112
  • 3.­119
  • 3.­132
  • 3.­135-137
  • 3.­141
  • 3.­147
  • 3.­155
  • 3.­157
  • 3.­159
  • 3.­164
  • 3.­166-169
  • 3.­177
  • 3.­180
  • 3.­200
  • 3.­203-204
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­332
  • 3.­336
  • 3.­341
  • 3.­349-350
  • 3.­381
  • 4.­76-79
  • 4.­82-84
  • 4.­198
  • 4.­204
  • 4.­211-212
  • 4.­214-215
  • 4.­219
  • 4.­221
  • 4.­224-225
  • 4.­229
  • 4.­231
  • 5.­2
  • 5.­4
  • 5.­23
  • 5.­26-28
  • 5.­42
  • 5.­97
  • 5.­103
  • 5.­186
  • 5.­291
  • 5.­321
  • 5.­323-327
  • 6.­30
  • 6.­54-57
  • 6.­59-63
  • 6.­65
  • 6.­72-73
  • 6.­75-76
  • 6.­140
  • 6.­259
  • 6.­261
  • 6.­301-302
  • 6.­305-306
  • 6.­321
  • 6.­430-432
  • 6.­434
  • 6.­436-437
  • 6.­443-450
  • 6.­455
  • 6.­457
  • 6.­459-462
  • 7.­2
  • 7.­4
  • 7.­44-45
  • 7.­125
  • 7.­141
  • 7.­148
  • 7.­156
  • 7.­158-160
  • 7.­164
  • 7.­251
  • 7.­253
  • 8.­3
  • 8.­30
  • 8.­34-35
  • 8.­42-44
  • 8.­52-54
  • 8.­57-59
  • 8.­61-62
  • 8.­66
  • 8.­74-75
  • 8.­87
  • 8.­89-92
  • 8.­94
  • 8.­108-112
  • 8.­115-116
  • 8.­118
  • 9.­23-26
  • 9.­28
  • 9.­30-31
  • 9.­46-50
  • 9.­53-55
  • 9.­64
  • 9.­115
  • 9.­122
  • 9.­124-126
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­10
  • 10.­125-126
  • 10.­136-137
  • 10.­147
  • 10.­171
  • 10.­175-183
  • 10.­186
  • 10.­188
  • 10.­196-202
  • 10.­230
  • 10.­252
  • 10.­257-259
  • 10.­268
  • 10.­272-273
  • 10.­285
  • 10.­288-289
  • 10.­294
  • 10.­319
  • 10.­341-342
  • 10.­426
  • 10.­449
  • 10.­455
  • n.­121
  • g.­25
  • g.­33
  • g.­37
  • g.­64
  • g.­77
  • g.­123
  • g.­129
  • g.­169
  • g.­193
  • g.­199
  • g.­202
  • g.­210
  • g.­211
  • g.­223
  • g.­254
  • g.­257
  • g.­289
  • g.­320
  • g.­390
  • g.­415
  • g.­444
  • g.­446
  • g.­448
  • g.­497
  • g.­553
  • g.­554
  • g.­634
  • g.­655
  • g.­656
g.­242

ignorance

Wylie:
  • ma rig pa
Tibetan:
  • མ་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • avidyā

First of the twelve links of dependent origination, one of the root afflictive emotions (see also “subsidiary afflictive emotions”), it is the root of misapprehension of phenomena as truly existent (Rigzin 311).

Located in 54 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­426
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­524
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­323
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­74
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­219
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­319
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­106-107
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­499
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­95-96
  • 7.­123
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­128
  • 10.­73
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­277-278
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
  • g.­552
g.­246

Indra

Wylie:
  • dbang po
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • indra

A Vedic god who eventually emerged as one of the most important in the Vedic pantheon; Indra retains his role as the “King of the Gods” in Buddhist literature, where he is often referred to by the name Śakra

Located in 67 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­426
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­524
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­323
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­219
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­319
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­499
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­69
  • 7.­123
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­105
  • 9.­128
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • 10.­309
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
  • 10.­399
  • g.­15
  • g.­78
  • g.­482
  • g.­490
  • g.­622
g.­249

insight

Wylie:
  • rig pa
Tibetan:
  • རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vidyā

Wisdom, knowledge, cognition, quality of awareness (Rigzin 396).

Located in 134 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­311
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­426
  • 2.­98
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­288
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­394-405
  • 2.­524
  • 2.­560
  • 2.­589
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­12
  • 3.­45
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­119
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­147
  • 3.­225
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­304
  • 3.­323
  • 3.­325
  • 3.­408
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­108
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­200
  • 4.­219
  • 4.­222
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­66
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­90
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­203
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­259
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­277
  • 5.­319
  • 5.­321
  • 6.­29
  • 6.­49
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­73
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­384
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­439
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­453
  • 6.­499
  • 6.­502
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­16
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­37
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­123
  • 7.­130
  • 7.­229
  • 7.­247
  • 8.­14-15
  • 8.­28-29
  • 8.­40-41
  • 8.­55-56
  • 8.­69-70
  • 8.­77-78
  • 8.­85-86
  • 8.­93-94
  • 8.­104-105
  • 8.­117-118
  • 8.­127-128
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­128
  • 9.­131
  • 10.­88
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­215
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
  • n.­76
  • g.­250
g.­252

Iṣudhara

Wylie:
  • mda’ thogs
Tibetan:
  • མདའ་ཐོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • iṣudhara RS

The son of Daṇḍadhara (more commonly Daṇḍapāṇi) and brother of Yaśodharā and Venerable Aniruddha. His name in Tibetan, mda’ thogs, is rendered here with the potential back-translation Iṣudhara.

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­232
  • 5.­235-236
  • 5.­239
  • 5.­241-247
  • 5.­249-250
  • 5.­252-255
  • 5.­257
  • 5.­263
  • g.­119
  • g.­673
g.­254

Jackal

Wylie:
  • wa
Tibetan:
  • ཝ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Nickname of the child of wealthy householders in Śrāvasti, so called because of his penchant for eating excrement and drinking urine. After taking instruction from the philosophical extremist Pūraṇa Kāśyapa, who admired his ostenisible austerities, he heard the Dharma from the Buddha, went forth, and manifested arhatship.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­295
  • 5.­309-314
  • 5.­317
  • 5.­320
  • 5.­331
g.­256

Jambudvīpa

Wylie:
  • ’dzam bu’i gling
Tibetan:
  • འཛམ་བུའི་གླིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • jambudvīpa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The name of the southern continent in Buddhist cosmology, which can signify either the known human world, or more specifically the Indian subcontinent, literally “the jambu island/continent.” Jambu is the name used for a range of plum-like fruits from trees belonging to the genus Szygium, particularly Szygium jambos and Szygium cumini, and it has commonly been rendered “rose apple,” although “black plum” may be a less misleading term. Among various explanations given for the continent being so named, one (in the Abhidharmakośa) is that a jambu tree grows in its northern mountains beside Lake Anavatapta, mythically considered the source of the four great rivers of India, and that the continent is therefore named from the tree or the fruit. Jambudvīpa has the Vajrāsana at its center and is the only continent upon which buddhas attain awakening.

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­379
  • 2.­442
  • 2.­444
  • 2.­446-447
  • 2.­452
  • 6.­146
  • 6.­163
  • 6.­185
  • 6.­187
  • 6.­189
  • 6.­220
  • 6.­311
  • 6.­503
  • 9.­33
  • 9.­42
  • 10.­4-5
  • 10.­8
  • 10.­304
  • g.­52
  • g.­456
  • g.­485
  • g.­489
  • g.­674
g.­258

Jaya

Wylie:
  • rgyal ba po
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་བ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • jaya RS

Lit. “Victorious.” King of the city of Undefeated Victory before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­415
  • 6.­417
  • g.­610
  • g.­648
g.­261

Kacaṅkalā

Wylie:
  • ka tsang ka la
Tibetan:
  • ཀ་ཙང་ཀ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • kacaṅkalā

A woman who, because she had previously been the Buddha’s mother for five hundred lifetimes, saw him as her son and ran to embrace him. Then, hearing the Dharma from him, she became ordained and manifested arhatship, and the Buddha declared her foremost among nuns who interpret the sūtras.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • p.­3
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­7
  • 3.­10-11
  • 3.­14
g.­262

Kaineya

Wylie:
  • kai ne ya
Tibetan:
  • ཀཻ་ནེ་ཡ།
Sanskrit:
  • kaineya

A clairvoyant sage who lived with five hundred devotees in the forests of the Adumā region and spent time on the banks of Lake Mandākinī. His nephew was the sage Śaila.

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­1
  • 3.­22
  • 3.­26-27
  • 3.­29-32
  • 3.­54-56
  • 3.­58-64
  • 3.­66
  • 3.­68
  • 3.­77-79
  • 3.­81-84
  • 3.­87
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­103
  • g.­8
  • g.­488
g.­263

Kakuda Kātyāyana

Wylie:
  • ka t+ya’i bu nog can
Tibetan:
  • ཀ་ཏྱའི་བུ་ནོག་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • kakuda kātyāyana

One of the six philosophical extremists who lived during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­56-57
  • 6.­344
  • n.­153
  • g.­430
g.­264

Kāla

Wylie:
  • nag po
Tibetan:
  • ནག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāla

A certain nāga king who praised Gautama prior to his enlightenment.

Not to be confused with Black (nag po), the yakṣa; nor with Black (nag po), the brahmin.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­101
  • g.­67
  • g.­68
g.­268

Kapila

Wylie:
  • ser skya
Tibetan:
  • སེར་སྐྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • kapila

The name of a sage.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­64
  • 7.­8
g.­269

Kapilavastu

Wylie:
  • ser skya’i gnas
Tibetan:
  • སེར་སྐྱའི་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • kapilavastu

Near the Himālayas, the city that was home to the Śākya clan into which Buddha Śākyamuni was born.

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­116
  • 2.­138
  • 2.­142
  • 5.­104
  • 5.­127
  • 5.­232
  • 5.­234
  • 5.­236
  • 6.­458-459
  • 6.­461-463
  • 7.­265
  • g.­21
  • g.­22
  • g.­149
  • g.­150
  • g.­332
  • g.­359
  • g.­517
  • g.­555
  • g.­556
  • g.­560
  • g.­561
  • g.­568
g.­270

karma

Wylie:
  • las
Tibetan:
  • ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • karman

See “action.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­479
  • 6.­264-265
  • 6.­268
  • 7.­118
  • n.­6
  • g.­7
g.­272

Kāśi

Wylie:
  • kA shi
Tibetan:
  • ཀཱ་ཤི།
Sanskrit:
  • kāśi

Country whose capital was Vārāṇasī, in the Buddha’s time it had been absorbed into Kośala. Its monarch was Brahmadatta (past).

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­252
  • 1.­254-255
  • 1.­279-280
  • 2.­125
  • 2.­134-135
  • 2.­137
  • 2.­385
  • 3.­425
  • 3.­437
  • 5.­33
  • 5.­42
  • 6.­11-12
  • 6.­67-69
  • 6.­502
  • 9.­82
  • 9.­84
  • 9.­158
  • 9.­160
  • 10.­364
  • g.­80
  • g.­81
  • g.­273
  • g.­291
  • g.­633
  • g.­646
g.­274

Kāśyapa (buddha)

Wylie:
  • ’od srung
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • kāśyapa

Buddha of a previous age.

Not to be confused with the monk Kāśyapa of Buddha Śākyamuni’s order, nor with Uruvilvā Kāśyapa, Nadī Kāśyapa, or Pūraṇa Kāśyapa, nor with Nirgrantha Kāśyapa, nor Foremost Kāśyapa.

Located in 309 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30-31
  • 1.­37-39
  • 1.­73-74
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­85-86
  • 1.­132-133
  • 1.­135
  • 1.­137
  • 1.­162-163
  • 1.­169-171
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­272
  • 1.­274-277
  • 1.­296-300
  • 1.­302
  • 1.­311-314
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­344
  • 1.­347
  • 1.­351-352
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­394-395
  • 1.­397
  • 1.­399
  • 1.­401-402
  • 1.­432-433
  • 1.­436-441
  • 2.­148-151
  • 2.­184-185
  • 2.­187
  • 2.­189
  • 2.­192
  • 2.­209-211
  • 2.­226-227
  • 2.­229-232
  • 2.­256-259
  • 2.­262-264
  • 2.­378-380
  • 2.­382-384
  • 2.­560-561
  • 2.­568
  • 2.­570-571
  • 3.­12-15
  • 3.­45-46
  • 3.­48-49
  • 3.­51-53
  • 3.­99-101
  • 3.­103-104
  • 3.­119-124
  • 3.­147-148
  • 3.­150-153
  • 3.­217
  • 3.­225
  • 3.­233
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­244
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­252
  • 3.­260
  • 3.­266
  • 3.­280-282
  • 3.­304-307
  • 3.­325
  • 3.­329-330
  • 4.­38-40
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­108-111
  • 4.­166-168
  • 4.­200-203
  • 5.­30-31
  • 5.­66-69
  • 5.­94-96
  • 5.­126
  • 5.­151-153
  • 5.­164
  • 5.­167-169
  • 5.­183-185
  • 5.­203-210
  • 5.­231
  • 5.­259-262
  • 5.­277
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­283
  • 5.­287
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­321
  • 5.­330
  • 5.­332-334
  • 6.­49-53
  • 6.­73-75
  • 6.­77
  • 6.­244-250
  • 6.­252
  • 6.­307-309
  • 6.­368-372
  • 6.­374-376
  • 6.­378-383
  • 6.­410-411
  • 6.­413
  • 6.­439-441
  • 6.­449
  • 6.­451
  • 6.­502-503
  • 6.­505-506
  • 6.­508-510
  • 7.­16-17
  • 7.­37
  • 7.­39-43
  • 7.­111-116
  • 7.­135
  • 7.­188
  • 7.­219
  • 7.­229-231
  • 7.­233-234
  • 7.­247-250
  • 7.­264
  • 9.­27
  • 9.­45
  • 9.­54-55
  • 9.­57-60
  • 9.­62
  • 9.­65
  • 9.­86
  • 9.­88
  • 9.­100
  • 9.­114
  • 9.­138
  • 9.­149
  • 9.­182
  • 10.­204
  • 10.­215-218
  • 10.­235
  • 10.­238-241
  • 10.­249
  • 10.­356
  • 10.­370
  • g.­40
  • g.­41
  • g.­206
  • g.­276
  • g.­293
  • g.­330
  • g.­627
g.­275

Kāśyapa (monk)

Wylie:
  • ’od srung
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • kāśyapa

See “Mahā­kāśyapa.”

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­1
  • 6.­79
  • 6.­81
  • 6.­84
  • 6.­86
  • 6.­88
  • 6.­90
  • 6.­92
  • 6.­94
  • 6.­96
  • 6.­98
  • 6.­100
  • 6.­102
  • 6.­104-105
  • 6.­107
  • 6.­110
  • 6.­114
  • 6.­117
  • 6.­135
  • 6.­139
  • 6.­143
  • 6.­235-236
  • 6.­241
  • 6.­243
  • 6.­247
  • 6.­253
  • g.­274
  • g.­276
  • g.­330
g.­276

Kāśyapa (Nirgrantha)

Wylie:
  • ’od srung
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • kāśyapa

Given name of “Nirgrantha Kinsman of the Kāśyapas.”

Not to be confused with Kāśyapa, buddha of a previous age; the monk Kāśyapa of Buddha Śākyamuni’s order; nor with Uruvilvā Kāśyapa, Nadī Kāśyapa, or Pūraṇa Kāśyapa; nor Foremost Kāśyapa.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­70-71
  • 7.­74-75
  • 7.­82
  • 7.­84-94
  • g.­395
g.­278

Kātyāyana

Wylie:
  • kA tyA ya na
  • kA tyA ya na’i bu
Tibetan:
  • ཀཱ་ཏྱཱ་ཡ་ན།
  • ཀཱ་ཏྱཱ་ཡ་ནའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • kātyāyana
  • kātyāyanaputra

Son of She Who Gathers and grandson of Padmagarbha, he was a highly realized monk of Buddha Śākyamuni’s order. Also rendered here as “Kātyāyanaputra.”

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­377-378
  • 5.­79-86
  • g.­279
  • g.­280
  • g.­477
  • g.­511
g.­280

Kātyāyanaputra

Wylie:
  • kA tyA ya na’i bu
Tibetan:
  • ཀཱ་ཏྱཱ་ཡ་ནའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • kātyāyanaputra

See “Kātyāyana.”

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­190
  • 7.­193-194
  • 7.­197
  • 7.­203-209
  • g.­278
  • g.­498
g.­282

Kauśāmbī

Wylie:
  • kau shAM bI
Tibetan:
  • ཀཽ་ཤཱཾ་བཱི།
Sanskrit:
  • kauśāmbī

An ancient city, capital of Vatsa, located down the Ganges River from Rājagṛha.

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­196-197
  • 1.­199
  • 1.­202-205
  • 1.­221
  • 1.­226
  • 1.­230-231
  • 6.­150-151
  • 6.­154
  • 6.­162-163
  • 6.­178
  • 6.­185
  • 6.­227
  • 6.­231
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­423-424
  • 10.­428
  • 10.­432-433
  • g.­152
  • g.­193
  • g.­199
  • g.­339
  • g.­341
  • g.­342
  • g.­640
g.­284

Keśinī

Wylie:
  • skra ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • སྐྲ་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • keśinī

Young woman appointed by King Śākya Suprabuddha to look after the hair of his daughters Mahā­māyā and Māyā (the Buddha’s mother and aunt, respectively).

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­140-143
  • 2.­150
  • g.­661
g.­287

King of the Śākyas

Wylie:
  • shA kya’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱ་ཀྱའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An epithet of the Buddha.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­353
  • 2.­149-150
  • 3.­13-14
  • 3.­151-152
  • 6.­243
  • 6.­245
  • 6.­248
  • 7.­248
g.­288

kinnara

Wylie:
  • mi’am ci
Tibetan:
  • མིའམ་ཅི།
Sanskrit:
  • kinnara

Classified among the gods, these celestial beings are sometimes depicted as half-human, half-horse (similar to centaurs) or half-human, half-bird. Whatever the case, they are considered creatures of surpassing beauty. Also the name of a person, see “Kinnara.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­1
  • 7.­251
  • 7.­253
  • 7.­268-269
  • 7.­271
  • g.­289
g.­289

Kinnara

Wylie:
  • mi’am ci
Tibetan:
  • མིའམ་ཅི།
Sanskrit:
  • kinnara

Child of wealthy householders in Śrāvastī, he was named for his resemblence to beautiful kinnara spirits. His arrogance about his good looks was dispelled upon meeting the Buddha, from whom he heard the Dharma before going forth and manifesting arhatship. See also the class of beings, “kinnara.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­251-252
  • 7.­256
  • g.­288
g.­290

Kokālika

Wylie:
  • ko ka li ka
Tibetan:
  • ཀོ་ཀ་ལི་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • kokālika

One of four cronies of Devadatta.

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­122
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­332-337
  • 3.­339
  • 3.­341-342
  • 3.­346-350
  • 3.­352-356
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­365
  • 3.­373
  • 3.­375-376
  • 3.­378
  • 3.­384
  • 3.­396-397
  • 4.­178
  • n.­26
  • g.­373
g.­291

Kośala

Wylie:
  • ko sa la
  • ko sha la
Tibetan:
  • ཀོ་ས་ལ།
  • ཀོ་ཤ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • kośala

An ancient kingdom, northwest of Magadha, abutting Kāśi, whose capital was Śrāvastī. During the Buddha’s time it was ruled by Prasenajit.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­278
  • 3.­372
  • 9.­67
  • 9.­150
  • 9.­152
  • 9.­158
  • 9.­160
  • 10.­358
  • 10.­369
  • g.­272
  • g.­295
  • g.­441
  • g.­542
  • g.­633
  • g.­640
  • g.­646
g.­295

Kṣemā

Wylie:
  • bde byed ma
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣemā

Princess of Kośala, child of King Prasenajit.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­284
  • 1.­287
  • 1.­289-292
  • 1.­294-295
  • 1.­301
g.­296

Kṣemaṅkara

Wylie:
  • bde byed
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣemaṅkara

The son of King Brahmadatta (present) of Vārāṇasī and the younger brother of Princess Kṣemaṅkarā.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­39-40
  • 5.­43-44
  • 5.­46-47
  • 5.­49
  • 5.­53
  • 5.­58
  • 5.­65
  • 5.­68
  • g.­297
g.­297

Kṣemaṅkarā

Wylie:
  • bde byed ma
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣemaṅkarā

Princess of Vārāṇasī, child of King Brahmadatta (present), elder sibling of Prince Kṣemaṅkara.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­38-40
  • 5.­43-45
  • 5.­47
  • g.­296
g.­298

Kubera

Wylie:
  • ku be ra
Tibetan:
  • ཀུ་བེ་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • kubera

A Hindu god of wealth, appearing in the Buddhist pantheon as Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­88
  • 1.­316
  • 2.­156
  • 5.­97
  • g.­631
g.­299

kumbhāṇḍa

Wylie:
  • grul bum
Tibetan:
  • གྲུལ་བུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • kumbhāṇḍa

A class of evil being commonly mentioned alongside yakṣas, piśācas, bhūtas, etc.; Virūḍhaka is sometimes named as the lord of the kumbhāṇḍa, as is Rudra; also associated with the māras (Edgerton 187.2); a type of yakṣa having a human body but an animal head; a type of preta (Rangjung Yeshe Dictionary).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­34
g.­307

Lake Mandākinī

Wylie:
  • mtsho dal gyis ’bab
Tibetan:
  • མཚོ་དལ་གྱིས་འབབ།
Sanskrit:
  • mandākinī

The Mandākinī river, which translates as “the slow-flowing” river, is the name of a specific tributary of the Ganges that flows through the Kedāranātha valley in the Himālayas, as well as a name that might be used for other rivers (Monier-Williams 788.2). The term is assumed to refer to a lake in this case (and not a river) because the Tibetan uses the term mtsho.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­22
  • 3.­26-29
  • 3.­32
  • 3.­59
  • g.­262
  • g.­488
g.­308

Lake of Jewels

Wylie:
  • dbyig mtsho
Tibetan:
  • དབྱིག་མཚོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An arhat monk whose past virtuous deeds ripened into countless glories both human and divine.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­370-371
  • 2.­377
  • 2.­383
g.­309

latecomer

Wylie:
  • rgan zhugs
Tibetan:
  • རྒན་ཞུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • mahalla

Someone who is ordained late in their life.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­1
  • 6.­507
  • 6.­509
g.­311

lay vow holder

Wylie:
  • dge bsnyen
  • dge bsnyen ma
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བསྙེན།
  • དགེ་བསྙེན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • upāsikā
  • upāsaka

An ordained layperson; a layperson who has taken any or all of the five precepts (see the first five of the “fundamental precepts”) (Rigzin 52).

Located in 46 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­121-122
  • 1.­143
  • 1.­380
  • 2.­167
  • 3.­202
  • 3.­204-205
  • 3.­208-210
  • 4.­22
  • 4.­166-167
  • 5.­333-334
  • 6.­178
  • 6.­184
  • 6.­227
  • 6.­307-308
  • 6.­411-412
  • 7.­16-22
  • 7.­24
  • 7.­98
  • 8.­5
  • 8.­59-60
  • 9.­30-31
  • 9.­86-87
  • 9.­114
  • 10.­83
  • 10.­249
  • 10.­286
  • g.­559
  • g.­629
  • g.­658
g.­319

listener

Wylie:
  • nyan thos
Tibetan:
  • ཉན་ཐོས།
Sanskrit:
  • śrāvaka

See “disciple.”

Located in 46 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­46
  • 1.­98-99
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­326-327
  • 1.­362
  • 2.­10
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­65
  • 2.­98
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­275
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­423
  • 2.­425
  • 2.­428
  • 2.­589
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­7
  • 3.­200
  • 3.­211-212
  • 3.­228-229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­408
  • 3.­415-416
  • 4.­136
  • 6.­29
  • 6.­291
  • 7.­66
  • 7.­69
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • 10.­280
  • 10.­282
  • 10.­284
  • g.­141
  • g.­425
g.­320

Little Eyes

Wylie:
  • mig chung
Tibetan:
  • མིག་ཆུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The son of wealthy householders in Śrāvastī, who in a former life had been their dog. He became an attendant of Venerable Śāriputra and manifested arhatship while still in his novitiate.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­58-60
  • 1.­68
  • 1.­70-71
  • 1.­84
g.­321

lord

Wylie:
  • btsun pa
Tibetan:
  • བཙུན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhadanta

Honorific term for an ordained person.

Located in 463 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­10
  • 1.­17-18
  • 1.­23
  • 1.­26
  • 1.­28-29
  • 1.­47
  • 1.­51
  • 1.­57
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­78
  • 1.­80
  • 1.­102
  • 1.­147
  • 1.­156
  • 1.­160
  • 1.­185
  • 1.­215
  • 1.­237
  • 1.­266
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­292
  • 1.­295-296
  • 1.­306
  • 1.­308
  • 1.­341-342
  • 1.­360
  • 1.­362
  • 1.­388
  • 1.­391-392
  • 1.­416
  • 1.­423
  • 1.­428
  • 1.­430
  • 1.­442
  • 2.­15
  • 2.­17-18
  • 2.­33
  • 2.­35-36
  • 2.­52
  • 2.­54-55
  • 2.­70
  • 2.­72-73
  • 2.­94
  • 2.­96
  • 2.­110
  • 2.­123
  • 2.­143-144
  • 2.­147
  • 2.­167
  • 2.­172
  • 2.­177
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­183-184
  • 2.­195-196
  • 2.­205-206
  • 2.­215
  • 2.­217
  • 2.­222
  • 2.­225
  • 2.­235
  • 2.­239
  • 2.­252
  • 2.­255
  • 2.­261
  • 2.­280
  • 2.­282-283
  • 2.­285
  • 2.­343
  • 2.­345-346
  • 2.­359
  • 2.­361-362
  • 2.­377-378
  • 2.­422-425
  • 2.­430
  • 2.­459
  • 2.­465
  • 2.­467
  • 2.­483
  • 2.­487
  • 2.­514-515
  • 2.­519
  • 2.­544
  • 2.­548
  • 2.­585
  • 2.­587
  • 2.­593
  • 2.­595
  • 2.­597
  • 2.­599-602
  • 2.­605
  • 3.­7-8
  • 3.­10-12
  • 3.­18
  • 3.­42
  • 3.­44
  • 3.­52
  • 3.­56
  • 3.­58
  • 3.­71-72
  • 3.­74
  • 3.­77
  • 3.­80-81
  • 3.­84
  • 3.­91
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­118-119
  • 3.­135
  • 3.­143
  • 3.­147
  • 3.­154
  • 3.­195
  • 3.­197
  • 3.­199
  • 3.­210
  • 3.­220
  • 3.­222
  • 3.­224
  • 3.­228
  • 3.­235
  • 3.­237-238
  • 3.­246
  • 3.­248-249
  • 3.­262
  • 3.­264-265
  • 3.­276-280
  • 3.­303
  • 3.­322
  • 3.­324
  • 3.­334
  • 3.­337
  • 3.­339
  • 3.­341
  • 3.­343-344
  • 3.­350
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­365-366
  • 3.­378
  • 3.­385
  • 3.­397
  • 3.­404
  • 3.­406-407
  • 3.­415
  • 3.­422
  • 4.­3
  • 4.­23
  • 4.­30
  • 4.­33
  • 4.­41
  • 4.­50
  • 4.­61
  • 4.­63
  • 4.­65
  • 4.­86
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­98
  • 4.­104-105
  • 4.­107
  • 4.­141
  • 4.­143-144
  • 4.­156
  • 4.­158
  • 4.­165
  • 4.­171
  • 4.­176
  • 4.­180
  • 4.­196
  • 4.­199-200
  • 4.­215-216
  • 4.­218
  • 4.­221-222
  • 5.­20
  • 5.­22
  • 5.­56
  • 5.­58
  • 5.­65-66
  • 5.­80
  • 5.­82
  • 5.­89
  • 5.­106
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­141
  • 5.­143
  • 5.­161
  • 5.­163
  • 5.­165
  • 5.­178-179
  • 5.­194
  • 5.­196
  • 5.­202-203
  • 5.­206
  • 5.­218-219
  • 5.­225
  • 5.­227
  • 5.­239
  • 5.­242
  • 5.­246-247
  • 5.­254-255
  • 5.­257
  • 5.­274
  • 5.­276-277
  • 5.­318
  • 5.­320
  • 5.­327
  • 5.­332
  • 6.­7-8
  • 6.­10
  • 6.­28
  • 6.­43
  • 6.­46-47
  • 6.­58
  • 6.­63
  • 6.­65
  • 6.­72
  • 6.­119
  • 6.­143
  • 6.­145-146
  • 6.­150
  • 6.­155
  • 6.­159
  • 6.­186
  • 6.­222
  • 6.­232-235
  • 6.­243
  • 6.­269
  • 6.­275-290
  • 6.­297
  • 6.­299-300
  • 6.­339
  • 6.­341
  • 6.­351-352
  • 6.­367-368
  • 6.­374
  • 6.­388
  • 6.­393
  • 6.­407
  • 6.­409-410
  • 6.­414
  • 6.­438-439
  • 6.­444
  • 6.­448
  • 6.­452
  • 6.­460
  • 6.­465
  • 6.­469
  • 6.­476-478
  • 6.­480
  • 6.­487
  • 6.­501-502
  • 6.­507
  • 7.­13
  • 7.­15
  • 7.­34
  • 7.­36
  • 7.­40
  • 7.­55
  • 7.­57
  • 7.­66
  • 7.­98
  • 7.­102
  • 7.­108
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­120
  • 7.­124
  • 7.­130
  • 7.­148
  • 7.­150
  • 7.­155-156
  • 7.­165
  • 7.­192
  • 7.­209
  • 7.­227-228
  • 7.­246
  • 7.­257
  • 7.­266
  • 8.­22
  • 8.­34
  • 8.­47
  • 8.­50
  • 8.­67
  • 8.­120
  • 8.­123
  • 9.­19
  • 9.­21
  • 9.­34
  • 9.­37
  • 9.­39
  • 9.­53-54
  • 9.­79
  • 9.­81
  • 9.­85
  • 9.­92
  • 9.­99
  • 9.­106
  • 9.­124
  • 9.­127
  • 9.­129-131
  • 9.­145
  • 9.­152
  • 9.­159
  • 9.­165
  • 9.­172
  • 9.­174
  • 10.­18
  • 10.­20
  • 10.­22-23
  • 10.­25-30
  • 10.­33-36
  • 10.­39-40
  • 10.­42
  • 10.­44-45
  • 10.­47
  • 10.­49
  • 10.­52
  • 10.­54-59
  • 10.­69-71
  • 10.­80
  • 10.­83
  • 10.­87
  • 10.­90
  • 10.­92
  • 10.­104-105
  • 10.­135
  • 10.­156
  • 10.­165
  • 10.­181
  • 10.­183
  • 10.­188
  • 10.­190
  • 10.­192
  • 10.­210
  • 10.­214-215
  • 10.­226
  • 10.­233-234
  • 10.­248
  • 10.­256
  • 10.­279-282
  • 10.­286
  • 10.­351
  • 10.­353
  • 10.­360
  • 10.­362-363
  • 10.­371
  • 10.­394
  • 10.­410
  • 10.­420
  • 10.­453-454
  • n.­121
  • n.­155
  • g.­45
  • g.­330
  • g.­372
g.­322

Lotus Color

Wylie:
  • pad ma’i mdog
Tibetan:
  • པད་མའི་མདོག
Sanskrit:
  • —

Handsome monk who went forth under Venerable Upasena, he was named for his complexion, which was the color of a lotus-heart.

Located in 24 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­163-170
  • 2.­172-174
  • 2.­176-179
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­183
  • 2.­191
  • 2.­195
  • 2.­199
  • g.­49
  • g.­147
  • g.­620
g.­323

Lotus Hell

Wylie:
  • pad ma ltar gas pa
Tibetan:
  • པད་མ་ལྟར་གས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • padma

See “Splitting Open Like a Lotus Hell.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­373
  • g.­540
g.­325

Magadha

Wylie:
  • ma ga dhA
Tibetan:
  • མ་ག་དྷཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • magadha
  • magadhā

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

An ancient Indian kingdom that lay to the south of the Ganges River in what today is the state of Bihar. Magadha was the largest of the sixteen “great states” (mahājanapada) that flourished between the sixth and third centuries ʙᴄᴇ in northern India. During the life of the Buddha Śākyamuni, it was ruled by King Bimbisāra and later by Bimbisāra's son, Ajātaśatru. Its capital was initially Rājagṛha (modern-day Rajgir) but was later moved to Pāṭaliputra (modern-day Patna). Over the centuries, with the expansion of the Magadha’s might, it became the capital of the vast Mauryan empire and seat of the great King Aśoka.

This region is home to many of the most important Buddhist sites, including Bodh Gayā, where the Buddha attained awakening; Vulture Peak (Gṛdhra­kūṭa), where the Buddha bestowed many well-known Mahāyāna sūtras; and the Buddhist university of Nālandā that flourished between the fifth and twelfth centuries ᴄᴇ, among many others.

Located in 37 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­380
  • 1.­383-384
  • 4.­122
  • 5.­103
  • 6.­321
  • 9.­67
  • 9.­71
  • 9.­150
  • 9.­152
  • 10.­10
  • 10.­124
  • 10.­250-252
  • 10.­254-259
  • 10.­268-269
  • 10.­272-273
  • 10.­279
  • 10.­285
  • 10.­288-289
  • 10.­341-342
  • g.­65
  • g.­291
  • g.­423
  • g.­453
  • g.­633
  • g.­643
g.­327

Mahā­deva (Śiva)

Wylie:
  • lha chen po
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­deva

An epithet of the god Śiva. Though not in this text, in other texts this term may also appear as an epithet of the Buddha. Alternatively a certain king of Mithilā who lived before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni, see “Mahā­deva (the king).”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­29-31
  • 7.­39
  • g.­328
g.­328

Mahā­deva (the king)

Wylie:
  • lha chen po
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­deva

In former times, the king of the city of Mithilā. His two chief ministers were Nanda and Upananda.

In other contexts, sometimes an epithet of the god Śiva, see “Mahā­deva.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­237
  • 6.­239
  • g.­327
  • g.­368
  • g.­386
  • g.­387
  • g.­617
  • g.­618
  • g.­619
g.­329

Mahā­govinda

Wylie:
  • khyab ’jug chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱབ་འཇུག་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­govinda

See “Guardian of the Flame Govinda.”

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­307
  • 10.­313
  • 10.­315
  • 10.­319-320
  • 10.­323
  • 10.­325
  • 10.­328
  • 10.­330
  • 10.­332
  • 10.­336
  • 10.­338
  • g.­223
g.­330

Mahā­kāśyapa

Wylie:
  • ’od srung chen po
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྲུང་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­kāśyapa

A monk of Buddha Śākyamuni’s order who was first in the apostolic succession that carried on Lord Buddha’s teaching after his parinirvāṇa. Also rendered here simply as “Kāśyapa.”

Not to be confused with Buddha Kāśyapa, nor with Uruvilvā Kāśyapa, Nadī Kāśyapa, or Pūraṇa Kāśyapa, nor with Nirgrantha Kāśyapa, nor Foremost Kāśyapa.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­78
  • 6.­81-85
  • 6.­118-119
  • 6.­136
  • 6.­139
  • 6.­142-144
  • 6.­235
  • g.­275
g.­331

Mahā­maudgalyāyana

Wylie:
  • maud gal gyi bu chen po
Tibetan:
  • མཽད་གལ་གྱི་བུ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­maudgalyāyana

Along with Śāriputra, one of the Buddha’s two foremost disciples, known for his miraculous powers. Also rendered here simply as “Maudgalyāyana.”

Located in 38 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­193
  • 3.­195
  • 3.­215
  • 3.­217-220
  • 3.­228
  • 3.­232-235
  • 3.­259-262
  • 3.­401-404
  • 5.­244
  • 6.­476-480
  • 6.­482-483
  • 6.­485
  • 6.­487-491
  • 6.­496-497
  • 6.­499
  • g.­358
g.­332

Mahā­māyā

Wylie:
  • sgyu ’phrul chen mo
Tibetan:
  • སྒྱུ་འཕྲུལ་ཆེན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­māyā

Buddha Śākyamuni’s mother. She and her sister Māyā both married King Śuddhodana of Kapilavastu. Here she is said to be the daughter of Śākya Suprabuddha. In other stories, Mahā­māyā is alternatively said to be the daughter of King Āñjāna of Devaḍaha. Also called “Mahā­māyādevī” and “Māyādevī.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­139
  • 2.­141
  • 5.­130
  • g.­56
  • g.­284
  • g.­333
  • g.­359
  • g.­360
  • g.­492
  • g.­568
g.­333

Mahā­māyādevī

Wylie:
  • lha mo sgyu ’phrul chen mo
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མོ་སྒྱུ་འཕྲུལ་ཆེན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­māyādevī

See “Mahā­māyā.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­8
  • 6.­208
  • g.­332
g.­334

Mahā­prajāpatī

Wylie:
  • skye dgu’i bdag mo chen mo gau ta mI
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་དགུའི་བདག་མོ་ཆེན་མོ་གཽ་ཏ་མཱི།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­prajāpatī gautamī

See “Mahā­prajāpatī Gautamī.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­292-293
  • g.­335
g.­335

Mahā­prajāpatī Gautamī

Wylie:
  • skye dgu’i bdag mo chen mo gau ta mI
  • skye dgu’i bdag mo chen mo
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་དགུའི་བདག་མོ་ཆེན་མོ་གཽ་ཏ་མཱི།
  • སྐྱེ་དགུའི་བདག་མོ་ཆེན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­prajāpatī gautamī
  • mahā­prajāpatī

Siddhārtha Gautama’s aunt, who raised him following his mother’s death and who later became the first woman to go forth as a member of Buddha Śākyamuni’s monastic saṅgha. Also rendered here as “Mahā­prajāpatī.”

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­120
  • 1.­266
  • 1.­390
  • 2.­142
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­132
  • 7.­241-243
  • g.­334
  • g.­359
g.­336

Mahā­sena

Wylie:
  • sde chen po
Tibetan:
  • སྡེ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­sena

King of the city of Ayodhyā before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Not to be confused with Mahendra or Mahendrasena.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­379
  • 3.­382
  • g.­51
  • g.­339
  • g.­341
  • g.­342
g.­337

Mahā­śvāsa

Wylie:
  • dbugs chen po
Tibetan:
  • དབུགས་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­śvāsa

“Great Breath.” The previous incarnation of the great king Virūdhaka as a nāga king who lived on Mount Meru, and who eventually went for refuge and took the fundamental precepts.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­45-46
  • 3.­52
g.­338

Mahendra

Wylie:
  • dbang chen
Tibetan:
  • དབང་ཆེན།
Sanskrit:
  • mahendra

King of the city of Potalaka, father of Mahendrasena.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­176
  • g.­336
  • g.­339
  • g.­341
  • g.­342
  • g.­438
g.­339

Mahendrasena (future king of Kauśāmbī)

Wylie:
  • dbang chen sde
Tibetan:
  • དབང་ཆེན་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahendrasena

Foretold as the name of a future monarch of Kauśāmbī, during the time of the Dharma’s disappearance from our world.

In either case not to be confused with Mahendra or Mahā­sena, neither Mahendrasena, the King of Videha; Mahendrasena, the prince of Potalaka; or Mahendrasena, the king of Vārāṇasī.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­150
  • 6.­152-153
  • 6.­161
  • g.­152
  • g.­341
  • g.­342
g.­340

Mahendrasena (king of Vārāṇasī)

Wylie:
  • dbang chen sde
Tibetan:
  • དབང་ཆེན་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahendrasena

King of Vārāṇasī, a previous incarnation of the Buddha.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­106
  • 10.­108
  • 10.­110-111
  • 10.­113
  • 10.­115-116
  • 10.­122-123
  • g.­339
  • g.­341
  • g.­342
g.­341

Mahendrasena (king of Videha)

Wylie:
  • dbang chen sde
Tibetan:
  • དབང་ཆེན་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahendrasena

Typically given as the name of the King of Videha, son of King Mahendra, and a previous incarnation of the Buddha.

Not to be confused with Mahendra or Mahā­sena; or with Mahendrasena, a future monarch of Kauśāmbī; Mahendrasena, the prince of Potalaka; or Mahendrasena, the king of Vārāṇasī.

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­124
  • 2.­127-129
  • 2.­132
  • 2.­135-137
  • 9.­82
  • 9.­84
  • 9.­146-147
  • 10.­157
  • 10.­161-163
  • g.­152
  • g.­336
  • g.­339
  • g.­342
  • g.­343
  • g.­644
g.­342

Mahendrasena (prince of Potalaka)

Wylie:
  • dbang chen sde
Tibetan:
  • དབང་ཆེན་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahendrasena

A previous incarnation of the Buddha, who was son of King Mahendra, the ruler of the city of Potalaka.

Not to be confused with Mahendra or Mahā­sena., or with Mahendrasena, a future monarch of Kauśāmbī; Mahendrasena, the king of Videha; or Mahendrasena, the king of Vārāṇasī.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­176-177
  • g.­338
  • g.­339
  • g.­341
g.­345

Maitrībala

Wylie:
  • byams pa’i stobs
Tibetan:
  • བྱམས་པའི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit:
  • maitrībala

A certain compassionate king of Vārāṇasī and a previous incarnation of the Buddha.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • p.­3
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­5
  • 4.­9
  • 4.­12
  • 4.­20
  • n.­109
  • g.­632
g.­346

Majestic Body

Wylie:
  • lus ’phags
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་འཕགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A certain brahmin of high caste, father of More Majestic. He heard the Dharma from the Buddha and attained stream entry.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­1
  • 6.­34
  • 6.­36
  • 6.­38-42
  • 6.­44-45
  • 6.­47
  • 6.­51
  • g.­372
g.­349

Maṇiprabha

Wylie:
  • nor bu’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇiprabha RS

“Jewel Light,” a certain young god who in the garden of Prince Jeta in Śrāvastī scattered flowers over the Buddha, sat before him to listen to the Dharma, and manifested stream entry.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­303
  • 1.­307-309
  • 1.­313
g.­350

mantra

Wylie:
  • sngags
Tibetan:
  • སྔགས།
Sanskrit:
  • mantra

Words of power; incantation; lit. “mind-protector”; single or combined Sanskrit syllables repeated as invocations, based on the power of sound (Rigzin 98).

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­142
  • 2.­171-172
  • 4.­184
  • 5.­79-80
  • 5.­213
  • 6.­157
  • 10.­166
  • 10.­168
  • 10.­364
  • g.­78
g.­351

māra

Wylie:
  • bdud
Tibetan:
  • བདུད།
Sanskrit:
  • māra

A class of beings related to the demon Māra or a term for the demon Māra himself. Māra and the māras are portrayed as the primary adversaries and tempters of people who vow to take up the religious life, and can be understood as a class of demonic beings responsible for perpetuating the illusion that keeps beings bound to the world and worldly attachments and the mental states those beings elicit.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­404-405
  • 2.­409
  • 2.­412
  • 5.­101
  • 6.­165
  • 6.­215
  • 6.­217
  • 10.­65
  • g.­299
g.­353

Maskarin Gośālīputra

Wylie:
  • kun du rgyu gnag lhas kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དུ་རྒྱུ་གནག་ལྷས་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • maskarin gośālīputra
  • māskarin gośālīputra

One of the six philosophical extremists who lived during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni. Also rendered here as “Parivrājaka Gośālīputra.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­56-57
  • g.­418
g.­354

material form

Wylie:
  • gzugs
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • rūpa

One of the five aggregates, that which gives rise to physical qualities.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­279
  • 10.­284
  • g.­11
g.­355

Mathurā

Wylie:
  • bcom brlag
Tibetan:
  • བཅོམ་བརླག
Sanskrit:
  • mathurā

City located in modern-day Uttar Pradesh, India, historically renowned for its redstone Buddha images.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­165
  • 2.­181
  • 6.­141
  • g.­147
  • g.­224
  • g.­407
g.­358

Maudgalyāyana

Wylie:
  • maud gal gyi bu
Tibetan:
  • མཽད་གལ་གྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • maudgalyāyana

See “Mahā­maudgalyāyana.”

Located in 69 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­535
  • 3.­87-88
  • 3.­90-92
  • 3.­95
  • 3.­97
  • 3.­187
  • 3.­189
  • 3.­194
  • 3.­199-200
  • 3.­210-211
  • 3.­213
  • 3.­224-226
  • 3.­228
  • 3.­230
  • 3.­238-239
  • 3.­257
  • 3.­265-266
  • 3.­333-335
  • 3.­339-340
  • 3.­342
  • 3.­345-348
  • 3.­350-351
  • 3.­353-355
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­366
  • 3.­373
  • 3.­375-376
  • 3.­378
  • 3.­384-385
  • 3.­396
  • 3.­398-399
  • 3.­407-408
  • 5.­103
  • 6.­191
  • 6.­258
  • 6.­322
  • 6.­476
  • 6.­482-483
  • 6.­492-493
  • 6.­497
  • 10.­10
  • g.­331
  • g.­411
  • g.­499
  • g.­570
g.­359

Māyā

Wylie:
  • sgyu ’phrul
Tibetan:
  • སྒྱུ་འཕྲུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • māyā

Buddha Śākyamuni’s aunt, and the daughter of Śākya Suprabuddha. She and her sister Mahā­māyā (Buddha Śākyamuni’s mother) both married King Śuddhodana of Kapilavastu. Somewhat confusingly, in other stories she is identified as Mahā­prajāpatī Gautamī, q.v., while Māyā is often used as a short form of the name of the Buddha’s mother Mahā­māyā.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­139
  • 5.­130
  • g.­56
  • g.­284
  • g.­332
  • g.­568
  • g.­661
g.­360

Māyādevī

Wylie:
  • lha mo sgyu ’phrul
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མོ་སྒྱུ་འཕྲུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • māyādevī

See “Mahā­māyā.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­210
  • g.­332
g.­361

meditation

Wylie:
  • bsam gtan
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་གཏན།
Sanskrit:
  • dhyāna

Also called “(meditative) concentration,” “meditative state,” and a state of mind in which one is able to focus one’s attention single-pointedly on any suitable virtuous object without wavering (Rigzin 455). Closely related to meditative stabilization (samādhi).

The term “meditation” has also been used in this translation to render sgom pa (meditation training) and ting nge ’dzin (meditative stabilization).

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­164
  • 1.­212
  • 1.­273
  • 1.­337
  • 1.­348
  • 1.­352
  • 2.­90
  • 2.­99
  • 2.­581
  • 3.­17
  • 3.­21
  • 3.­114
  • 6.­28
  • 6.­290
  • 6.­293
  • 7.­50-51
  • 7.­122
  • 7.­140
  • 7.­238
  • 10.­454
  • n.­125
  • g.­172
  • g.­181
  • g.­250
  • g.­362
  • g.­363
  • g.­528
  • g.­576
  • g.­585
  • g.­595
  • g.­647
g.­362

meditation training

Wylie:
  • sgom pa
Tibetan:
  • སྒོམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhāvanā

Acquainting the mind with a virtuous object or mentally contemplating the Buddha’s teachings (Rigzin 75). Also translated here as “meditation.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­361
g.­363

meditative stabilization

Wylie:
  • ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • samādhi

Also called “(meditative) concentration,” the ability of the mind to concentrate on a specific object of cognition for a length of time (Rigzin 144). Closely related to dhyāna. Also rendered here as “meditation.”

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­273
  • 1.­277
  • 1.­348
  • 5.­67-68
  • 5.­70
  • 6.­87-88
  • 9.­135
  • 10.­266
  • 10.­376
  • 10.­384
  • 10.­390
  • g.­361
  • g.­510
g.­364

mental and physical pliancy

Wylie:
  • shin tu sbyangs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་སྦྱངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • praśrabdhi

One of the seven limbs of enlightenment.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­376
  • 10.­384
  • g.­510
g.­366

method

Wylie:
  • thabs
Tibetan:
  • ཐབས།
Sanskrit:
  • upāya

Also called “skillful means.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­67
  • 1.­183
  • 1.­339
  • 2.­134
  • 3.­120
  • 7.­186
  • 10.­294
  • g.­523
g.­367

mindfulness

Wylie:
  • dran pa
Tibetan:
  • དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • smṛti
  • smṛta

Not forgetting the Buddha’s teachings amid whatever activities one is currently undertaking. See also “three kinds of sterling equanimity.” Closely related to vigilant introspection.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­89-92
  • 10.­384
  • g.­510
  • g.­585
  • g.­647
g.­368

Mithilā

Wylie:
  • mi thi la
Tibetan:
  • མི་ཐི་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • mithilā

A city ruled in former times by King Mahā­deva.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­237
  • 7.­44
  • 7.­49-50
  • 7.­58
  • g.­326
  • g.­327
  • g.­328
  • g.­386
  • g.­617
  • g.­634
  • g.­646
  • g.­655
g.­369

monastery

Wylie:
  • gtsug lag khang
Tibetan:
  • གཙུག་ལག་ཁང་།
Sanskrit:
  • vihāra

A term denoting a permanent structure built to house members of the monastic saṅgha

Located in 65 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­109-110
  • 1.­122
  • 1.­128-129
  • 1.­175
  • 1.­210
  • 1.­272
  • 1.­298
  • 1.­312-313
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­359
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­170
  • 2.­173
  • 2.­318
  • 2.­379-380
  • 2.­483
  • 2.­528
  • 2.­534-535
  • 2.­598
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­252
  • 3.­341
  • 3.­348
  • 4.­84
  • 4.­127
  • 4.­176
  • 4.­198
  • 5.­111-112
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­322-323
  • 5.­325
  • 5.­327
  • 6.­178
  • 6.­184
  • 6.­227
  • 6.­433
  • 6.­442
  • 6.­454
  • 6.­456
  • 7.­18
  • 8.­29
  • 9.­50
  • 9.­132-134
  • 10.­101
  • 10.­247
  • 10.­454-455
  • n.­147
  • g.­25
  • g.­112
  • g.­147
  • g.­186
  • g.­443
  • g.­444
g.­370

monastic discipline

Wylie:
  • chos ’dul ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་འདུལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmavinaya

See “Vinaya.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­20
  • 6.­193
  • 7.­104
  • 10.­450
  • g.­650
g.­371

monk

Wylie:
  • dge slong
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སློང་།
Sanskrit:
  • bhikṣu

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term bhikṣu, often translated as “monk,” refers to the highest among the eight types of prātimokṣa vows that make one part of the Buddhist assembly. The Sanskrit term literally means “beggar” or “mendicant,” referring to the fact that Buddhist monks and nuns‍—like other ascetics of the time‍—subsisted on alms (bhikṣā) begged from the laity.

In the Tibetan tradition, which follows the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya, a monk follows 253 rules as part of his moral discipline. A nun (bhikṣuṇī; dge slong ma) follows 364 rules. A novice monk (śrāmaṇera; dge tshul) or nun (śrāmaṇerikā; dge tshul ma) follows thirty-six rules of moral discipline (although in other vinaya traditions novices typically follow only ten).

Located in 1,005 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4
  • i.­7
  • 1.­9-10
  • 1.­26
  • 1.­28-30
  • 1.­38-39
  • 1.­54
  • 1.­68
  • 1.­70-71
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­76-77
  • 1.­80
  • 1.­82
  • 1.­84
  • 1.­86
  • 1.­112-113
  • 1.­118-119
  • 1.­121-124
  • 1.­126
  • 1.­128-130
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­136-137
  • 1.­145
  • 1.­148
  • 1.­152
  • 1.­156-157
  • 1.­160-162
  • 1.­170-171
  • 1.­175
  • 1.­185
  • 1.­187
  • 1.­193
  • 1.­197
  • 1.­207
  • 1.­210-211
  • 1.­213
  • 1.­215-217
  • 1.­225-227
  • 1.­230
  • 1.­233-235
  • 1.­238
  • 1.­250
  • 1.­269-270
  • 1.­272
  • 1.­275
  • 1.­277
  • 1.­295-296
  • 1.­298
  • 1.­301-302
  • 1.­305
  • 1.­307
  • 1.­309
  • 1.­311-314
  • 1.­341-342
  • 1.­351-352
  • 1.­360-362
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­391-392
  • 1.­397
  • 1.­401-402
  • 1.­424
  • 1.­429-432
  • 1.­439
  • 1.­441-444
  • 1.­449
  • 2.­87
  • 2.­100-106
  • 2.­109
  • 2.­123-124
  • 2.­137
  • 2.­143-144
  • 2.­150-151
  • 2.­170
  • 2.­172
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­188-189
  • 2.­191-193
  • 2.­196
  • 2.­199
  • 2.­204-206
  • 2.­208
  • 2.­210-211
  • 2.­222
  • 2.­225-226
  • 2.­230
  • 2.­232-236
  • 2.­240
  • 2.­251-253
  • 2.­255
  • 2.­258-260
  • 2.­262-264
  • 2.­285-286
  • 2.­288
  • 2.­319
  • 2.­341
  • 2.­377-380
  • 2.­383-387
  • 2.­389
  • 2.­391-405
  • 2.­414
  • 2.­419-422
  • 2.­424
  • 2.­426-432
  • 2.­458
  • 2.­460
  • 2.­466-467
  • 2.­469
  • 2.­483
  • 2.­485
  • 2.­487-488
  • 2.­508
  • 2.­514-517
  • 2.­519-520
  • 2.­522
  • 2.­525-530
  • 2.­548-550
  • 2.­552
  • 2.­558
  • 2.­560
  • 2.­566-567
  • 2.­569
  • 2.­571-572
  • 2.­578
  • 2.­593-605
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­7-10
  • 3.­12
  • 3.­14-15
  • 3.­44-45
  • 3.­52-53
  • 3.­55
  • 3.­57-59
  • 3.­62
  • 3.­65
  • 3.­75
  • 3.­78-79
  • 3.­84-85
  • 3.­87-89
  • 3.­91-93
  • 3.­95
  • 3.­97-99
  • 3.­103-104
  • 3.­118-119
  • 3.­122-124
  • 3.­133-137
  • 3.­146-147
  • 3.­152-155
  • 3.­186
  • 3.­210
  • 3.­217
  • 3.­225-226
  • 3.­233
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­260
  • 3.­266
  • 3.­269-270
  • 3.­273
  • 3.­276-279
  • 3.­281-282
  • 3.­300
  • 3.­303-304
  • 3.­306-307
  • 3.­311
  • 3.­313
  • 3.­319
  • 3.­323-325
  • 3.­329
  • 3.­331-334
  • 3.­336
  • 3.­338-342
  • 3.­345
  • 3.­347-356
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­365-366
  • 3.­371-375
  • 3.­378-379
  • 3.­384-386
  • 3.­388
  • 3.­396-397
  • 3.­408-411
  • 3.­414-415
  • 3.­417
  • 3.­422-423
  • 3.­438
  • 4.­3
  • 4.­5
  • 4.­20
  • 4.­31
  • 4.­33
  • 4.­35
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­39-41
  • 4.­43
  • 4.­48
  • 4.­50
  • 4.­52
  • 4.­58-61
  • 4.­63-66
  • 4.­75
  • 4.­86-90
  • 4.­104-111
  • 4.­120-123
  • 4.­126-129
  • 4.­144
  • 4.­153
  • 4.­157-159
  • 4.­164-165
  • 4.­167-168
  • 4.­170-172
  • 4.­175-176
  • 4.­178-181
  • 4.­183
  • 4.­188
  • 4.­197-200
  • 4.­202-203
  • 4.­219
  • 4.­221-222
  • 4.­231-233
  • 5.­21-24
  • 5.­28-29
  • 5.­31
  • 5.­58
  • 5.­60
  • 5.­64-66
  • 5.­68-69
  • 5.­84
  • 5.­86
  • 5.­88-90
  • 5.­93-96
  • 5.­105
  • 5.­116
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­123-124
  • 5.­142-144
  • 5.­150
  • 5.­152-153
  • 5.­161
  • 5.­163-165
  • 5.­167-169
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­181-182
  • 5.­184-185
  • 5.­195-196
  • 5.­198
  • 5.­201-203
  • 5.­207
  • 5.­209-210
  • 5.­226-228
  • 5.­230
  • 5.­241-243
  • 5.­257
  • 5.­259
  • 5.­263
  • 5.­271-272
  • 5.­275-277
  • 5.­288-289
  • 5.­319-327
  • 5.­330-334
  • 6.­7
  • 6.­9-11
  • 6.­19
  • 6.­26
  • 6.­29-30
  • 6.­32-33
  • 6.­40-41
  • 6.­44
  • 6.­47
  • 6.­49
  • 6.­51
  • 6.­53
  • 6.­58-60
  • 6.­62
  • 6.­64-65
  • 6.­67
  • 6.­71-73
  • 6.­76-80
  • 6.­82
  • 6.­85-108
  • 6.­110
  • 6.­112
  • 6.­114
  • 6.­116-117
  • 6.­119
  • 6.­121
  • 6.­135
  • 6.­137-139
  • 6.­147-149
  • 6.­162
  • 6.­164
  • 6.­177-178
  • 6.­185-188
  • 6.­190-192
  • 6.­196
  • 6.­200
  • 6.­211
  • 6.­231
  • 6.­235-237
  • 6.­241
  • 6.­243-244
  • 6.­246-247
  • 6.­250-251
  • 6.­253
  • 6.­258
  • 6.­270-272
  • 6.­294
  • 6.­299-300
  • 6.­306-309
  • 6.­320
  • 6.­342
  • 6.­353
  • 6.­356
  • 6.­359-368
  • 6.­375
  • 6.­377
  • 6.­382-384
  • 6.­388
  • 6.­390
  • 6.­392-393
  • 6.­400-401
  • 6.­406
  • 6.­409-410
  • 6.­412-415
  • 6.­429-431
  • 6.­433-434
  • 6.­438-439
  • 6.­441-442
  • 6.­447-448
  • 6.­450
  • 6.­452-453
  • 6.­457
  • 6.­465-469
  • 6.­471
  • 6.­477
  • 6.­479
  • 6.­501-502
  • 6.­507
  • 6.­509-510
  • 7.­14-16
  • 7.­18-21
  • 7.­24
  • 7.­35-37
  • 7.­42-43
  • 7.­49
  • 7.­64
  • 7.­66
  • 7.­77
  • 7.­100-103
  • 7.­105-108
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­115-116
  • 7.­121
  • 7.­124-125
  • 7.­128-130
  • 7.­133
  • 7.­149-150
  • 7.­155-156
  • 7.­162
  • 7.­164-166
  • 7.­187
  • 7.­199-200
  • 7.­202
  • 7.­204-205
  • 7.­207-210
  • 7.­212
  • 7.­218
  • 7.­227-230
  • 7.­232
  • 7.­234
  • 7.­242-243
  • 7.­246-247
  • 7.­249-250
  • 7.­257-258
  • 7.­263
  • 7.­266-267
  • 7.­271
  • 8.­7
  • 8.­10-14
  • 8.­23
  • 8.­27
  • 8.­34-36
  • 8.­38-39
  • 8.­46-47
  • 8.­54
  • 8.­63-64
  • 8.­66
  • 8.­68-69
  • 8.­91-92
  • 8.­102-104
  • 8.­108
  • 8.­115-116
  • 8.­124-127
  • 9.­20-21
  • 9.­23
  • 9.­26
  • 9.­38-39
  • 9.­41
  • 9.­44
  • 9.­48-49
  • 9.­53-54
  • 9.­62
  • 9.­64-65
  • 9.­71
  • 9.­78-79
  • 9.­81-82
  • 9.­84-88
  • 9.­93
  • 9.­96-97
  • 9.­99-101
  • 9.­106-107
  • 9.­113-114
  • 9.­125
  • 9.­128-129
  • 9.­131
  • 9.­134-137
  • 9.­145-146
  • 9.­148
  • 9.­159-161
  • 9.­173-174
  • 9.­176
  • 9.­181
  • 10.­87-88
  • 10.­92
  • 10.­104-106
  • 10.­123
  • 10.­125
  • 10.­135-136
  • 10.­147-148
  • 10.­155-157
  • 10.­170
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­186
  • 10.­188-192
  • 10.­194
  • 10.­196
  • 10.­202-203
  • 10.­209
  • 10.­211-215
  • 10.­217-218
  • 10.­226-228
  • 10.­233-235
  • 10.­240-241
  • 10.­246
  • 10.­248
  • 10.­250
  • 10.­252
  • 10.­273-274
  • 10.­276
  • 10.­278
  • 10.­288
  • 10.­290
  • 10.­341
  • 10.­352-355
  • 10.­363-364
  • 10.­369
  • 10.­374-375
  • 10.­377
  • 10.­382
  • 10.­387
  • 10.­394-396
  • 10.­416
  • 10.­423-424
  • 10.­426-455
  • n.­30
  • n.­38
  • n.­109
  • n.­121
  • n.­169
  • n.­242-243
  • g.­5
  • g.­18
  • g.­24
  • g.­54
  • g.­84
  • g.­118
  • g.­147
  • g.­199
  • g.­274
  • g.­276
  • g.­278
  • g.­308
  • g.­316
  • g.­322
  • g.­330
  • g.­432
  • g.­442
  • g.­452
  • g.­520
  • g.­524
  • g.­570
  • g.­572
  • g.­617
  • g.­618
  • g.­619
  • g.­620
  • g.­637
g.­372

More Majestic

Wylie:
  • lhag ’phags
Tibetan:
  • ལྷག་འཕགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Child of the high brahmin Majestic Body, he visited Lord Buddha to inquire about the proper way to perform the sacrifice, and hearing the Dharma that the Buddha taught in reply he attained stream entry.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­34-35
  • 6.­39-40
  • 6.­44
  • 6.­47
  • 6.­51
  • g.­346
g.­373

Mount Sabkang

Wylie:
  • sab kang ri
Tibetan:
  • སབ་ཀང་རི།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain that is home to The Terrifying Forest (’jigs byed ma’i tshal) and a deer park where Devadatta’s disciple Kokālika is said to have lived.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­332-336
  • 3.­345
  • 3.­350
  • g.­582
g.­374

Mount Śiśumāri

Wylie:
  • shi shu ma ri’i ri
Tibetan:
  • ཤི་ཤུ་མ་རིའི་རི།
Sanskrit:
  • śiśumāragiri
  • śuśumāragiri

The name of the capital city of Bharga (see “Garga”). (Edgerton 531.2).

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­2
  • g.­194
  • g.­582
  • g.­656
g.­377

Mṛgāra

Wylie:
  • ri dags ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • རི་དགས་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • mṛgāra

One of King Prasenajit’s two chief ministers in Śrāvastī.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­126-128
  • 3.­130
  • 3.­134
  • 3.­137-138
  • g.­658
g.­378

Mṛgavratin

Wylie:
  • ri dags kyi brtul zhugs
Tibetan:
  • རི་དགས་ཀྱི་བརྟུལ་ཞུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • mṛgavratin

A group of ascetics who took vows to live as deer, draping themselves in deerskin, carrying about horns, and residing in close proximity to deer.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­1
  • 7.­220
  • 7.­224-226
  • 7.­232
g.­379

Nadī Kāśyapa

Wylie:
  • chu klung ’od srung
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་ཀླུང་འོད་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • nadī kāśyapa

Went forth under the Buddha in Vārāṇasī shortly after the Buddha’s enlightenment; brother of Uruvilvā Kāśyapa.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­102
  • 10.­10
  • g.­274
  • g.­276
  • g.­330
  • g.­624
g.­380

nāga

Wylie:
  • klu
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāga

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings who live in subterranean aquatic environments, where they guard wealth and sometimes also teachings. Nāgas are associated with serpents and have a snakelike appearance. In Buddhist art and in written accounts, they are regularly portrayed as half human and half snake, and they are also said to have the ability to change into human form. Some nāgas are Dharma protectors, but they can also bring retribution if they are disturbed. They may likewise fight one another, wage war, and destroy the lands of others by causing lightning, hail, and flooding.

Located in 61 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­100
  • 2.­197
  • 2.­457
  • 3.­35
  • 3.­45-50
  • 3.­52
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­112-116
  • 4.­118
  • 4.­120
  • 4.­123-124
  • 4.­127-129
  • 4.­144-145
  • 5.­101
  • 5.­218
  • 6.­140-141
  • 6.­166
  • 6.­177
  • 6.­312
  • 7.­159
  • 9.­152
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­20-22
  • 10.­360
  • 10.­364-367
  • 10.­369
  • g.­44
  • g.­67
  • g.­68
  • g.­195
  • g.­241
  • g.­264
  • g.­337
  • g.­386
  • g.­387
  • g.­391
  • g.­617
  • g.­618
  • g.­619
  • g.­638
  • g.­639
  • g.­653
g.­381

Nāgadeva

Wylie:
  • klu lha
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུ་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāgadeva

The name of a king who reigned over the peaceful, flourishing city Ayodhyā before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­300-301
  • g.­51
g.­386

Nanda (the minister)

Wylie:
  • dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • nanda RS

Along with Upananda, one of King Mahā­deva’s two chief ministers in the city of Mithilā.

Not to be confused with “Nanda,” a certain nāga.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­239
  • g.­328
  • g.­387
  • g.­617
g.­387

Nanda (the nāga)

Wylie:
  • dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • nanda

The name of a certain nāga.

Not to be confused with “Nanda,” one of King Mahā­deva’s ministers.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­218
  • 9.­152
  • 10.­360
  • g.­386
g.­389

Nandaka

Wylie:
  • dga’ byed
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • nandaka

One of the Buddha’s great disciples.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­1
  • 3.­241
  • 3.­243-246
  • 3.­249-250
  • 3.­255
g.­392

nine successive meditative absorptions

Wylie:
  • mthar gyis gnas pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa dgu
Tibetan:
  • མཐར་གྱིས་གནས་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ་དགུ
Sanskrit:
  • navānupūrvavihārasamāpatti

(1–4) the four meditative states, (5–8) the four absorptions within the formless realm (caturārūpyasamāpatti, gzugs med [snyoms ’jug] bzhi), and (9) the meditative absorption of cessation (nirodhasamāpatti, ’gog pa’i snyoms ’jug).

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
  • n.­125
g.­393

Nirgrantha Jñātiputra

Wylie:
  • gcer bu pa gnyen gyi bu
Tibetan:
  • གཅེར་བུ་པ་གཉེན་གྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • nirgrantha jñātiputra
  • nirgrantha jñātaputra

One of the six philosophical extremists who lived during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­56-57
  • 6.­344
  • 7.­74-75
  • g.­395
  • g.­430
g.­394

Nirgrantha Kāśyapa

Wylie:
  • gcer bu pa ’od srung
Tibetan:
  • གཅེར་བུ་པ་འོད་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • nirgrantha kāśyapa

See “Nirgrantha Kinsman of the Kāśyapas.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­1
  • g.­274
  • g.­330
  • g.­395
g.­395

Nirgrantha Kinsman of the Kāśyapas

Wylie:
  • gcer bu pa ’od srung dang rus gcig pa
Tibetan:
  • གཅེར་བུ་པ་འོད་སྲུང་དང་རུས་གཅིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The son of a poor brahmin farmer who lived outside of Rājagṛha, he mistook Nirgrantha Jñātiputra for Buddha Śākyamuni and became Nirgrantha Jñātiputra’s student. He then took refuge in the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha shortly before his death. Also called “Nirgrantha Kāśyapa,” or simply “Kāśyapa,” his given name.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­75-77
  • 7.­81-84
  • 7.­97-100
  • 7.­102-103
  • 7.­108
  • 7.­110
  • 7.­115
  • g.­276
  • g.­394
g.­396

noble being

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ārya

See “noble one.”

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­394-405
  • 2.­414-415
  • 4.­97
  • 6.­316-318
  • 8.­123
  • g.­398
g.­398

noble one

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ārya

Also known as a “noble being,” “exalted being,” “a superior”; one who has attained the third path, i.e., the path of seeing upon which one becomes a real saṅgha refuge.

Located in 53 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­25
  • 1.­56-57
  • 1.­62
  • 1.­101-102
  • 1.­108
  • 1.­111
  • 1.­177
  • 1.­183
  • 1.­201
  • 1.­214
  • 1.­227
  • 1.­328-329
  • 1.­334
  • 2.­166
  • 2.­190
  • 2.­193
  • 2.­390
  • 2.­415-417
  • 2.­600
  • 3.­60
  • 3.­338
  • 3.­364
  • 3.­370
  • 4.­77-78
  • 4.­83
  • 4.­100
  • 5.­79-80
  • 5.­84
  • 5.­102
  • 5.­323-324
  • 6.­89-90
  • 6.­113
  • 6.­115
  • 6.­489
  • 7.­98
  • 7.­158-159
  • 7.­162
  • 10.­83
  • 10.­199
  • 10.­275
  • 10.­286
  • g.­396
  • g.­432
g.­400

non-returner

Wylie:
  • phyir mi ’ong ba
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིར་མི་འོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • anāgāmin

A practitioner whose level of realization is such that he or she need take no further saṃsāric rebirth to achieve enlightenment; they are in their final rebirth.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­434-435
  • 1.­437-438
  • 5.­327
  • 6.­433
  • g.­132
  • g.­461
  • g.­529
  • g.­656
  • g.­658
g.­402

nun

Wylie:
  • dge slong ma
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སློང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhikṣuṇī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term bhikṣuṇī, often translated as “nun,” refers to the highest among the eight types of prātimokṣa vows that make one part of the Buddhist assembly. The Sanskrit term bhikṣu (to which the female grammatical ending ṇī is added) literally means “beggar” or “mendicant,” referring to the fact that Buddhist nuns and monks‍—like other ascetics of the time‍—subsisted on alms (bhikṣā) begged from the laity. In the Tibetan tradition, which follows the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya, a bhikṣuṇī follows 364 rules and a bhikṣu follows 253 rules as part of their moral discipline.

For the first few years of the Buddha’s teachings in India, there was no ordination for women. It started at the persistent request and display of determination of Mahāprajāpatī, the Buddha’s stepmother and aunt, together with five hundred former wives of men of Kapilavastu, who had themselves become monks. Mahāprajāpatī is thus considered to be the founder of the nun’s order.

Located in 67 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­26
  • 1.­28
  • 1.­33-36
  • 1.­38
  • 1.­172
  • 1.­175
  • 1.­186
  • 1.­275
  • 2.­150
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­186-188
  • 2.­190-191
  • 2.­193-194
  • 2.­228
  • 2.­230
  • 2.­256
  • 2.­258
  • 3.­7
  • 3.­10-11
  • 3.­14
  • 3.­57
  • 3.­118
  • 3.­120
  • 3.­122
  • 3.­133
  • 3.­137
  • 3.­140
  • 3.­142-144
  • 3.­146
  • 3.­148
  • 3.­152
  • 3.­154
  • 3.­244
  • 3.­252-255
  • 7.­242-246
  • 7.­249
  • n.­30
  • n.­97
  • n.­169
  • g.­6
  • g.­54
  • g.­62
  • g.­92
  • g.­94
  • g.­132
  • g.­206
  • g.­261
  • g.­442
  • g.­544
  • g.­625
g.­405

once-returner

Wylie:
  • lan cig phyir ’ong ba
Tibetan:
  • ལན་ཅིག་ཕྱིར་འོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sakṛdāgāmin

A practitioner whose level of realization is such that he or she need only take one further saṃsāric rebirth to achieve enlightenment.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­201
  • 10.­77
  • g.­462
g.­406

one path to be traversed

Wylie:
  • bgrod pa gcig bu’i lam
Tibetan:
  • བགྲོད་པ་གཅིག་བུའི་ལམ།
Sanskrit:
  • ekayānamārga

A synonym for the path of the Great Vehicle (Mahāyāna) and the path of the Vehicle of the Bodhisattvas (Bodhisattvayāna).

Located in 28 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
g.­407

Otalā

Wylie:
  • o ta la
Tibetan:
  • ཨོ་ཏ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • otalā

A region of ancient India, not far from Mathurā.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­2
g.­409

Padmagarbha

Wylie:
  • pad ma’i snying po can
Tibetan:
  • པད་མའི་སྙིང་པོ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • padmagarbha

King of Takṣaśīla during the time of the Buddha, he was father of She Who Gathers.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­363
  • 1.­372
  • 1.­374
  • g.­278
  • g.­511
g.­410

Padmottama

Wylie:
  • pad ma’i bla ma
Tibetan:
  • པད་མའི་བླ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • padmottama

A future buddha.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­1
  • 8.­78
  • n.­178
  • n.­184
  • n.­186
g.­411

Pāṁśula

Wylie:
  • rdul ldan
Tibetan:
  • རྡུལ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • pāṁśula

The name of an ancient city ruled by King Diśāṃpati. Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana are said to have lived on the outskirts of this city during their former lifetimes as ascetics.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­388-391
  • 3.­395
  • 10.­290
  • g.­140
  • g.­210
  • g.­223
  • g.­460
g.­414

Paṅgu

Wylie:
  • ’phye bo
Tibetan:
  • འཕྱེ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • paṅgu RS

Upon his birth his parents’ household and those of all who went to see him began to succeed in all their endeavors.

Not to be confused with the tailor Paṅgu.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • p.­3
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­4
  • 7.­10-11
  • 7.­15
  • 7.­24
  • g.­415
g.­415

Paṅgu (the tailor)

Wylie:
  • ’phye bo
Tibetan:
  • འཕྱེ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • paṅgu RS

A tailor whose name means “a person who crawls,” he was the child of wealthy householders in Śrāvastī, born with paralyzed legs.

Not to be confused with the Paṅgu who caused all those who went to see him to succeed in all their endeavors.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­404-405
  • 1.­412
  • 1.­422
  • 1.­427
  • 1.­430
  • 1.­439
  • g.­414
g.­416

Parinirvāṇa

Wylie:
  • yongs su mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • parinirvāṇa

The nirvāṇa that enlightened beings attain upon corporeal death. Also rendered here as “to pass beyond all sorrow.”

Located in 59 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­118
  • 1.­120-121
  • 2.­428
  • 2.­547-548
  • 2.­559
  • 2.­569
  • 6.­79-80
  • 6.­137-143
  • 6.­145
  • 6.­191
  • 6.­235
  • 6.­242-243
  • 6.­245-246
  • 6.­250-252
  • 6.­336
  • 6.­356
  • 6.­359-360
  • 6.­367
  • 6.­380-383
  • 6.­390-392
  • 7.­63
  • 7.­67
  • 7.­103-104
  • 7.­107
  • 7.­160
  • 7.­162-163
  • 7.­216
  • n.­159
  • g.­24
  • g.­133
  • g.­304
  • g.­324
  • g.­330
  • g.­420
  • g.­421
  • g.­497
  • g.­524
  • g.­616
g.­418

Parivrājaka Gośālīputra

Wylie:
  • kun du rgyu gnag lhas kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དུ་རྒྱུ་གནག་ལྷས་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • parivrājaka gośālīputra

See “Maskarin Gośālīputra.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­344
  • g.­353
  • g.­430
g.­419

Parvata

Wylie:
  • ri bo
Tibetan:
  • རི་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • parvata
  • parvataśrī

A buddha of a previous eon.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­200
g.­420

Pass beyond all sorrow

Wylie:
  • yongs su mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • parinirvāṇa

See “parinirvāṇa.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­607
  • 3.­415
  • 6.­249
  • 6.­339
  • 6.­341
  • 6.­376
  • 6.­390
  • 7.­193
  • g.­416
g.­421

passed beyond all sorrow into the realm of nirvāṇa without any remainder of the aggregates

Wylie:
  • phung po lhag ma med pa’i mya ngan las ’das pa’i dbyings su yongs su mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕུང་པོ་ལྷག་མ་མེད་པའི་མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པའི་དབྱིངས་སུ་ཡོངས་སུ་མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

See “parinirvāṇa.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­117
  • 1.­134
  • 3.­149
  • 4.­222
  • 5.­90
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­277
  • 7.­130
  • 10.­90
  • 10.­200
g.­424

path of learning

Wylie:
  • slob
Tibetan:
  • སློབ།
Sanskrit:
  • śaikṣa

The state of a person who has not yet attained arhatship.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33
  • 2.­228
  • 2.­592
  • 2.­603-604
  • 3.­254-255
  • g.­89
g.­425

path of no more to learn

Wylie:
  • ma slob
Tibetan:
  • མ་སློབ།
Sanskrit:
  • aśaikṣa

The stage of a person who has attained the highest level of realization on their respective path, whether that of the listeners, the solitary buddhas or the buddhas.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33
  • 2.­228
  • 2.­592
  • 2.­603-604
  • 3.­254-255
  • g.­35
  • g.­89
g.­426

patience in accord with the truth

Wylie:
  • bden pa dang ’thun pa’i bzod pa
Tibetan:
  • བདེན་པ་དང་འཐུན་པའི་བཟོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The third of the four stages of penetrative insight, typically rendered simply as kṣānti or “patience.”

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­199
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 7.­68
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • g.­183
  • g.­585
g.­427

peak

Wylie:
  • rtse mo
Tibetan:
  • རྩེ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mūrdha

The second of the four stages of penetrative insight.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­199
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 7.­68
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • n.­125
  • g.­154
  • g.­183
  • g.­585
  • g.­662
g.­428

perception

Wylie:
  • ’du shes
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃjñā

One of the five aggregates, sometimes also called “recognition” or “discrimination,” this refers to the discriminative power of the mind in relation to objects.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­421
  • 2.­424
  • 2.­427
  • 3.­20-21
  • 3.­38
  • 6.­95-96
  • 6.­101-102
  • 10.­269-272
  • 10.­281
  • 10.­283-284
  • 10.­372
  • n.­125
  • g.­11
  • g.­47
g.­429

phenomenon

Wylie:
  • chos
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma

One of the meanings of the Skt. term “dharma.”

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 2.­406
  • 2.­419
  • 3.­38-41
  • 5.­158
  • 5.­305
  • 6.­3
  • 6.­350
  • 7.­97
  • 9.­73
  • 10.­36
  • 10.­38-41
  • 10.­81
  • 10.­265
  • 10.­285
  • n.­222
  • g.­125
  • g.­130
  • g.­142
  • g.­154
  • g.­242
  • g.­250
  • g.­466
  • g.­474
  • g.­521
  • g.­580
  • g.­585
g.­430

philosophical extremist

Wylie:
  • mu stegs can
Tibetan:
  • མུ་སྟེགས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • tīrthika

Holders of philosophical views diverging from the Buddhist philosophy of the Middle Way into one of the two “extremes” of nihilism or eternalism. In the Buddha’s day they were typified by the non-Buddhist teachers Pūraṇa Kāśyapa, Parivrājaka Gośālīputra, Saṃjayin Vairaṭīputra, Ajita Keśakambala, Kakuda Kātyāyana, and Nirgrantha Jñātiputra.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 1.­4
  • 6.­359
  • g.­17
  • g.­254
  • g.­263
  • g.­353
  • g.­393
  • g.­447
  • g.­495
g.­433

piśāca

Wylie:
  • sha za
Tibetan:
  • ཤ་ཟ།
Sanskrit:
  • piśāca

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings that, like several other classes of nonhuman beings, take spontaneous birth. Ranking below rākṣasas, they are less powerful and more akin to pretas. They are said to dwell in impure and perilous places, where they feed on impure things, including flesh. This could account for the name piśāca, which possibly derives from √piś, to carve or chop meat, as reflected also in the Tibetan sha za, “meat eater.” They are often described as having an unpleasant appearance, and at times they appear with animal bodies. Some possess the ability to enter the dead bodies of humans, thereby becoming so-called vetāla, to touch whom is fatal.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­1
  • 9.­150
  • 9.­152-153
  • 9.­155-158
  • 9.­160-161
  • g.­299
g.­438

Potalaka

Wylie:
  • gru ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • གྲུ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • potalaka

The name of the mountain where the bodhisattva Avalokiteśvara dwells (Edgerton 354.2). A city ruled by King Mahendra before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­176
  • g.­338
  • g.­339
  • g.­341
  • g.­342
g.­441

Prasenajit

Wylie:
  • gsal rgyal
Tibetan:
  • གསལ་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • prasenajit

King of the country of Kośala, he reigned in the city of Śrāvastī. Sometime enemy of King Brahmadatta (present), with whom he eventually reconciled.

Located in 59 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­278-284
  • 1.­287-288
  • 2.­116
  • 2.­233
  • 2.­238
  • 3.­126
  • 3.­296-298
  • 5.­32-33
  • 5.­35-36
  • 5.­41-48
  • 5.­56-57
  • 5.­64
  • 5.­104
  • 8.­66
  • 8.­71-72
  • 8.­79
  • 8.­84
  • 8.­119-120
  • 9.­139
  • 9.­143-144
  • 9.­150
  • 10.­230
  • 10.­357
  • 10.­359-361
  • n.­26
  • g.­120
  • g.­132
  • g.­136
  • g.­291
  • g.­295
  • g.­377
  • g.­445
  • g.­629
  • g.­645
  • g.­658
g.­443

preceptor

Wylie:
  • mkhan po
Tibetan:
  • མཁན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • upādhyāya

The person from whom one receives vows. Also the title of the head of a monastery. Also rendered here as “counselor.”

Located in 47 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­64
  • 1.­66-69
  • 1.­135
  • 1.­164-165
  • 1.­206
  • 1.­245
  • 1.­398
  • 2.­148-150
  • 2.­165
  • 2.­292
  • 2.­301
  • 2.­521
  • 3.­12-14
  • 3.­73
  • 3.­83
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­149
  • 3.­152
  • 3.­347
  • 4.­186
  • 5.­207
  • 5.­213
  • 6.­40
  • 6.­194
  • 6.­245
  • 6.­248
  • 6.­324
  • 7.­178
  • 7.­202-204
  • 7.­206
  • 7.­247-248
  • 10.­429-430
  • 10.­432
  • n.­97
  • g.­112
g.­444

Prince Jeta

Wylie:
  • rgyal bu rgyal byed
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་བུ་རྒྱལ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • rājakumāra jeta

Prince who sold the so-called garden of Prince Jeta in Śrāvastī to the householder Anāthapiṇḍada, who built a monastery there and offered it to the Buddha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­192
g.­445

Purāṇa

Wylie:
  • gna’ mi
Tibetan:
  • གནའ་མི།
Sanskrit:
  • purāṇa

The Hundred Deeds appears to list him as one of the attendants of the queen in Śrāvastī during the time of the Buddha. Elsewhere he and his associate Datta are remembered as a ministers or attendants (sthapati) to King Prasenajit.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­121
  • g.­78
  • g.­120
g.­446

Pūraṇa (a brahmin from Śrāvastī)

Wylie:
  • rdzogs byed
Tibetan:
  • རྫོགས་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • pūraṇa

A certain brahmin, child of wealthy householders in Śrāvastī, who became an attendant of Venerable Aniruddha before returning home at his parents’ request and manifesting arhatship. Appears in the Story of Pūraṇa.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­103-104
  • 1.­123-124
  • 1.­129
  • 1.­136
g.­447

Pūraṇa Kāśyapa

Wylie:
  • ’od srung rdzogs byed
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྲུང་རྫོགས་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • pūraṇa kāśyapa

One of the six philosophical extremists who lived during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­142
  • 5.­296-297
  • 5.­300
  • 5.­303-304
  • 5.­312
  • 6.­56-57
  • 6.­344
  • n.­153
  • n.­182
  • g.­254
  • g.­274
  • g.­276
  • g.­330
  • g.­430
g.­448

Pūrṇa (a householder and future buddha)

Wylie:
  • gang po
Tibetan:
  • གང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrṇa

A wealthy householder in Rājagṛha whom the Buddha prophesied would become the future Buddha Pūrṇa.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • p.­3
  • 8.­1-2
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­15
g.­453

Rājagṛha

Wylie:
  • rgyal po’i khab
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་པོའི་ཁབ།
Sanskrit:
  • rājagṛha

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The ancient capital of Magadha prior to its relocation to Pāṭaliputra during the Mauryan dynasty, Rājagṛha is one of the most important locations in Buddhist history. The literature tells us that the Buddha and his saṅgha spent a considerable amount of time in residence in and around Rājagṛha‍—in nearby places, such as the Vulture Peak Mountain (Gṛdhrakūṭaparvata), a major site of the Mahāyāna sūtras, and the Bamboo Grove (Veṇuvana)‍—enjoying the patronage of King Bimbisāra and then of his son King Ajātaśatru. Rājagṛha is also remembered as the location where the first Buddhist monastic council was held after the Buddha Śākyamuni passed into parinirvāṇa. Now known as Rajgir and located in the modern Indian state of Bihar.

Located in 101 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­194
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­230
  • 1.­363
  • 1.­385
  • 2.­57
  • 2.­342
  • 2.­459
  • 3.­309
  • 3.­332
  • 3.­347
  • 3.­352
  • 4.­92
  • 4.­122-124
  • 4.­128
  • 4.­144
  • 4.­169
  • 5.­103
  • 5.­211
  • 5.­214
  • 5.­218-219
  • 5.­221
  • 6.­2
  • 6.­4
  • 6.­9
  • 6.­78
  • 6.­254
  • 6.­259
  • 6.­272
  • 6.­322
  • 7.­70
  • 7.­73-74
  • 7.­76-77
  • 7.­82
  • 7.­84
  • 7.­100-103
  • 7.­106
  • 7.­136
  • 7.­142
  • 7.­149-151
  • 7.­189
  • 7.­209
  • 7.­220
  • 7.­224-225
  • 7.­229-230
  • 8.­2
  • 8.­5
  • 8.­119
  • 9.­71
  • 9.­115
  • 9.­117-118
  • 9.­139
  • 9.­150
  • 9.­153
  • 9.­160
  • 9.­162-166
  • 10.­10
  • 10.­14
  • 10.­124-126
  • 10.­252
  • 10.­287
  • n.­151
  • n.­198
  • g.­53
  • g.­63
  • g.­64
  • g.­68
  • g.­101
  • g.­129
  • g.­159
  • g.­213
  • g.­247
  • g.­265
  • g.­282
  • g.­325
  • g.­375
  • g.­383
  • g.­395
  • g.­448
  • g.­529
  • g.­554
  • g.­662
g.­454

rākṣasa

Wylie:
  • srin po
Tibetan:
  • སྲིན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • rākṣasa

A class of terrestrial demons perhaps similar to ogres.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­572
  • 2.­576-577
  • 2.­581
  • 2.­604
  • 3.­27
  • 10.­399
g.­457

Ratnaśikhin

Wylie:
  • rin chen gtsug tor can
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་གཙུག་ཏོར་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnaśikhin

A future buddha.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­1
  • 8.­105
  • n.­179
  • n.­187
g.­458

religious life

Wylie:
  • tshangs par spyod pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པར་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmacarya

While in its narrowest sense this term refers to celibacy, Sonam Angdu explains its broader meaning: tshangs pa ’am bsil bar gyur pa’i don du na mya ngan ’das pa la bya, “Those actions that lead beyond sorrow to the goal of purity or peace” (Angdu 62).

Also rendered here as “code of conduct,” “celibacy” and “brahmacarya.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • g.­79
  • g.­98
  • g.­104
  • g.­351
g.­459

reliquary stūpa

Wylie:
  • mchod rten
Tibetan:
  • མཆོད་རྟེན།
Sanskrit:
  • stūpa
  • caitya

A monument containing a relic of a buddha or other holy beings (Rigzin 112).

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­122
  • 1.­313
  • 2.­224
  • 2.­380
  • 2.­383
  • 2.­485
  • 2.­547
  • 3.­149
  • 4.­223
  • 5.­278
  • 7.­163
  • 7.­217
  • 10.­90
  • 10.­190
  • 10.­201
  • g.­257
  • g.­293
g.­460

Reṇu

Wylie:
  • rdul
Tibetan:
  • རྡུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • reṇu

A son of King Diśāṃpati of Pāṁśula who lived before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni. He became king after the death of his father. In The Hundred Deeds, he is said to have been a previous incarnation of King Bimbisāra.

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­291-292
  • 10.­297-302
  • 10.­304
  • 10.­306
  • 10.­320-322
  • 10.­324
  • 10.­327
  • 10.­329
  • 10.­338
  • 10.­341-342
  • g.­140
g.­461

resultant state of non-return

Wylie:
  • phyir mi ’ong ba’i ’bras bu
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིར་མི་འོང་བའི་འབྲས་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The state achieved by a non-returner.

Located in 39 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­200
  • 1.­285
  • 1.­422
  • 1.­433
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­88
  • 3.­91
  • 3.­96
  • 3.­133
  • 3.­200
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 4.­196
  • 5.­18
  • 5.­193
  • 5.­205-206
  • 5.­224
  • 5.­317
  • 5.­322
  • 6.­295-296
  • 6.­298
  • 6.­387
  • 6.­436
  • 7.­33
  • 7.­69
  • 7.­119
  • 7.­201
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
g.­462

resultant state of once-return

Wylie:
  • lan cig phyir ’ong ba’i ’bras bu
Tibetan:
  • ལན་ཅིག་ཕྱིར་འོང་བའི་འབྲས་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The state achieved by a once-returner.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­200
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 7.­69
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
g.­464

Ṛg Veda

Wylie:
  • nges brjod kyi rig byed
Tibetan:
  • ངེས་བརྗོད་ཀྱི་རིག་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • ṛgveda

Along with the Yajur Veda, Sāma Veda, and Atharva Veda, one of the four Vedas, the most ancient Sanskrit religious literature of India.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­240
  • 1.­378
  • 3.­310
  • 3.­326
  • 5.­187
  • 5.­212
  • 5.­265
  • 6.­35
  • 7.­167
  • 8.­18
  • 9.­4
  • 10.­96
  • 10.­296
  • g.­46
  • g.­494
  • g.­671
g.­476

ritual vase

Wylie:
  • ril ba spyi blugs
  • ril ba
Tibetan:
  • རིལ་བ་སྤྱི་བླུགས།
  • རིལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • kamaṇḍalu

A vase commonly used in brahminical rituals; a vase used to store drinking water.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­240
  • 1.­378
  • 3.­310
  • 3.­326
  • 5.­187
  • 5.­212
  • 5.­265
  • 6.­35
  • 6.­360
  • 7.­167
  • 8.­18
  • 9.­4
  • 10.­96
  • 10.­296
g.­477

Riu

Wylie:
  • ri’u
Tibetan:
  • རིའུ།
Sanskrit:
  • riu

A scriptural exegete from the south during the Buddha’s time, who Princess She Who Gathers of Takṣaśīla let defeat her in debate, in order to marry him. Their child was Kātyāyana.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­372
  • 1.­375
  • 1.­377
  • g.­511
g.­478

root of virtue

Wylie:
  • dge ba’i rtsa ba
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བའི་རྩ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • kuśalamūla

A virtuous action or state of mind that will “ripen” into happiness later in this life, the next, or at some point in the unknown future.

Located in 80 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­37
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­85
  • 1.­128
  • 1.­135
  • 1.­169
  • 1.­274
  • 1.­300
  • 1.­347
  • 1.­397
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­37
  • 2.­56
  • 2.­74
  • 2.­146
  • 2.­189
  • 2.­198
  • 2.­207
  • 2.­341
  • 2.­382
  • 2.­456
  • 3.­13
  • 3.­51-52
  • 3.­278
  • 3.­295
  • 3.­305
  • 3.­434
  • 4.­15
  • 4.­19
  • 4.­46
  • 4.­56
  • 4.­109-110
  • 4.­145
  • 4.­163
  • 4.­166
  • 4.­201
  • 4.­229
  • 5.­27
  • 5.­92
  • 5.­121-122
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­287
  • 5.­330
  • 6.­18
  • 6.­75
  • 6.­252
  • 6.­305
  • 6.­381
  • 6.­391
  • 6.­411
  • 6.­425
  • 6.­440
  • 6.­449
  • 6.­456
  • 7.­23
  • 7.­63
  • 7.­163
  • 7.­217
  • 8.­14
  • 8.­28
  • 8.­40
  • 8.­55
  • 8.­69
  • 8.­77
  • 8.­85
  • 8.­90
  • 8.­93
  • 8.­104
  • 8.­117
  • 8.­127
  • 9.­62
  • 9.­135
  • 10.­90-91
  • 10.­201
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­419
g.­483

sage

Wylie:
  • drang srong
Tibetan:
  • དྲང་སྲོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • ṛṣi

drang srong is literally “the righteous one”; ancient Vedic masters and practitioners (Rigzin 200).

Located in 180 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­121
  • 1.­245
  • 1.­247-250
  • 1.­446-449
  • 2.­302-304
  • 2.­497-498
  • 2.­508
  • 3.­22
  • 3.­26-27
  • 3.­56
  • 3.­58
  • 3.­61
  • 3.­63-66
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­72
  • 3.­79
  • 3.­81
  • 3.­93-94
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­380-381
  • 3.­383-384
  • 3.­389-396
  • 3.­419
  • 4.­36-37
  • 4.­161-162
  • 4.­183-184
  • 4.­187-189
  • 4.­193-195
  • 5.­24
  • 5.­26
  • 5.­61-64
  • 5.­149-150
  • 5.­181-182
  • 5.­189-190
  • 5.­198-201
  • 5.­204
  • 5.­206-208
  • 5.­216-218
  • 5.­220-223
  • 5.­227-230
  • 6.­66
  • 6.­68-71
  • 6.­140
  • 6.­173
  • 6.­243
  • 6.­245
  • 6.­248
  • 6.­305
  • 6.­384-388
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­25
  • 7.­29-32
  • 7.­36-39
  • 7.­42
  • 7.­117-121
  • 7.­124-126
  • 7.­128-129
  • 7.­133-134
  • 7.­141
  • 7.­160-161
  • 7.­169
  • 7.­174-182
  • 7.­185-187
  • 7.­260-263
  • 9.­24-26
  • 9.­41-44
  • 9.­82-84
  • 9.­147-148
  • 9.­160-161
  • 10.­198
  • 10.­259
  • 10.­264
  • 10.­354-355
  • g.­67
  • g.­120
  • g.­172
  • g.­262
  • g.­268
  • g.­324
  • g.­481
  • g.­488
  • g.­493
  • g.­528
  • g.­530
  • g.­595
g.­485

Sahā

Wylie:
  • mi mjed
Tibetan:
  • མི་མཇེད།
Sanskrit:
  • sahā

The world system in which Jambudvīpa is located. One of the epithets of Brahmā is Sahāṃpati Brahmā, “Brahmā, Lord of Sahā.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • g.­78
  • g.­487
g.­486

Sahadeva

Wylie:
  • lhar bcas
Tibetan:
  • ལྷར་བཅས།
Sanskrit:
  • sahadeva

Son of Siddhārtha Gautama’s maternal grandfather King Suprabuddha of Videha.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­128
  • 5.­132-136
  • 5.­143
  • 5.­150
g.­487

Sahāṃpati Brahmā

Wylie:
  • mi mjed kyi bdag po tshangs pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་མཇེད་ཀྱི་བདག་པོ་ཚངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sahāṃpati brahmā

An epithet of Brahmā meaning “Lord of the Sahā World.”

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­305-307
  • 2.­251-253
  • 4.­104-105
  • 8.­49-50
  • 9.­78-79
  • 9.­96-97
  • 10.­85
  • 10.­224
  • 10.­305
  • 10.­307
  • 10.­309
  • 10.­311
  • 10.­314
  • 10.­316
  • 10.­318-319
  • g.­78
  • g.­485
g.­488

Śaila

Wylie:
  • ri bo
Tibetan:
  • རི་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śaila

Sage who lived with five hundred devotees in the forest and spent time on the banks of Lake Mandākinī, his maternal uncle was the sage Kaineya.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­22
  • 3.­26-27
  • 3.­60-61
  • 3.­63
  • 3.­66
  • 3.­68
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­72-74
  • 3.­79
  • 3.­87
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­103
  • g.­262
g.­490

Śakra

Wylie:
  • brgya byin
Tibetan:
  • བརྒྱ་བྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • śakra

Common epithet of the god Indra, in Skt. meaning “Mighty One,” and in Tib., “Hundred Gifts” (because he is said to have attained his state by performing one hundred pūjās). This epithet often appears together with the title “King of Gods.” He is ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 104 passages in the translation:

  • p.­3
  • 1.­88
  • 1.­305-307
  • 1.­316
  • 2.­156
  • 2.­251-253
  • 3.­431-432
  • 3.­436-437
  • 4.­14-15
  • 4.­104-105
  • 5.­97
  • 5.­138
  • 6.­144-145
  • 6.­216
  • 6.­234
  • 6.­310-311
  • 6.­313
  • 6.­315-316
  • 6.­421-422
  • 6.­426-428
  • 7.­39
  • 8.­49-50
  • 9.­78-79
  • 9.­96-97
  • 9.­112
  • 9.­134
  • 10.­1-2
  • 10.­4-7
  • 10.­9-10
  • 10.­14-16
  • 10.­18-20
  • 10.­22-23
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­27
  • 10.­29
  • 10.­33
  • 10.­35
  • 10.­39
  • 10.­41
  • 10.­44
  • 10.­46
  • 10.­49
  • 10.­51
  • 10.­54
  • 10.­56
  • 10.­58
  • 10.­60
  • 10.­69
  • 10.­78
  • 10.­81-87
  • 10.­92
  • 10.­94
  • 10.­399
  • 10.­401-404
  • 10.­406-407
  • 10.­412-415
  • 10.­418-419
  • g.­78
  • g.­246
  • g.­283
  • g.­413
  • g.­482
  • g.­514
g.­491

Śākya

Wylie:
  • shAkya
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱཀྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • śākya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Name of the ancient tribe in which the Buddha was born as a prince; their kingdom was based to the east of Kośala, in the foothills near the present-day border of India and Nepal, with Kapilavastu as its capital.

Located in 51 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­380
  • 2.­140
  • 2.­142-143
  • 2.­330
  • 3.­64
  • 5.­132
  • 5.­135
  • 5.­191
  • 5.­208-209
  • 5.­232
  • 5.­234
  • 5.­236
  • 5.­238-245
  • 5.­247
  • 5.­250
  • 5.­252-257
  • 5.­263
  • 6.­179
  • 6.­189-190
  • 6.­243
  • 6.­245
  • 6.­248
  • 6.­458
  • 6.­463
  • 7.­8
  • 10.­178
  • g.­28
  • g.­102
  • g.­119
  • g.­127
  • g.­128
  • g.­269
  • g.­493
  • g.­556
  • g.­618
  • g.­673
g.­492

Śākya Suprabuddha

Wylie:
  • shAkya rab sad
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱཀྱ་རབ་སད།
Sanskrit:
  • śākya suprabuddha

King of Vṛji, father of Buddha Śākyamuni’s mother Mahā­māyā. See “Suprabuddha.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­139-140
  • g.­127
  • g.­284
  • g.­332
  • g.­359
  • g.­568
g.­493

Śākyamuni

Wylie:
  • shAkya thub pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱཀྱ་ཐུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śākyamuni

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

An epithet for the historical Buddha, Siddhārtha Gautama: he was a muni (“sage”) from the Śākya clan. He is counted as the fourth of the first four buddhas of the present Good Eon, the other three being Krakucchanda, Kanakamuni, and Kāśyapa. He will be followed by Maitreya, the next buddha in this eon.

Located in 79 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­7
  • 2.­149-150
  • 2.­330
  • 3.­13-14
  • 3.­151-152
  • 5.­208-209
  • 7.­248
  • n.­51
  • n.­131
  • g.­17
  • g.­51
  • g.­53
  • g.­56
  • g.­77
  • g.­78
  • g.­80
  • g.­81
  • g.­90
  • g.­91
  • g.­128
  • g.­137
  • g.­138
  • g.­140
  • g.­141
  • g.­170
  • g.­172
  • g.­182
  • g.­194
  • g.­196
  • g.­201
  • g.­206
  • g.­223
  • g.­258
  • g.­259
  • g.­263
  • g.­266
  • g.­269
  • g.­271
  • g.­274
  • g.­276
  • g.­278
  • g.­325
  • g.­327
  • g.­330
  • g.­332
  • g.­335
  • g.­336
  • g.­353
  • g.­356
  • g.­359
  • g.­365
  • g.­381
  • g.­393
  • g.­395
  • g.­438
  • g.­447
  • g.­452
  • g.­460
  • g.­484
  • g.­491
  • g.­492
  • g.­495
  • g.­499
  • g.­505
  • g.­514
  • g.­554
  • g.­563
  • g.­606
  • g.­608
  • g.­610
  • g.­615
  • g.­627
  • g.­652
  • g.­655
g.­494

Sāma Veda

Wylie:
  • snyan tshig gi rig byed
Tibetan:
  • སྙན་ཚིག་གི་རིག་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • sāmaveda

Along with the Ṛg Veda, Yajur Veda, and Atharva Veda, one of the four Vedas, the most ancient Sanskrit religious literature of India.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­240
  • 1.­378
  • 3.­310
  • 3.­326
  • 5.­187
  • 5.­212
  • 5.­265
  • 6.­35
  • 7.­167
  • 8.­18
  • 9.­4
  • 10.­96
  • 10.­296
  • g.­46
  • g.­464
  • g.­671
g.­495

Saṃjayin Vairaṭīputra

Wylie:
  • smra ’dod kyi bu mo’i bu
  • smra ’dod kyi bu mo’i bu yang dag rgyal ba can
Tibetan:
  • སྨྲ་འདོད་ཀྱི་བུ་མོའི་བུ།
  • སྨྲ་འདོད་ཀྱི་བུ་མོའི་བུ་ཡང་དག་རྒྱལ་བ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • vairaṭīputra
  • vairūṭīputra
  • saṃjayin vairaṭīputra

One of the six philosophical extremists who lived during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­56-57
  • 6.­344
  • g.­430
g.­498

Saraṇa

Wylie:
  • sa ra Na
Tibetan:
  • ས་ར་ཎ།
Sanskrit:
  • saraṇa

Son of King Udayana of Vatsa, he went forth by Venerable Kātyāyanaputra.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­1
  • 7.­195
  • 7.­197-202
  • 7.­207
  • 7.­209
  • 7.­218
g.­499

Śāriputra

Wylie:
  • shA ri’i bu
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱ་རིའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • śāriputra

Along with Maudgalyāyana, one of Buddha Śākyamuni’s two foremost disciples, known for his erudition. His full given name is Śāriputra Upatiṣya; also rendered here as Upatiṣya.

Located in 142 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­8-18
  • 1.­20-26
  • 1.­40
  • 1.­46-57
  • 1.­60-64
  • 1.­68
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­84
  • 2.­536-539
  • 2.­541
  • 2.­543-545
  • 3.­87-88
  • 3.­90-92
  • 3.­95
  • 3.­97
  • 3.­333-335
  • 3.­339-340
  • 3.­342-348
  • 3.­350-351
  • 3.­353-355
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­366
  • 3.­373
  • 3.­375-376
  • 3.­378
  • 3.­384-385
  • 3.­396
  • 3.­398
  • 5.­103
  • 5.­244
  • 5.­304-305
  • 5.­307
  • 5.­309
  • 5.­311
  • 6.­26-28
  • 6.­191
  • 6.­258
  • 6.­260-264
  • 6.­267-290
  • 6.­293-294
  • 6.­296-299
  • 6.­322
  • 6.­434-436
  • 6.­444-445
  • 10.­10
  • g.­320
  • g.­331
  • g.­411
  • g.­500
  • g.­529
  • g.­570
  • g.­621
g.­500

Śāriputra Upatiṣya

Wylie:
  • shA ri’i bu nye rgyal
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱ་རིའི་བུ་ཉེ་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • śāriputra upatiṣya

See “Śāriputra.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­255
  • 6.­257
  • g.­383
  • g.­499
  • g.­593
g.­502

scriptural exegete

Wylie:
  • gzhung smras pa
Tibetan:
  • གཞུང་སྨྲས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An individual who is well versed in a particular textual lineage or lineages.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­364-367
  • 1.­369
  • 1.­371-376
  • 1.­379
  • 1.­391
  • 1.­398
  • 1.­401
  • 1.­403
  • g.­477
  • g.­511
g.­505

self-arisen buddha

Wylie:
  • rang byung sangs rgyas
Tibetan:
  • རང་བྱུང་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • svayambhu buddha RS

An epithet for Buddha Śākyamuni, or for any fully awakened buddha.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­435
  • 10.­410
  • 10.­420
g.­506

sensation

Wylie:
  • tshor ba
Tibetan:
  • ཚོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vedanā

One of the five aggregates, and seventh of the twelve links of dependent origination, comprising the gamut of mental and physical sensations.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­421
  • 2.­424
  • 2.­427
  • 3.­38
  • 7.­92-93
  • 7.­95-96
  • 10.­269-272
  • 10.­277-278
  • 10.­281
  • 10.­283-284
  • g.­11
  • g.­585
g.­507

sense bases

Wylie:
  • skye mched
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • āyatana

See “six sense bases.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­71
  • 1.­124
  • 1.­309
  • 2.­179
  • 2.­286
  • 2.­546
  • 2.­550
  • 3.­386
  • 4.­181
  • 10.­194
g.­509

seven jewels of the noble ones

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa’i nor bdun
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པའི་ནོར་བདུན།
Sanskrit:
  • saptadhanāni

(1) Faith (sŕaddhā, dad pa), (2) moral discipline (śīla, tshul khrims), (3) hearing (śruta, thos pa), (4) generosity (tyāga, gtong ba), (5) a sense of shame (hrī, ngo tsha shes pa), (6) dread of blame (āpatrāpya, khrel yod pa), (7) wisdom (prajñā, shes rab) (Rigzin 271).

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­6
  • 1.­44
  • 1.­96
  • 1.­324
  • 1.­418
  • 2.­80
  • 2.­574
  • 3.­24
  • 3.­289-290
  • 4.­25
  • 4.­191
  • 4.­209
  • 5.­9
  • 5.­51
  • 5.­156
  • 5.­175
  • 6.­22
  • 7.­27
  • 7.­47
  • 7.­79
  • 7.­222
  • 8.­81
  • 8.­98
  • 9.­7
  • 9.­69
  • 9.­141
  • 10.­12
  • 10.­244
  • 10.­344
g.­510

seven limbs of enlightenment

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi yan lag bdun
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག་བདུན།
Sanskrit:
  • saptabodhyaṅga

(1) Mindfulness (smṛiti, dran pa), (2) wisdom (dharmapravicaya, chos rab tu rnam ’byed/shes rab), (3) diligence (vīrya, brtson ’grus), (4) joy (prīti, dga’ ba), (5) mental and physical pliancy (praśrabdhi, shin sbyangs), (6) meditative stabilization (samādhi, ting nge ’dzin), and (7) equanimity (upekṣā, btang snyoms).

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
  • g.­135
  • g.­317
  • g.­364
  • g.­585
g.­511

She Who Gathers

Wylie:
  • ’dus mo
Tibetan:
  • འདུས་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Princess of Takṣaśīla, child of Padmagarbha, mother of Kātyāyana, and spouse of Riu. During the Buddha’s time she defeated all the scriptural exegetes from neighboring lands in debate.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­367-368
  • 1.­377
  • 1.­390
  • g.­278
  • g.­409
  • g.­477
g.­514

Śibi

Wylie:
  • shi bi
Tibetan:
  • ཤི་བི།
Sanskrit:
  • śibi
  • śivi

A king who ruled in the palace of Catuṣka before the time of Śākyamuni Buddha. He was a previous incarnation of the Buddha who as a bodhisattva bargained his own flesh and blood away to Śakra (appearing in the guise of a cannibal demon) in return for hearing the verse that appears as the first in the Udānavarga collection.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­1
  • 10.­396
  • 10.­399
  • 10.­401-402
  • 10.­416
  • g.­96
g.­515

Siddhārtha

Wylie:
  • don grub
Tibetan:
  • དོན་གྲུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • siddhārtha

See “Gautama.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­116
  • 10.­153
  • g.­196
  • g.­335
  • g.­486
  • g.­556
  • g.­568
g.­516

Siṃha

Wylie:
  • seng ge
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེ
Sanskrit:
  • siṃha

In The Hundred Deeds, a certain army chief in Vaiśālī by this name appears twice (in part 4: “The Story of Siṃha” and in part 5: “The Story of Good Compassion”). It is not clear whether this army chief refers the same person or not.

In the first story, he is the father of a ugly and stinking son who heard the Dharma from the Blessed One, went forth, and was healed of his afflictions. In the second story, he is the father of Good Compassion who was sentenced to death but was released and went forth under the Buddha.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­1
  • 4.­146-147
  • 4.­149-151
  • 4.­164
  • 4.­167
  • 5.­170
  • 5.­173
  • g.­208
g.­517

Siṃhahanu

Wylie:
  • senge ge’i ’gram
Tibetan:
  • སེངེ་གེའི་འགྲམ།
Sanskrit:
  • siṃhahanu

King of Kapilavastu. His children were Amṛtā, Droṇā, Śuklā, Śuddhā, Amṛtodana, Droṇodana, Śuklodana, and Śuddhodana.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 2.­140
  • 5.­127-128
  • 5.­130
  • g.­21
  • g.­22
  • g.­149
  • g.­150
  • g.­555
  • g.­556
  • g.­560
  • g.­561
  • g.­568
g.­521

six sense bases

Wylie:
  • skye mched drug
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་མཆེད་དྲུག
Sanskrit:
  • ṣaḍāyatana

The five senses and their objects, plus the mind and phenomena known to the mind. Together they comprise the fifth of the twelve links of dependent origination.

Located in 34 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­95-96
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­277-278
  • 10.­343
  • g.­507
g.­522

six types of brahminical activities

Wylie:
  • las rnam pa drug
Tibetan:
  • ལས་རྣམ་པ་དྲུག
Sanskrit:
  • ṣaḍbrahmiñcarya

Read as a variant of the Tib. bram ze’i las drug, they are (1) reading (klog pa), (2) encouraging others to read (klog tu ’jug pa), (3) making sacrificial offerings (mchod sbyin), (4) encouraging others to perform sacrificial offerings (mchod sbyin byed du ’jug pa), (5) practicing giving/giving alms (sbyin pa), and (6) accepting alms/offerings (len pa) (Rigzin 285).

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­240
  • 1.­379
  • 3.­310
  • 3.­326
  • 5.­187
  • 5.­212
  • 5.­265
  • 6.­35
  • 7.­167
  • 8.­18
  • 9.­4
  • 10.­96
  • 10.­296
g.­523

skillful means

Wylie:
  • thabs
Tibetan:
  • ཐབས།
Sanskrit:
  • upāya

Also called “method.”

Located in 65 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 1.­86
  • 1.­130
  • 1.­137
  • 1.­171
  • 1.­277
  • 1.­302
  • 1.­314
  • 1.­352
  • 1.­402
  • 1.­441
  • 2.­116
  • 2.­151
  • 2.­192
  • 2.­211
  • 2.­232
  • 2.­259
  • 2.­264
  • 2.­384
  • 2.­571
  • 3.­15
  • 3.­53
  • 3.­104
  • 3.­123
  • 3.­153
  • 3.­282
  • 3.­307
  • 4.­40
  • 4.­111
  • 4.­168
  • 4.­203
  • 4.­232
  • 5.­31
  • 5.­69
  • 5.­93
  • 5.­96
  • 5.­124
  • 5.­153
  • 5.­169
  • 5.­185
  • 5.­210
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­332
  • 6.­33
  • 6.­53
  • 6.­77
  • 6.­246
  • 6.­309
  • 6.­383
  • 6.­392
  • 6.­413
  • 6.­510
  • 7.­43
  • 7.­116
  • 7.­234
  • 7.­250
  • 9.­21
  • 9.­26
  • 9.­65
  • 9.­88
  • 9.­137
  • 10.­93
  • 10.­218
  • 10.­241
  • g.­366
g.­524

Small Person with a Curving Spine

Wylie:
  • sgur chung
Tibetan:
  • སྒུར་ཆུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A certain monk of the Buddha’s order whose vile deeds committed against his mother in a previous life ripened into a series of hell births. Finally attaining a human birth, he had a curved spine and went hungry, then drank ash-gruel and passed into parinirvāṇa.

Located in 24 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­510
  • 2.­517
  • 2.­519
  • 2.­523
  • 2.­526
  • 2.­529-539
  • 2.­541
  • 2.­543-545
  • 2.­548
  • 2.­558
  • 2.­569
g.­527

solitary buddha

Wylie:
  • rang sangs rgyas
Tibetan:
  • རང་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • pratyekabuddha

These are beings who in their final existence achieve a lower enlightenment than that of the complete and perfect buddhas, and do so without relying on a teacher.

Located in 98 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­200
  • 1.­362
  • 2.­10
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­37
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­56
  • 2.­65
  • 2.­74
  • 2.­98
  • 2.­111
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­196-197
  • 2.­199
  • 2.­206
  • 2.­208
  • 2.­275
  • 2.­284
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­363
  • 2.­589
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­200
  • 3.­211-212
  • 3.­228-229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­408
  • 3.­415-416
  • 4.­136
  • 4.­145
  • 4.­160-162
  • 4.­164-165
  • 5.­23
  • 5.­25-26
  • 5.­28-29
  • 6.­15-19
  • 6.­29
  • 6.­304
  • 6.­306-307
  • 7.­59-62
  • 7.­64
  • 7.­66
  • 7.­69
  • 7.­157-164
  • 7.­211-216
  • 7.­218
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­197
  • 10.­199-200
  • 10.­202-203
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • g.­1
  • g.­99
  • g.­151
  • g.­171
  • g.­190
  • g.­227
  • g.­260
  • g.­425
  • g.­596
  • g.­611
  • g.­669
g.­529

Son of Grasping

Wylie:
  • ’dzin byed kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • འཛིན་བྱེད་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Son of the high brahmin Grasping of Rājagṛha. As he was lying ill, Venerable Śāriputra gave him a teaching on the four immeasurables. Admonishing Venerable Śāriputra for a lack of foresight, the Buddha then gave him an additional teaching on the four noble truths, leading him to manifest the resultant state of a non-returner and take rebirth as a god.

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­1
  • 6.­256
  • 6.­259-264
  • 6.­266-269
  • 6.­271-275
  • 6.­279
  • 6.­289-291
  • 6.­293-299
  • 6.­306
  • 6.­308
  • g.­213
g.­530

soothsayer

Wylie:
  • ltas mkhan
Tibetan:
  • ལྟས་མཁན།
Sanskrit:
  • naimittika
  • nimittaka
  • naimitta
  • naimittaka

In Buddhist literature this term refers to a clairvoyant, typically a brahminical sage, who is versed in reading signs around the birth of a child.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­364-365
  • 1.­380
  • 2.­366
  • 3.­64
  • 4.­79
  • 4.­147-148
  • 5.­98
  • 5.­292
  • 6.­151
  • 6.­156
  • 6.­160
  • 6.­369
  • 10.­358
g.­532

Sound

Wylie:
  • sgra
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A garuḍa, king of birds, who lived on Mount Meru, and eventually went for refuge and took the fundamental precepts. He was the previous incarnation of the great king Virūpākṣa.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­45
  • 3.­47
  • 3.­52
g.­538

Splitting Open Like a Blue Lotus Hell

Wylie:
  • ud pal ltar gas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཨུད་པལ་ལྟར་གས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • utpala

Sixth of the eight cold hells of Buddhist cosmology. The extreme cold of this hell turns the skin of its inhabitants blue until they crack apart in five or six pieces. Also rendered here as “Blue Lotus Hell.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­4
  • 2.­22
  • 2.­41
  • 2.­59
  • 2.­269
  • 2.­349
  • 4.­130
  • g.­73
g.­539

Splitting Open Like a Great Lotus Hell

Wylie:
  • pad ma ltar gas pa chen po
Tibetan:
  • པད་མ་ལྟར་གས་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­padma

Eighth (and heaviest) of the eight cold hells of Buddhist cosmology. The extreme cold of this hell turns the skin of its denizens blue, red, and then extremely red until they crack apart in a hundred or more pieces. Also rendered here as “Great Lotus Hell.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­4
  • 2.­22
  • 2.­41
  • 2.­59
  • 2.­269
  • 2.­349
  • 4.­130
  • g.­216
g.­540

Splitting Open Like a Lotus Hell

Wylie:
  • pad ma ltar gas pa
Tibetan:
  • པད་མ་ལྟར་གས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • padma

Seventh of the eight cold hells of Buddhist cosmology. The extreme cold of this hell turns the skin of its denizens blue and then red until they crack apart in ten or more pieces. Also rendered here as “Lotus Hell.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­4
  • 2.­22
  • 2.­41
  • 2.­59
  • 2.­269
  • 2.­349
  • 4.­130
  • g.­323
g.­542

Śrāvastī

Wylie:
  • mnyan du yod pa
Tibetan:
  • མཉན་དུ་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrāvastī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

During the life of the Buddha, Śrāvastī was the capital city of the powerful kingdom of Kośala, ruled by King Prasenajit, who became a follower and patron of the Buddha. It was also the hometown of Anāthapiṇḍada, the wealthy patron who first invited the Buddha there, and then offered him a park known as Jetavana, Prince Jeta’s Grove, which became one of the first Buddhist monasteries. The Buddha is said to have spent about twenty-five rainy seasons with his disciples in Śrāvastī, thus it is named as the setting of numerous events and teachings. It is located in present-day Uttar Pradesh in northern India.

Located in 201 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 1.­8
  • 1.­41
  • 1.­47
  • 1.­60
  • 1.­87
  • 1.­106
  • 1.­138
  • 1.­172
  • 1.­251
  • 1.­278
  • 1.­288
  • 1.­303
  • 1.­315
  • 1.­354
  • 1.­404
  • 2.­2
  • 2.­20
  • 2.­38
  • 2.­57
  • 2.­75
  • 2.­82
  • 2.­86
  • 2.­152
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­200
  • 2.­212
  • 2.­219
  • 2.­221
  • 2.­223
  • 2.­233
  • 2.­265-266
  • 2.­342
  • 2.­364
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­509
  • 2.­525
  • 2.­531
  • 2.­534-535
  • 2.­537-538
  • 2.­572
  • 2.­576-578
  • 3.­105
  • 3.­126
  • 3.­187
  • 3.­189
  • 3.­194
  • 3.­197
  • 3.­213
  • 3.­215
  • 3.­219
  • 3.­230
  • 3.­232
  • 3.­234
  • 3.­237
  • 3.­241
  • 3.­243
  • 3.­245
  • 3.­248
  • 3.­257
  • 3.­259
  • 3.­261
  • 3.­264
  • 3.­269
  • 3.­283-284
  • 3.­286
  • 3.­292
  • 3.­399
  • 3.­401
  • 3.­403
  • 3.­406
  • 3.­417
  • 4.­2
  • 4.­21
  • 4.­27-28
  • 4.­41
  • 4.­50
  • 4.­59-61
  • 4.­76
  • 4.­92
  • 4.­112
  • 4.­122-124
  • 4.­189
  • 4.­193
  • 4.­204
  • 5.­32
  • 5.­44
  • 5.­48
  • 5.­53
  • 5.­104
  • 5.­154
  • 5.­159
  • 5.­162
  • 5.­186
  • 5.­189
  • 5.­264
  • 5.­291
  • 5.­299
  • 5.­309
  • 6.­20
  • 6.­24
  • 6.­34
  • 6.­37-38
  • 6.­54
  • 6.­323
  • 6.­430
  • 6.­442-444
  • 6.­458-460
  • 6.­462
  • 7.­2
  • 7.­5
  • 7.­25
  • 7.­117
  • 7.­235
  • 7.­237
  • 7.­251
  • 7.­253
  • 8.­17
  • 8.­24
  • 8.­30
  • 8.­38
  • 8.­42
  • 8.­45
  • 8.­51
  • 8.­57
  • 8.­60
  • 8.­71-72
  • 8.­79
  • 8.­83
  • 8.­87
  • 8.­95-96
  • 8.­100
  • 8.­106
  • 8.­119
  • 9.­2
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­28
  • 9.­35
  • 9.­46
  • 9.­67
  • 9.­90
  • 9.­139
  • 9.­150
  • 10.­95
  • 10.­99
  • 10.­101
  • 10.­171
  • 10.­179-181
  • 10.­185-188
  • 10.­205
  • 10.­219
  • 10.­242
  • 10.­246
  • 10.­343
  • 10.­346
  • 10.­357
  • 10.­362
  • g.­25
  • g.­33
  • g.­92
  • g.­94
  • g.­117
  • g.­120
  • g.­136
  • g.­192
  • g.­257
  • g.­289
  • g.­291
  • g.­320
  • g.­349
  • g.­377
  • g.­415
  • g.­441
  • g.­444
  • g.­445
  • g.­446
  • g.­559
  • g.­629
g.­543

Śreṇiya Bimbisāra

Wylie:
  • bzo sbyangs gzugs can snying po
Tibetan:
  • བཟོ་སྦྱངས་གཟུགས་ཅན་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śreṇiya bimbisāra

See “Bimbisāra.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­321
  • g.­65
g.­545

stream entry

Wylie:
  • rgyun du zhugs pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུན་དུ་ཞུགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • srotāpanna
  • śrotāpanna

The state of one who has attained the … path of seeing (Rigzin 74), and will be carried to enlightenment as surely as a leaf floats downstream.

Located in 76 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­14
  • 1.­22
  • 1.­50
  • 1.­114
  • 1.­153
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­304
  • 1.­307
  • 1.­340
  • 1.­387
  • 1.­422
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­177
  • 2.­237
  • 2.­250
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­4
  • 3.­55
  • 3.­88
  • 3.­91
  • 3.­96
  • 3.­115
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­271
  • 3.­301
  • 3.­316
  • 3.­321
  • 3.­342
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­97
  • 4.­154
  • 4.­215
  • 5.­81
  • 5.­113
  • 5.­140
  • 5.­250
  • 5.­255
  • 5.­273
  • 6.­39
  • 6.­61
  • 6.­334
  • 6.­432
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­69
  • 7.­201
  • 7.­226
  • 7.­239
  • 7.­256
  • 8.­109
  • 9.­18
  • 9.­36
  • 9.­50
  • 9.­52
  • 9.­92
  • 9.­105
  • 9.­126
  • 9.­167
  • 9.­171
  • 10.­78
  • 10.­103
  • 10.­182
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­231-232
  • 10.­247
  • 10.­350
  • g.­60
  • g.­346
  • g.­349
  • g.­372
g.­547

study of seals

Wylie:
  • lag rtsis
Tibetan:
  • ལག་རྩིས།
Sanskrit:
  • mudrā

The study of seals and insignia.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­59
  • 1.­105
  • 1.­140
  • 1.­332
  • 2.­164
  • 2.­372
  • 2.­435
  • 2.­553
  • 3.­156
  • 3.­177
  • 4.­205
  • 5.­108
  • 6.­5
  • 6.­55
  • 7.­6
  • 7.­252
  • 8.­107
  • 9.­29
  • 10.­172
g.­548

Subhadra (the charioteer)

Wylie:
  • rab bzang
Tibetan:
  • རབ་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • subhadra RS

A charioteer of King Śuddhodana.

Not to be confused with the mendicant Subhadra.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­97
  • 5.­99
  • 5.­105-107
  • 5.­109-110
  • 5.­123
  • n.­133
  • g.­60
  • g.­549
g.­549

Subhadra (the mendicant)

Wylie:
  • rab bzang
Tibetan:
  • རབ་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • subhadra

A certain mendicant.

Not to be confused with Subhadra the charioteer of King Śuddhodana. After his death, a series of miracles confirmed that he had been a practitioner of the Buddha’s monastic code.

Located in 35 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­1
  • 6.­312
  • 6.­314
  • 6.­317
  • 6.­325-327
  • 6.­335-336
  • 6.­338-346
  • 6.­349-350
  • 6.­353
  • 6.­356
  • 6.­359
  • 6.­361-362
  • 6.­367
  • 6.­382
  • 6.­392-393
  • 6.­400
  • 6.­406
  • 6.­408
  • n.­165
  • g.­306
  • g.­548
g.­552

subsidiary afflictive emotions

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i nyon mongs
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་ཉོན་མོངས།
Sanskrit:
  • upakleśa

The secondary afflictive emotions that arise in dependence upon the six root afflictive emotions (attachment, hatred, pride, ignorance, doubt, and wrong view); they are (1) anger (krodha, khro ba), (2) enmity/malice (upanāha, ’khon ’dzin), (3) concealment (mrakśa, ’chab pa), (4) outrage (pradāsa, ’tshig pa), (5) jealousy (īrśya, phrag dog), (6) miserliness (matsarya, ser sna), (7) deceit (māyā, sgyu), (8) dishonesty (śāṭhya, g.yo), (9) haughtiness (mada, rgyags pa), (10) harmfulness (vihiṃsa, rnam par ’tshe ba), (11) shamelessness (āhrīkya, ngo tsha med pa), (12) non-consideration (anapatrāpya, khril med pa), (13) lack of faith (aśraddhya, ma dad pa), (14) laziness (kausīdya, le lo), (15) non-conscientiousness (pramāda, bag med pa), (16) forgetfulness (muśitasmṛtitā, brjed nges), (17) non-introspection (asaṃprajanya, shes bzhin ma yin pa), (18) dullness (nigmagṇa, bying ba), (19) agitation (auddhatya, rgod pa), and (20) distraction (vikṣepa, rnam g.yeng) (Rigzin 329, 129).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­291
  • g.­242
g.­553

Sudarśana (a future buddha)

Wylie:
  • legs mthong
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་མཐོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • sudarśana

A future buddha. Also the name of the son of a householder, see “Sudarśana.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­1
  • 8.­94
  • g.­554
g.­554

Sudarśana (son of Dhanika)

Wylie:
  • blta na sdug
Tibetan:
  • བལྟ་ན་སྡུག
Sanskrit:
  • sudarśana RS

Son of the householder Dhanika in Rājagṛha during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni. After he and his parents heard the Dharma from the Buddha, he went forth and manifested arhatship. Also the name of a future buddha, see “Sudarśana.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­1
  • 9.­117-118
  • n.­189
  • n.­197
  • g.­129
  • g.­553
g.­555

Śuddhā

Wylie:
  • gtsang ma
Tibetan:
  • གཙང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • śuddhā

One of eight children, a daughter, of King Siṃhahanu of Kapilavastu.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 5.­127
  • g.­517
g.­556

Śuddhodana

Wylie:
  • zas gtsang
Tibetan:
  • ཟས་གཙང་།
Sanskrit:
  • śuddhodana

One of eight children, a son, of King Siṃhahanu of Kapilavastu. He became king of the Śākya clan, father of Siddhārtha Gautama.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 2.­140
  • 3.­277-278
  • 5.­97
  • 5.­106
  • 5.­127
  • 5.­130
  • 5.­132
  • 7.­265
  • g.­332
  • g.­359
  • g.­517
  • g.­548
  • g.­549
g.­558

sugata

Wylie:
  • bde bar gshegs pa
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བར་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sugata

“One gone to bliss.”An epithet of the buddhas. Also rendered here as “Gone to Bliss.”

Located in 102 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­151
  • 1.­162
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­311
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­432
  • 2.­91
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­226
  • 2.­288
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­408
  • 2.­560
  • 2.­583-584
  • 2.­589
  • 3.­12
  • 3.­45
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­119
  • 3.­147
  • 3.­225
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­304
  • 3.­325
  • 3.­371
  • 3.­408
  • 3.­418
  • 3.­434
  • 4.­46
  • 4.­56
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­108
  • 4.­200
  • 4.­222
  • 5.­66
  • 5.­90
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­164
  • 5.­203
  • 5.­259
  • 5.­277
  • 5.­321
  • 5.­333
  • 6.­29
  • 6.­49
  • 6.­73
  • 6.­83
  • 6.­192
  • 6.­195
  • 6.­244
  • 6.­384
  • 6.­425
  • 6.­439
  • 6.­453
  • 6.­502
  • 7.­16
  • 7.­37
  • 7.­52
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­130
  • 7.­229
  • 7.­247
  • 8.­14-15
  • 8.­28-29
  • 8.­40-41
  • 8.­55-56
  • 8.­69-70
  • 8.­77-78
  • 8.­85-86
  • 8.­93-94
  • 8.­104-105
  • 8.­117-118
  • 8.­127-128
  • 9.­131
  • 10.­77
  • 10.­88
  • 10.­215
  • 10.­235
  • 10.­267
  • 10.­379
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­419
  • g.­207
g.­560

Śuklā

Wylie:
  • dkar mo
Tibetan:
  • དཀར་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śuklā

One of eight children, a daughter, of King Siṃhahanu of Kapilavastu.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 5.­127
  • g.­517
g.­561

Śuklodana

Wylie:
  • zas dkar
Tibetan:
  • ཟས་དཀར།
Sanskrit:
  • śuklodana

One of eight children, a son, of King Siṃhahanu of Kapilavastu.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 5.­127
  • g.­517
g.­562

Sumati (a future buddha)

Wylie:
  • yid bzangs
  • yid bzang
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་བཟངས།
  • ཡིད་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • sumati

A future buddha.

Not to be confused with the Buddha’s previous incarnation Sumati.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­211
  • 7.­66
  • g.­563
g.­563

Sumati (previous encarnation of the Buddha)

Wylie:
  • blo gros bzang po
Tibetan:
  • བློ་གྲོས་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sumati

Previous incarnation of Buddha Śākyamuni, whose offering of five blue lotuses to Buddha Dīpaṃkara became a direct cause for his unexcelled, total, and complete enlightenment.

Not to be confused with the Buddha Sumati.

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­294-299
  • 2.­301-303
  • 2.­306-307
  • 2.­311-316
  • 2.­323-324
  • 2.­327
  • 2.­329
  • 2.­331
  • 2.­336-341
  • g.­138
  • g.­356
  • g.­562
g.­564

Sumeru

Wylie:
  • ri rab
Tibetan:
  • རི་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • sumeru

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

According to ancient Buddhist cosmology, this is the great mountain forming the axis of the universe. At its summit is Sudarśana, home of Śakra and his thirty-two gods, and on its flanks live the asuras. The mount has four sides facing the cardinal directions, each of which is made of a different precious stone. Surrounding it are several mountain ranges and the great ocean where the four principal island continents lie: in the south, Jambudvīpa (our world); in the west, Godānīya; in the north, Uttarakuru; and in the east, Pūrvavideha. Above it are the abodes of the desire realm gods. It is variously referred to as Meru, Mount Meru, Sumeru, and Mount Sumeru.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­45
  • 3.­47
  • 7.­38
  • g.­2
  • g.­57
  • g.­231
g.­565

superknowledge

Wylie:
  • mngon par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhijñā

See “five superknowledges.”

Located in 47 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­426
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­524
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­323
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­219
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­319
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­116-117
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­499
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­123
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­128
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
g.­568

Suprabuddha

Wylie:
  • legs rtogs
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་རྟོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • suprabuddha

Monarch of Videha during Siṃhahanu’s reign in Kapilavastu, at the time of the Buddha’s birth as Siddhārtha Gautama. His daughters were Mahā­māyā (the Buddha’s mother) and Māyā. See “Śākya Suprabuddha.”

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­127-128
  • 5.­130
  • 5.­132
  • g.­486
  • g.­492
g.­570

supreme and excellent pair

Wylie:
  • mchog gi zung
Tibetan:
  • མཆོག་གི་ཟུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • agrayuga

An epithet of the monks Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­342
g.­573

Śūrpāraka

Wylie:
  • shur pa ra ka
Tibetan:
  • ཤུར་པ་ར་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • śūrpāraka

A certain town (or sometimes two different towns) during the time of the Buddha.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­189
  • 5.­191
  • 10.­171
  • 10.­180-181
  • 10.­186
  • 10.­188
  • g.­123
g.­574

sūtra

Wylie:
  • mdo sde
Tibetan:
  • མདོ་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • sūtrapiṭaka

Literally meaning “a thread,” this was an ancient term for teachings that were memorized and orally transmitted in an essential form. Therefore it can mean “pithy statements,” “rules,” and “aphorisms.” In Buddhism it refers to the Buddha’s teachings, whatever their length, and in terms of the three divisions of the Buddha’s teachings, it is the category of teachings other than those on the vinaya and abhidharma. It is also used as a category to contrast with the tantra teachings, though a number of important tantras have sūtra in their title. Another very specific meaning is when it is classed as one of the nine or twelve aspects of the Dharma. In that context sūtra means “a teaching given in prose,” and therefore is one aspect of what is generally called a sūtra.

Located in 24 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • p.­2
  • 3.­7
  • 3.­11-15
  • 4.­179
  • 6.­79
  • 10.­388
  • 10.­423-424
  • 10.­436
  • 10.­439
  • n.­9
  • n.­74
  • n.­109
  • n.­135
  • g.­261
  • g.­453
  • g.­600
  • g.­630
  • g.­662
g.­577

Takṣaśīla

Wylie:
  • tak+Sha shI la
Tibetan:
  • ཏཀྵ་ཤཱི་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • takṣaśīla

Identified with modern-day Taxila, an ancient city and capital of Gandhāra.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­363
  • 1.­369
  • 1.­372-373
  • g.­409
  • g.­477
  • g.­511
g.­578

tathāgata

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tathāgata

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A frequently used synonym for buddha. According to different explanations, it can be read as tathā-gata, literally meaning “one who has thus gone,” or as tathā-āgata, “one who has thus come.” Gata, though literally meaning “gone,” is a past passive participle used to describe a state or condition of existence. Tatha­(tā), often rendered as “suchness” or “thusness,” is the quality or condition of things as they really are, which cannot be conveyed in conceptual, dualistic terms. Therefore, this epithet is interpreted in different ways, but in general it implies one who has departed in the wake of the buddhas of the past, or one who has manifested the supreme awakening dependent on the reality that does not abide in the two extremes of existence and quiescence. It is also often used as a specific epithet of the Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 127 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­311
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­381
  • 1.­392
  • 2.­17-18
  • 2.­35-36
  • 2.­54-55
  • 2.­72-73
  • 2.­87
  • 2.­98
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­173
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­216
  • 2.­282-283
  • 2.­286
  • 2.­344
  • 2.­361-362
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­389
  • 2.­391
  • 2.­560
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­12
  • 3.­45
  • 3.­64-65
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­304
  • 3.­431
  • 3.­438
  • 4.­23
  • 4.­46
  • 4.­56
  • 4.­105
  • 4.­122
  • 4.­143-144
  • 4.­222
  • 5.­90
  • 5.­98
  • 5.­203
  • 5.­277
  • 6.­145
  • 6.­147
  • 6.­177
  • 6.­186
  • 6.­198-199
  • 6.­227
  • 6.­314
  • 6.­327
  • 6.­336-337
  • 6.­340-341
  • 6.­369
  • 6.­384
  • 6.­408
  • 6.­421
  • 6.­453
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­16
  • 7.­40
  • 7.­94
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­229
  • 7.­247
  • 8.­14-15
  • 8.­28-29
  • 8.­40-41
  • 8.­55-56
  • 8.­69-70
  • 8.­77-78
  • 8.­85-86
  • 8.­93-94
  • 8.­104-105
  • 8.­117-118
  • 8.­127-128
  • 9.­71
  • 10.­37-38
  • 10.­40-45
  • 10.­47-50
  • 10.­57-59
  • 10.­61
  • 10.­86
  • 10.­215
  • 10.­274
  • 10.­371
  • 10.­395
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­416
  • 10.­419
  • g.­55
g.­579

temperament

Wylie:
  • khams
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • dhātu

Also rendered here as “element” and “constituent element.”

Located in 55 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­13
  • 1.­22
  • 1.­50
  • 1.­114
  • 1.­153
  • 1.­198
  • 1.­304
  • 1.­387
  • 1.­422
  • 2.­237
  • 2.­250
  • 3.­4
  • 3.­54
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­115
  • 3.­271
  • 3.­301
  • 3.­316
  • 3.­321
  • 3.­342
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­97
  • 4.­154
  • 4.­196
  • 4.­214
  • 5.­18
  • 5.­113
  • 5.­205
  • 5.­223
  • 5.­273
  • 5.­317
  • 6.­61
  • 6.­333
  • 6.­387
  • 6.­432
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­33
  • 7.­119
  • 7.­226
  • 7.­239
  • 7.­256
  • 8.­109
  • 9.­36
  • 9.­52
  • 9.­92
  • 9.­126
  • 9.­167
  • 9.­171
  • 10.­52-54
  • 10.­103
  • 10.­231
  • g.­109
  • g.­158
g.­580

ten powers

Wylie:
  • stobs bcu
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་བཅུ།
Sanskrit:
  • daśabala

May refer to either i.) the ten powers of a buddha (daśatathāgatabala, de bzhin gshegs pa’i stobs bcu): (1) the power of knowing right from wrong (gnas dang gnas min mkhyen pa’i stobs), (2) the power of knowing the fruition of actions (las kyi rnam par smin pa mkhyen pa’i stobs), (3) the power of knowing various mental inclinations (mos pa sna tshogs mkhyen pa’i stobs), (4) the power of knowing various mental faculties (khams sna tshogs mkhyen pa’i stobs), (5) the power of knowing various degrees of intelligence (dbang po sna tshogs mkhyen pa’i stobs), (6) the power of knowing the paths to all rebirths (sarvatragāminpratipādajñānabala, thams cad du ’gro ba’i lam mkhyen pa’i stobs), (7) the power of knowing the ever-afflicted and purified phenomena (kun nas nyon mongs pa dang rnam par byang ba mkhyen pa’i stobs), (8) the power of knowing past lives (sngon gyi gnas rjes su dran pa mkhyen pa’i stobs), (9) the power of knowing deaths and births (’chi ’pho ba dang skye va mkhyen pa’i stobs), and (10) the power of knowing the exhaustion of the contaminations (zag pa zad pa mkhyen pa’i stobs); or ii.) the ten powers of a bodhisattva (daśabodhisattvabala, byang chub sems pa’i stobs bcu): (1) the power of intention (āśayabala, bsam pa’i stobs), (2) the power of resolute intention (adhyāsabala, lhag pa’i bsa pa’i stobs), (3) the power of application (pratipattibala, sbyor ba’i stobs), (4) the power of wisdom (prajñābala, shes rab kyi stobs), (5) the power of prayers (praṇidhānabala, smon lam gyi stobs), (6) the power of vehicle (yānabala, thig pa’i stobs), (7) the power of conduct (cāryabala, spyod pa’i stobs), (8) the power of emancipation (vikurbānbala, sprul pa’i stobs), (9) the power of enlightenment (bodhisattvabala, byang chub kyi stobs), and (10) the power of turning the wheel of the doctrine (dharmacakrapravartanabala, chos kyi ’khor lo bskor ba’i stobs) (Rigzin 163, 194–5, 280).

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
  • 10.­387
g.­581

ten virtuous actions

Wylie:
  • dge ba bcu’i las
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བ་བཅུའི་ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • daśakuśala

(1) Not killing (prāṇātighātād virati, srog gcod spong ba), (2) not stealing (adattādānād virati, ma byin par len pa spong ba), (3) not indulging in sexual misconduct (kāmamithyācārād virati, log g.yem spong ba), (4) not lying (mṛṣāvādāt prativirati, brdzun spong ba), (5) not slandering (pāiśunyāt prativirati, khra ma spong ba), (6) not using harsh words (pāruṣyāt prativirati, tshig rtsub spong ba), (7) not indulging in idle gossip (sambhinna pralāpāt prativirati, ngag ’khyal spong ba), (8) not being covetous (abhidhyāyāḥ prativirati, brnab sems spong ba), (9) not wishing harm on others (vyāpādāt prativirati, gnod sems spong ba), (10) not holding wrong view (mithyādṛṣṭeḥ prativirati, log lta spong ba) (Rigzin 45).

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­390
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­18-20
  • 6.­146
  • 6.­418
  • 6.­420
  • 6.­422-424
  • 6.­426
  • 9.­159-161
  • 9.­175
  • 9.­180-181
  • 10.­105
  • 10.­107
  • 10.­122-123
  • 10.­289
  • 10.­368
  • 10.­398
g.­582

Terrifying Forest

Wylie:
  • ’jigs byed ma’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • འཇིགས་བྱེད་མའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhairavāvana RS
  • bhairavīvana RS
  • bhayākarāvana RS

The location of a deer park, alternately indentified in the Karmaśātaka as located on Mount Sabkang and on Mount Śiśumāri.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­332-333
  • 5.­2
  • g.­373
g.­588

three kinds of sterling equanimity

Wylie:
  • ma ’dres pa’i dran pa nye bar gzhag pa gsum
Tibetan:
  • མ་འདྲེས་པའི་དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • trīṇyāvenikāni smṛtyupasthāni

The Mahā­vyupatti enumerates these as (1) equanimity toward those who listen respectfully (śuśrūṣamāṇeṣu samacittatā, gus par nyan pa rnams la sems snyoms pa); (2) equanimity toward those who do not listen respectfully (aśuśrūṣamāṇeṣu samacittatā, gus par mi nyan pa rnams la sems syoms pa); and (3) equanimity toward both those who listen respectfully and those who do not listen respectfully (śuśrūṣamāṇāśuśrūṣamāṇeṣu samacittatā, gus par nyan pa dang gus par mi nyan pa rnams la sems snyoms pa) (Mahā­vyupatti 16).

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
  • g.­367
g.­589

three realms

Wylie:
  • khams gsum pa
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tridhātu

(1) The desire realm (kāmadhātu, ’dod khams), (2) the form realm (rūpadhātu, gzugs khams), and (3) the formless realm (arūpyadhātu, gzugs med khams).

Located in 46 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­426
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­524
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­323
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­219
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­319
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­499
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­123
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­128
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
  • g.­399
g.­590

timi

Wylie:
  • nya
Tibetan:
  • ཉ།
Sanskrit:
  • timi

Lit. “fish.” Described as a sea creature measuring 700 yojanas in length in The Hundred Deeds.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­190
g.­591

timiṅgila

Wylie:
  • nya mid
Tibetan:
  • ཉ་མིད།
Sanskrit:
  • timiṅgila

Lit. “swallowing fish.” Described as a sea creature measuring 1400 yojanas in length in The Hundred Deeds.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­444
  • 3.­190-191
g.­592

timiṅgilagila

Wylie:
  • nya mid mid
Tibetan:
  • ཉ་མིད་མིད།
Sanskrit:
  • timiṅgilagila

Lit. “swallowing and swallowing fish.” Described as a sea creature measuing 2,100 yojanas in length in The Hundred Deeds.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­444
  • 3.­190
g.­594

to ford the floodwaters

Wylie:
  • chu bo rnams las brgal bar bya ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བོ་རྣམས་ལས་བརྒལ་བར་བྱ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A Buddhist idiom meaning “to overcome the afflictive emotions.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­427
  • 2.­238
  • 2.­374
  • 3.­301
  • 4.­27
  • 4.­155
  • 5.­19
  • 7.­12
  • 7.­197
  • 10.­182
g.­596

totally and completely awakened buddha

Wylie:
  • yang dag par rdzogs pa’i sangs rgyas
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃyaksaṃbuddha

An epithet of the buddhas, used both as an honorific and to distinguish them from beings of lesser realization such as arhats, solitary buddhas, and the like.

Located in 414 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30-31
  • 1.­37-39
  • 1.­73-74
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­85-86
  • 1.­126-127
  • 1.­130
  • 1.­132-133
  • 1.­135
  • 1.­137
  • 1.­162-163
  • 1.­169-171
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­272
  • 1.­274-277
  • 1.­296-300
  • 1.­302
  • 1.­311-314
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­344
  • 1.­347
  • 1.­351-352
  • 1.­362
  • 1.­381
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­394-395
  • 1.­399
  • 1.­401-402
  • 1.­432-433
  • 1.­436-441
  • 2.­17-18
  • 2.­35
  • 2.­54-55
  • 2.­72-73
  • 2.­98
  • 2.­109
  • 2.­112
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­146
  • 2.­148-151
  • 2.­184-185
  • 2.­189
  • 2.­192
  • 2.­209-211
  • 2.­226-232
  • 2.­257-259
  • 2.­262-264
  • 2.­282-283
  • 2.­288-290
  • 2.­304-305
  • 2.­318-319
  • 2.­325
  • 2.­329
  • 2.­331
  • 2.­336
  • 2.­339-340
  • 2.­344
  • 2.­361-362
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­380
  • 2.­382
  • 2.­384
  • 2.­389
  • 2.­456
  • 2.­560-561
  • 2.­568
  • 2.­570-571
  • 2.­589-590
  • 2.­604
  • 2.­607
  • 3.­12-15
  • 3.­45
  • 3.­48-49
  • 3.­51-53
  • 3.­64-65
  • 3.­99-101
  • 3.­103-104
  • 3.­119-124
  • 3.­147-148
  • 3.­150-153
  • 3.­200
  • 3.­211
  • 3.­217
  • 3.­225
  • 3.­228
  • 3.­233
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­244
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­252
  • 3.­260
  • 3.­266
  • 3.­278
  • 3.­280-282
  • 3.­304-307
  • 3.­325
  • 3.­329-330
  • 3.­408
  • 3.­414-415
  • 3.­434
  • 4.­23
  • 4.­38-40
  • 4.­46
  • 4.­56
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­108-111
  • 4.­143-144
  • 4.­166-168
  • 4.­200-203
  • 4.­222
  • 4.­232
  • 5.­30-31
  • 5.­66-69
  • 5.­90
  • 5.­92-96
  • 5.­98
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­124
  • 5.­151-153
  • 5.­164
  • 5.­167-169
  • 5.­183-185
  • 5.­203-204
  • 5.­207-210
  • 5.­259
  • 5.­261-262
  • 5.­277
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­283
  • 5.­287
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­321
  • 5.­330
  • 5.­332-334
  • 6.­29
  • 6.­32-33
  • 6.­49-53
  • 6.­73-75
  • 6.­77
  • 6.­244-252
  • 6.­307-309
  • 6.­314
  • 6.­341
  • 6.­369
  • 6.­371-376
  • 6.­378-379
  • 6.­381-388
  • 6.­390
  • 6.­392
  • 6.­410-411
  • 6.­413
  • 6.­425
  • 6.­439-440
  • 6.­449
  • 6.­451
  • 6.­453
  • 6.­456
  • 6.­502-503
  • 6.­505-506
  • 6.­508-510
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­16-17
  • 7.­37
  • 7.­39-43
  • 7.­66
  • 7.­111-116
  • 7.­130
  • 7.­135
  • 7.­188
  • 7.­219
  • 7.­229-231
  • 7.­233-234
  • 7.­247-250
  • 7.­264
  • 8.­14-15
  • 8.­28-29
  • 8.­40-41
  • 8.­55-56
  • 8.­69-70
  • 8.­77-78
  • 8.­85-86
  • 8.­93-94
  • 8.­104-105
  • 8.­117-118
  • 8.­127-128
  • 9.­27
  • 9.­45
  • 9.­54-55
  • 9.­57-60
  • 9.­62
  • 9.­65
  • 9.­86
  • 9.­88
  • 9.­100
  • 9.­114
  • 9.­131-133
  • 9.­136-138
  • 9.­149
  • 9.­182
  • 10.­57-59
  • 10.­86
  • 10.­88-90
  • 10.­92-94
  • 10.­204
  • 10.­215-218
  • 10.­235
  • 10.­238-241
  • 10.­249
  • 10.­356
  • 10.­370
  • 10.­375-376
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­419
  • n.­49
g.­600

Tripiṭaka

Wylie:
  • sde snod gsum
Tibetan:
  • སྡེ་སྣོད་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • tripiṭaka

The “three (scriptural) baskets” of Dharma teachings: (1) the basket of teachings on moral discipline (Vinaya) (vinayapiṭaka, ’dul ba’i sde snod), (2) the basket of teachings in discourses (Sūtra) (sūtrapiṭaka, mdo sde’i sde snod), and (3) the basket of teachings on knowledge (Abhidharma) (abhidharmapiṭaka, mngon pa’i sde snod).

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­31
  • 1.­75
  • 1.­272
  • 1.­344
  • 1.­396
  • 2.­187
  • 2.­340
  • 2.­561
  • 2.­582
  • 2.­591
  • 3.­100
  • 3.­252
  • 6.­80
  • 6.­139
  • 6.­158
  • 7.­122
  • 7.­139
  • 7.­245
  • 9.­60
  • g.­601
  • g.­650
g.­601

Tripiṭaka master

Wylie:
  • sde snod gsum pa
Tibetan:
  • སྡེ་སྣོད་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tripiṭa

A scholar steeped in study of the Tripiṭaka.

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­583
  • 2.­592-594
  • 2.­596
  • 2.­601
  • 2.­603-604
  • 3.­408-409
  • 3.­411-414
  • 6.­185
  • 6.­198
  • 6.­211
  • 6.­231
  • 9.­64
  • g.­520
g.­604

twenty high peaks of the mountain of views concerning the transitory collection

Wylie:
  • ’jig tshogs la lta ba’i ri’i rtse mo mthon po nyi shu
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་ཚོགས་ལ་ལྟ་བའི་རིའི་རྩེ་མོ་མཐོན་པོ་ཉི་ཤུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

“The body is not the self nor does the self have a body; / The self is not based on the body [n]or body on self. / Know that these four relations apply to all skandhas; / So these are considered the twenty views of self.” (Goldfield 387).

Located in 56 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­14
  • 1.­22
  • 1.­50
  • 1.­114
  • 1.­153
  • 1.­304
  • 1.­340
  • 1.­387
  • 1.­422
  • 2.­237
  • 2.­250
  • 3.­4
  • 3.­55
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­115
  • 3.­271
  • 3.­301
  • 3.­316
  • 3.­321
  • 3.­342
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­97
  • 4.­154
  • 4.­196
  • 4.­215
  • 5.­18
  • 5.­81
  • 5.­113
  • 5.­140
  • 5.­193
  • 5.­205
  • 5.­224
  • 5.­250
  • 5.­273
  • 5.­317
  • 6.­39
  • 6.­61
  • 6.­334
  • 6.­432
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­33
  • 7.­226
  • 7.­239
  • 7.­256
  • 8.­109
  • 9.­18
  • 9.­36
  • 9.­52
  • 9.­126
  • 9.­167
  • 9.­171
  • 10.­103
  • 10.­182
  • 10.­231-232
  • 10.­350
g.­605

two types of knowable objects

Wylie:
  • rnam pa gnyis kyi shes bya
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པ་གཉིས་ཀྱི་ཤེས་བྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
g.­607

Udayana

Wylie:
  • ’char ka
Tibetan:
  • འཆར་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • udayin
  • udayana
  • udāyin

See “Udayin.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­189
  • 7.­194-195
  • 7.­208
  • g.­498
  • g.­608
  • g.­640
g.­608

Udayin

Wylie:
  • ’char ka
Tibetan:
  • འཆར་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • udayin
  • udayana
  • udāyin

King of Vatsa during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni. Also rendered here as “Udayana.”

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­203-204
  • 1.­211
  • 1.­218
  • 1.­223
  • 1.­227-228
  • 1.­231-234
  • 1.­237
  • 1.­250
  • g.­583
  • g.­607
  • g.­640
g.­610

Undefeated Victory

Wylie:
  • thub med rgyal
Tibetan:
  • ཐུབ་མེད་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A city ruled by King Jaya before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­415
  • g.­258
g.­611

unexcelled, total, and complete enlightenment

Wylie:
  • bla na med pa yang dag par rdzogs pa’i byang chub
Tibetan:
  • བླ་ན་མེད་པ་ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • anuttarasaṃyaksaṃbodhi

The enlightenment of the buddhas, so-named to distinguish it from the realizations of lesser beings such as arhats, solitary buddhas, and the like.

Located in 77 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­126
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­382
  • 2.­10
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­65
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­275
  • 2.­337-338
  • 2.­341
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­456
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­64
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 3.­432
  • 3.­434
  • 3.­436-437
  • 4.­15
  • 4.­17
  • 4.­19
  • 4.­47
  • 4.­56-57
  • 4.­136
  • 6.­371-372
  • 6.­422
  • 6.­425-426
  • 6.­453
  • 7.­69
  • 8.­6
  • 8.­14
  • 8.­16
  • 8.­21
  • 8.­28
  • 8.­37
  • 8.­40
  • 8.­45
  • 8.­51
  • 8.­53
  • 8.­55
  • 8.­69
  • 8.­77
  • 8.­83
  • 8.­85
  • 8.­92-93
  • 8.­100
  • 8.­104
  • 8.­112
  • 8.­117
  • 8.­122-123
  • 8.­127
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­178
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • 10.­379
  • 10.­399
  • 10.­401
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­411
  • 10.­419
  • g.­563
g.­612

universal monarch

Wylie:
  • ’khor los sgyur ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་ལོས་སྒྱུར་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • cakravartirājā

A ruler of one of the continents, possessing the mark of a wheel on the soles of his feet as a sign of his authority (Rigzin 38). Alternatively defined as someone who has the power to overcome, conquer, and rule all the inhabitants of one, two, three, or all four continents of a four-continent world system. In the Buddhist teachings this is considered an example of the most powerful rebirth possible within saṃsāra (rigpawiki, 2012).

Located in 40 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­89
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­317
  • 1.­381
  • 2.­10
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­65
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­139
  • 2.­157
  • 2.­275
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­64
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 3.­431
  • 4.­136
  • 5.­98
  • 5.­127
  • 5.­130
  • 5.­235
  • 6.­314
  • 6.­336
  • 6.­369
  • 6.­421
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­69
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • g.­157
  • g.­219
  • g.­586
g.­614

unsurpassed, supreme welfare

Wylie:
  • g.yung drung gi mthar thug pa grub pa dang bde ba
Tibetan:
  • གཡུང་དྲུང་གི་མཐར་ཐུག་པ་གྲུབ་པ་དང་བདེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

In this text, being “established … in the unsurpassed, supreme welfare of nirvāṇa” appears as a synonym for the attainment of arhatship.

Located in 50 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­67
  • 2.­430
  • 2.­458
  • 4.­3
  • 4.­20
  • 4.­33
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­41
  • 4.­47-48
  • 4.­50
  • 4.­57-58
  • 5.­58
  • 5.­64
  • 5.­143
  • 5.­150
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­182
  • 5.­227
  • 5.­230
  • 5.­257
  • 6.­320
  • 6.­393
  • 6.­400
  • 6.­406
  • 7.­36
  • 7.­187
  • 7.­257
  • 7.­263
  • 9.­21
  • 9.­26
  • 9.­39
  • 9.­44
  • 9.­106
  • 9.­113
  • 9.­145
  • 9.­148
  • 9.­181
  • 10.­55-56
  • 10.­105
  • 10.­123
  • 10.­288
  • 10.­342
  • 10.­346
  • 10.­353
  • 10.­355
  • n.­32
  • g.­35
g.­615

Unwavering Gait

Wylie:
  • bgrod pa ma nyams pa
Tibetan:
  • བགྲོད་པ་མ་ཉམས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A certain buddha who lived before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­408
  • 3.­414
  • n.­106
g.­617

Upananda (the minister)

Wylie:
  • nye dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • upananda RS

Along with Nanda, one of King Mahā­deva’s two chief ministers in the city of Mithilā.

Not to be confused with “Upananda,” the nāga; or with Upananda, the monk.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­239
  • g.­328
  • g.­386
  • g.­618
  • g.­619
g.­618

Upananda (the monk)

Wylie:
  • nye dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • upananda

A member of the Śākya clan and monk of the Buddha’s order, he often appears in the vinaya texts, as here, to exemplify certain wrong behaviors.

Not to be confused with Upananda, one of King Mahā­deva’s ministers; or with Upananda, the nāga.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­61-63
  • 4.­65-66
  • 4.­75
  • g.­617
  • g.­619
g.­619

Upananda (the nāga)

Wylie:
  • nye dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • upananda RS

The name of a certain nāga.

Not to be confused with “Upananda,” one of King Mahā­deva’s ministers; or with Upananda, the monk.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­218
  • 9.­152
  • 10.­360
  • g.­617
  • g.­618
g.­620

Upasena

Wylie:
  • nye sde
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • upasena

A certain monk who had gone forth under the Buddha. With his support Lotus Color found faith in the Buddha’s doctrine and also went forth.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­152
  • 2.­165
  • g.­49
  • g.­322
g.­621

Upatiṣya

Wylie:
  • nye rgyal
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • upatiṣya

One of the given names of Venerable Śāriputra. See “Śāriputra.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­387
  • g.­499
g.­622

Upendra

Wylie:
  • nye dbang
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་དབང་།
Sanskrit:
  • upendra

Considered the “younger brother” of Indra, the name Upendra appears as an epithet of Viṣṇu or Kṛṣṇa in Sanskrit epic and purāṇic literature.

Located in 46 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­426
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­524
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­323
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­219
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­319
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­499
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­123
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­128
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
g.­624

Uruvilvā Kāśyapa

Wylie:
  • lteng rgyas ’od srung
Tibetan:
  • ལྟེང་རྒྱས་འོད་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • uruvilvā kāśyapa

Ordained by the Buddha in Vārāṇasī shortly after the Buddha’s enlightenment; brother of Nadī Kāśyapa.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­102
  • 10.­10
  • 10.­258-259
  • 10.­261
  • 10.­265-268
  • g.­148
  • g.­274
  • g.­276
  • g.­330
  • g.­379
  • g.­623
g.­626

Uttama

Wylie:
  • bla ma
Tibetan:
  • བླ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • uttama

A future buddha.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­86
  • n.­178
  • n.­184
  • n.­186
g.­627

Uttara

Wylie:
  • bla ma
Tibetan:
  • བླ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • uttara

A previous incarnation of Buddha Śākyamuni, prophesied by Buddha Kāśyapa to achieve total and complete enlightenment.

Located in 97 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­37-38
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­85
  • 1.­135
  • 1.­169-170
  • 1.­274
  • 1.­276
  • 1.­300
  • 1.­347
  • 1.­399
  • 1.­438
  • 1.­440
  • 2.­149-150
  • 2.­189
  • 2.­209-210
  • 2.­229
  • 2.­231
  • 2.­257-258
  • 2.­262-263
  • 2.­382
  • 2.­568
  • 2.­570
  • 3.­13-14
  • 3.­51-52
  • 3.­101
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­120-122
  • 3.­124
  • 3.­150
  • 3.­152
  • 3.­280-281
  • 3.­305-306
  • 3.­330
  • 4.­38-39
  • 4.­109-110
  • 4.­166
  • 4.­201-202
  • 5.­30
  • 5.­67-68
  • 5.­94-95
  • 5.­151-152
  • 5.­167-168
  • 5.­183-184
  • 5.­208-209
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­287
  • 5.­330
  • 6.­50
  • 6.­52
  • 6.­74-75
  • 6.­245
  • 6.­248
  • 6.­252
  • 6.­307-308
  • 6.­381-382
  • 6.­411
  • 6.­440
  • 6.­449
  • 6.­451
  • 6.­508
  • 7.­41-42
  • 7.­114-115
  • 7.­231
  • 7.­233
  • 7.­248
  • 9.­62
  • 9.­86
  • 10.­216-217
  • 10.­239-240
g.­629

Vaiśākhā

Wylie:
  • sa ga
Tibetan:
  • ས་ག
Sanskrit:
  • vaiśākhā

During the Buddha’s time, a certain lay vow holder in Śrāvastī. Elsewhere there is also the Viśākha who was the son of King Prasenajit’s minister.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­121
  • g.­658
g.­630

Vaiśālī

Wylie:
  • yangs pa can
Tibetan:
  • ཡངས་པ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • vaiśālī

An ancient city founded by Viśāla, Vaiśālī was an important location where a number of Buddhist sūtras are said to have been taught, particularly in the Mahāyāna literature.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­146
  • 5.­134
  • 5.­136
  • 5.­170
  • 5.­173
  • 5.­178-179
  • 9.­162-163
  • 9.­166
  • 9.­170
  • 10.­424
  • 10.­427-429
  • 10.­431-433
  • g.­208
  • g.­228
  • g.­313
  • g.­352
  • g.­516
g.­631

Vaiśravaṇa

Wylie:
  • rnam thos kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་ཐོས་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaiśravaṇa

A god of wealth. One of the four great kings, protector of the cardinal direction to the north of Mount Meru. Also called “Kubera.”

Not to be confused with King Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 43 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 1.­41
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­87
  • 1.­138
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­311
  • 1.­315
  • 1.­342
  • 2.­153
  • 2.­364
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­433
  • 2.­552
  • 3.­36
  • 3.­41
  • 3.­52
  • 3.­250
  • 4.­76
  • 4.­204
  • 5.­2
  • 5.­232
  • 5.­291
  • 5.­321
  • 6.­34
  • 6.­144
  • 6.­234
  • 6.­301
  • 7.­44
  • 7.­136
  • 7.­156
  • 7.­251
  • 8.­2
  • 8.­30
  • 8.­87
  • 9.­46
  • 9.­115
  • 9.­154-155
  • g.­218
  • g.­298
  • g.­632
g.­632

Vaiśravaṇa

Wylie:
  • rnam thos kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་ཐོས་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaiśravaṇa

King of an unspecified land during the reign of King Maitrībala in Vārāṇasī.

Not to be confused with great king Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­7
  • g.­631
g.­633

Vārāṇasī

Wylie:
  • bA rA Na sI
Tibetan:
  • བཱ་རཱ་ཎ་སཱི།
Sanskrit:
  • vārāṇasī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Also known as Benares, one of the oldest cities of northeast India on the banks of the Ganges, in modern-day Uttar Pradesh. It was once the capital of the ancient kingdom of Kāśi, and in the Buddha’s time it had been absorbed into the kingdom of Kośala. It was an important religious center, as well as a major city, even during the time of the Buddha. The name may derive from being where the Varuna and Assi rivers flow into the Ganges. It was on the outskirts of Vārāṇasī that the Buddha first taught the Dharma, in the location known as Deer Park (Mṛgadāva). For numerous episodes set in Vārāṇasī, including its kings, see The Hundred Deeds, Toh 340.

Located in 103 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­162
  • 1.­187
  • 1.­251
  • 1.­257
  • 1.­259
  • 1.­264
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­278
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­311
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­432
  • 2.­124
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­226
  • 2.­385
  • 2.­409
  • 2.­411
  • 2.­413
  • 2.­432-433
  • 2.­447-448
  • 2.­560
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­119
  • 3.­147
  • 3.­155
  • 3.­165
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­325
  • 3.­423
  • 4.­5
  • 4.­7
  • 4.­183
  • 5.­32
  • 5.­60-61
  • 5.­102
  • 5.­259
  • 5.­278
  • 5.­321
  • 6.­11
  • 6.­69
  • 6.­73
  • 6.­121
  • 6.­130
  • 6.­249
  • 6.­368
  • 6.­371-372
  • 6.­393
  • 6.­395
  • 6.­397
  • 6.­410-411
  • 6.­502
  • 7.­16-17
  • 7.­112
  • 7.­166
  • 7.­210
  • 7.­258
  • 7.­260
  • 7.­267
  • 9.­41
  • 9.­54
  • 9.­57
  • 10.­106
  • 10.­115
  • 10.­119
  • 10.­196
  • 10.­215
  • 10.­235
  • 10.­364-365
  • n.­151
  • g.­12
  • g.­13
  • g.­14
  • g.­80
  • g.­81
  • g.­93
  • g.­272
  • g.­273
  • g.­296
  • g.­297
  • g.­339
  • g.­340
  • g.­341
  • g.­342
  • g.­345
  • g.­379
  • g.­481
  • g.­528
  • g.­595
  • g.­624
  • g.­632
  • g.­637
g.­637

Vāṣpa

Wylie:
  • rlangs pa
Tibetan:
  • རླངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vāṣpa

The father of the wife of a Vārāṇasī merchant in The Hundred Deeds.

Not to be confused with the Vāṣpa who was among the group of five monks (bhadravargīya) that received the Buddha’s teaching on the four noble truths.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­182-184
g.­640

Vatsa

Wylie:
  • bad sa
  • dpa’ rab
Tibetan:
  • བད་ས།
  • དཔའ་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • vatsa

The name of a kingdom south of Kośala that was ruled by Udayin/Udayana during the Buddha’s time. Its capital was Kauśāmbī.

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­203-204
  • 1.­211
  • 1.­218
  • 1.­223
  • 1.­227-228
  • 1.­231-234
  • 1.­237
  • 1.­250
  • 7.­189
  • 7.­191
  • 7.­194-195
  • n.­41
  • g.­282
  • g.­498
  • g.­583
  • g.­608
g.­641

Venerable

Wylie:
  • tshe dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚེ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • āyuṣmān

Honorific term for an ordained person.

Located in 327 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­8
  • 1.­10-18
  • 1.­20-26
  • 1.­46-50
  • 1.­52-57
  • 1.­60-64
  • 1.­68
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­99
  • 1.­101-102
  • 1.­106-109
  • 1.­111-112
  • 1.­118
  • 1.­166
  • 1.­194
  • 1.­198
  • 1.­201-203
  • 1.­211
  • 1.­214
  • 1.­226-229
  • 1.­235-237
  • 1.­250
  • 1.­327-329
  • 1.­333-336
  • 1.­338
  • 1.­341
  • 2.­11
  • 2.­29
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­66
  • 2.­87
  • 2.­94-97
  • 2.­152
  • 2.­165-170
  • 2.­172-174
  • 2.­176-179
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­183
  • 2.­214-217
  • 2.­221
  • 2.­276
  • 2.­343
  • 2.­355
  • 2.­406-408
  • 2.­419
  • 2.­465
  • 2.­523
  • 2.­526
  • 2.­529-539
  • 2.­541
  • 2.­543-545
  • 2.­548
  • 2.­585-588
  • 3.­87-88
  • 3.­90-92
  • 3.­187
  • 3.­189
  • 3.­193-195
  • 3.­210
  • 3.­213
  • 3.­215
  • 3.­218-220
  • 3.­228
  • 3.­230
  • 3.­232-235
  • 3.­241
  • 3.­243-246
  • 3.­257
  • 3.­259-262
  • 3.­332-337
  • 3.­339-340
  • 3.­342-347
  • 3.­399
  • 3.­401-404
  • 4.­41
  • 4.­50
  • 4.­76-78
  • 4.­82-84
  • 4.­122
  • 4.­137
  • 5.­79-83
  • 5.­196
  • 5.­242-244
  • 5.­304-305
  • 5.­328
  • 6.­26-28
  • 6.­78
  • 6.­81-85
  • 6.­118-119
  • 6.­136
  • 6.­139-140
  • 6.­142-144
  • 6.­235
  • 6.­260
  • 6.­269-274
  • 6.­293-294
  • 6.­297
  • 6.­299
  • 6.­339-342
  • 6.­351-352
  • 6.­356
  • 6.­359
  • 6.­367
  • 6.­393
  • 6.­407
  • 6.­434-436
  • 6.­444-445
  • 6.­458
  • 6.­465
  • 6.­467-470
  • 6.­472
  • 6.­475-476
  • 6.­478-483
  • 6.­485
  • 6.­487-489
  • 6.­491-493
  • 6.­496-497
  • 6.­499
  • 7.­55-57
  • 7.­190
  • 7.­194
  • 7.­197-207
  • 7.­209
  • 8.­47-48
  • 8.­50
  • 9.­47
  • 9.­50
  • 9.­71
  • 10.­125
  • 10.­152
  • 10.­185
  • 10.­189-190
  • 10.­192
  • 10.­258-259
  • 10.­266-268
  • 10.­371
  • 10.­373-378
  • 10.­394
  • n.­216
  • g.­18
  • g.­49
  • g.­148
  • g.­206
  • g.­252
  • g.­320
  • g.­322
  • g.­446
  • g.­498
  • g.­529
  • g.­621
g.­646

Videha

Wylie:
  • lus ’phags
  • bi de ha
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་འཕགས།
  • བི་དེ་ཧ།
Sanskrit:
  • videha

An ancient kingdom whose seat was the city of Mithilā. One of its borders was the Ganges River, and it abutted the kingdoms of Kośala and Kāśi. The name Videha, in ancient Buddhist cosmology, refers to the eastern of the four continents in the cardinal directions.

Located in 28 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­173-174
  • 2.­124
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­128
  • 2.­132
  • 2.­137
  • 6.­11-13
  • 6.­216
  • 6.­458
  • 6.­460
  • 6.­464
  • 7.­220
  • 9.­82
  • 9.­84
  • 9.­146
  • 10.­157
  • g.­152
  • g.­339
  • g.­341
  • g.­342
  • g.­343
  • g.­486
  • g.­568
  • g.­644
  • g.­654
g.­647

vigilant introspection

Wylie:
  • shes bzhin
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་བཞིན།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃprajāna
  • samprajanya
  • samprajñāna

Also called “mental alertness,” the faculty of mind that maintains a conscious watch for any inclination of the mind toward mental dullness or agitation, especially during meditation (Rigzin 423). Closely related to mindfulness.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­367
g.­648

Vijaya

Wylie:
  • rnam par rgyal ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་རྒྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vijaya RS

Son of King Jaya.

Not to be confused with the future buddha Vijaya.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­415-416
  • 6.­422-423
  • n.­180
g.­649

Vijaya

Wylie:
  • rnam par rgyal ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་རྒྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vijaya

A future buddha.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­1
  • 8.­128
  • n.­188
  • g.­648
g.­650

vinaya

Wylie:
  • chos ’dul ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་འདུལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmavinaya

The name for the canon of monastic discipline recorded in the Tripiṭaka, of the vows and commitments enshrined therein, and of the practice of that discipline. Also rendered here as “monastic discipline.”

Located in 89 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • 1.­23
  • 1.­156
  • 1.­266
  • 1.­292
  • 1.­388
  • 1.­423
  • 1.­428
  • 2.­8
  • 2.­26
  • 2.­45
  • 2.­63
  • 2.­177
  • 2.­239
  • 2.­273
  • 2.­353
  • 2.­374
  • 2.­514
  • 2.­519
  • 3.­5
  • 3.­71
  • 3.­74
  • 3.­80
  • 3.­84
  • 3.­272
  • 3.­322
  • 3.­337
  • 3.­343
  • 4.­30
  • 4.­134
  • 4.­156
  • 4.­179
  • 4.­196
  • 4.­215
  • 4.­218
  • 5.­20
  • 5.­82
  • 5.­141
  • 5.­194
  • 5.­206
  • 5.­225
  • 5.­274
  • 5.­318
  • 6.­46
  • 6.­63
  • 6.­79
  • 6.­203
  • 6.­298
  • 6.­349
  • 6.­351-352
  • 6.­374
  • 6.­388
  • 7.­12-13
  • 7.­34
  • 7.­40
  • 7.­120
  • 7.­227
  • 7.­240
  • 8.­123
  • 9.­19
  • 9.­37
  • 9.­92
  • 9.­127
  • 9.­168
  • 9.­172
  • 10.­104
  • 10.­183
  • 10.­210
  • 10.­233
  • 10.­351
  • 10.­388
  • 10.­423-424
  • 10.­436
  • 10.­439
  • 10.­455
  • n.­44
  • n.­121
  • n.­241-242
  • g.­20
  • g.­54
  • g.­370
  • g.­442
  • g.­574
  • g.­600
  • g.­618
g.­651

Vindhyācala

Wylie:
  • ri byin t+ya
  • ri byin d+ya
Tibetan:
  • རི་བྱིན་ཏྱ།
  • རི་བྱིན་དྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • vindhyācala

Another term for the Vindhya mountain range; a synonym for Vindhyagiri.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­232
  • 3.­234
  • 3.­237
g.­652

Vipaśyin

Wylie:
  • rnam par gzigs
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་གཟིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • vipaśyin

Past buddha of the ninety-first eon; often counted as the sixth buddha before Śākyamuni.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­144
  • 2.­146
  • 3.­278
  • 4.­222
  • 4.­232
  • 5.­90-93
  • g.­55
  • g.­56
g.­654

Virūḍhaka

Wylie:
  • ’phags skyes po
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་སྐྱེས་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • virūḍhaka

One of the four great kings, protector of the cardinal direction to the south of Mount Meru. (’phags skyes po, his name in Tibetan, is also the Tibetan name of Videha).

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­34
  • 3.­39
  • 3.­52
  • 6.­144
  • 6.­233
  • g.­299
  • g.­645
g.­655

Virūpa (the king)

Wylie:
  • mi sdug pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་སྡུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • virūpa RS

A certain jealous king of Mithilā who lived before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Not to be confused with Virūpa (the ugly one), the householders’ son.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • p.­3
  • 7.­58
  • 7.­64
  • g.­656
g.­656

Virūpa (the ugly one)

Wylie:
  • mi sdug
Tibetan:
  • མི་སྡུག
Sanskrit:
  • virūpa RS

Son of householders on Mount Śiśumāri who cast him out of their home because of his extreme ugliness. When later he felt joy toward an emanation of the Buddha, the Buddha made his ugliness disappear. Then, hearing the Dharma from the Buddha, he manifested the resultant state of a non-returner, went forth, and went on to manifest arhatship.

Not to be confused with King Virūpa.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­5
  • 5.­11-17
  • 5.­22-23
  • 5.­28
  • g.­655
g.­657

Virūpākṣa

Wylie:
  • mig mi bzang
Tibetan:
  • མིག་མི་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • virūpākṣa

One of the four great kings, protector of the cardinal direction to the west of Mount Meru.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­35
  • 3.­40
  • 3.­52
  • 6.­144
  • 6.­233
  • g.­532
g.­658

Viśākha

Wylie:
  • sa ga
Tibetan:
  • ས་ག
Sanskrit:
  • viśākha

Son of King Prasenajit’s minister Mṛgāra, betrothed to the non-returner Dharmadinnā. His fiancée fled their imminent marriage by a display of miracles at what was to be their wedding, receiving his assent for her to go forth instead. The text also tells of a certain female lay vow holder with a similar name Vaiśākhā on vol. 73, F.15.b.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­130
  • 3.­138-139
  • g.­132
  • g.­629
g.­659

Viṣṇu

Wylie:
  • khyab ’jug
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱབ་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • viṣṇu

One of the primary gods of Hinduism, associated with the preservation and continuance of the universe, held by many as a supreme being.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­225
  • 10.­305
  • g.­390
  • g.­622
g.­661

Vṛji

Wylie:
  • spong byed
Tibetan:
  • སྤོང་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • vṛji

The name of the country in which Māyā and Mahā­māya are said to have been born in “The Story of Keśinī” from The Hundred Deeds.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­139
  • g.­492
g.­662

Vulture Peak Mountain

Wylie:
  • bya rgod kyi phung po’i ri
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་རྒོད་ཀྱི་ཕུང་པོའི་རི།
Sanskrit:
  • gṛdhakūṭaparvata

Name of a peak just outside of the city of Rājagṛha and the site where a great number of sūtras are said to have been taught, particularly in the Mahāyāna textual tradition of the Prajñāpāramitā-sūtras.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­312
  • 6.­2
  • 10.­152
  • n.­151
  • g.­58
g.­665

Wealth (the sea captain)

Wylie:
  • dbyig
Tibetan:
  • དབྱིག
Sanskrit:
  • —

A certain sea captain during the reign of King Brahmadatta (past), father of Wealth’s Delight.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­433-434
  • g.­666
g.­666

Wealth’s Delight

Wylie:
  • dbyig dga’
Tibetan:
  • དབྱིག་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Previous incarnation of the Buddha, a sea captain during the reign of King Brahmadatta, and son of Wealth the sea captain. He saved the lives of a number of sailors by drowning himself so that they could use his floating corpse as a buoy to safely reach shore.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­434
  • 2.­437
  • 2.­439
  • 2.­448-449
  • 2.­452-454
  • 2.­458
  • 4.­2
  • 4.­49
  • g.­665
g.­668

wisdom

Wylie:
  • ye shes
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna

Also known as “pristine awareness,” “primordial wisdom,” “primordial awareness,” “gnosis,” or the like. Typically refers to nonconceptual states of knowledge.

Located in 166 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5-6
  • 1.­14
  • 1.­22
  • 1.­31
  • 1.­43-44
  • 1.­50
  • 1.­75
  • 1.­95-96
  • 1.­114
  • 1.­153
  • 1.­272
  • 1.­304
  • 1.­323-324
  • 1.­340
  • 1.­344
  • 1.­382
  • 1.­387
  • 1.­396
  • 1.­417-418
  • 1.­422
  • 2.­79-80
  • 2.­142
  • 2.­187
  • 2.­237
  • 2.­250
  • 2.­331
  • 2.­390
  • 2.­392
  • 2.­426-427
  • 2.­561
  • 2.­573-574
  • 2.­591
  • 3.­4
  • 3.­23-24
  • 3.­55
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­100
  • 3.­115
  • 3.­193
  • 3.­252
  • 3.­271
  • 3.­288-290
  • 3.­301
  • 3.­316
  • 3.­321
  • 3.­342
  • 3.­402
  • 3.­408-409
  • 4.­24-25
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­97
  • 4.­154
  • 4.­190-191
  • 4.­196
  • 4.­208-209
  • 4.­215
  • 5.­8-9
  • 5.­18
  • 5.­50-51
  • 5.­81
  • 5.­101
  • 5.­113
  • 5.­140
  • 5.­155-156
  • 5.­174-175
  • 5.­193
  • 5.­205
  • 5.­224
  • 5.­236
  • 5.­250
  • 5.­267
  • 5.­270
  • 5.­273
  • 5.­317
  • 6.­21-22
  • 6.­28
  • 6.­39
  • 6.­61
  • 6.­116-117
  • 6.­158
  • 6.­174
  • 6.­258
  • 6.­316
  • 6.­334
  • 6.­336
  • 6.­347
  • 6.­432
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­16
  • 7.­19
  • 7.­26-27
  • 7.­33
  • 7.­46-47
  • 7.­73
  • 7.­78-79
  • 7.­122
  • 7.­139
  • 7.­221-222
  • 7.­226
  • 7.­239
  • 7.­256
  • 8.­80-81
  • 8.­97-98
  • 8.­109
  • 9.­6-7
  • 9.­18
  • 9.­36
  • 9.­52
  • 9.­60
  • 9.­68-69
  • 9.­118
  • 9.­126
  • 9.­131
  • 9.­140-141
  • 9.­167
  • 9.­171
  • 10.­10-12
  • 10.­88
  • 10.­103
  • 10.­182
  • 10.­231-232
  • 10.­243-244
  • 10.­283-284
  • 10.­343-344
  • 10.­350
  • g.­249
  • g.­509
  • g.­510
  • g.­580
  • g.­585
g.­670

Worthy of Offerings litany

Wylie:
  • yon rabs
  • yon gyi rabs gdon par gsol
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་རབས།
  • ཡོན་གྱི་རབས་གདོན་པར་གསོལ།
Sanskrit:
  • dakṣiṇādeśanā

A litany chanted by the monastic saṅgha as a way of giving thanks and recognizing the merit generated by a donation or alms. cf. ’dul ba’i mdo, D 261, F.80.b.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­1
  • 6.­434-436
g.­671

Yajur Veda

Wylie:
  • mchod sbyin gyi rig byed
Tibetan:
  • མཆོད་སྦྱིན་གྱི་རིག་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • yajurveda

Along with the Ṛg Veda, Sāma Veda, and Atharva Veda, one of the four Vedas, the most ancient Sanskrit religious literature of India.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­240
  • 1.­378
  • 3.­310
  • 3.­326
  • 5.­187
  • 5.­212
  • 5.­265
  • 6.­35
  • 7.­167
  • 8.­18
  • 9.­4
  • 10.­96
  • 10.­296
  • g.­46
  • g.­464
  • g.­494
g.­672

yakṣa

Wylie:
  • gnod sbyin
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • yakṣa

Harmful spirits, classified among the gods of the desire realm (Rigzin 232).

Located in 46 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­415-416
  • 1.­444-445
  • 2.­409-410
  • 3.­36
  • 3.­192
  • 3.­198
  • 4.­7
  • 4.­9
  • 4.­11-13
  • 4.­15
  • 4.­17
  • 4.­19-21
  • 4.­35
  • 5.­216
  • 5.­218-221
  • 6.­166
  • 6.­177
  • 6.­196-197
  • 6.­202
  • 9.­152
  • 9.­154-155
  • 10.­358
  • 10.­360-363
  • 10.­369
  • g.­45
  • g.­67
  • g.­68
  • g.­118
  • g.­264
  • g.­299
  • g.­344
g.­673

Yaśodharā

Wylie:
  • grags ’dzin ma
Tibetan:
  • གྲགས་འཛིན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • yaśodharā

Daughter of Śākya Daṇḍadhara (more commonly Daṇḍapāṇi), sister of Iṣudhara and Aniruddha, she was a spouse of Gautama who, along with Gopā, spurned the advances of Devadatta and subjected him to brutal humiliation.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­116-118
  • 5.­234-235
  • 7.­265-266
  • 7.­271
  • g.­119
  • g.­209
  • g.­252
g.­675

yojana

Wylie:
  • dpag tshad
Tibetan:
  • དཔག་ཚད།
Sanskrit:
  • yojana

An Indian measure of distance equal to 16,000 cubits, or about 4.5 miles (7.4 km), or approximately 4000 fathoms (Rangjung Yeshe Dictionary).

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­190-191
  • 3.­197
  • 3.­243
  • 3.­248
  • 3.­255
  • 3.­357
  • 3.­401
  • 3.­406
  • 10.­142
  • 10.­145
  • g.­590
  • g.­591
  • g.­592
g.­676

young god

Wylie:
  • lha’i bu
Tibetan:
  • ལྷའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • devaputra

Generic term for a class of long-lived celestial beings.

Located in 39 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­303-304
  • 1.­307
  • 1.­313
  • 2.­247
  • 3.­313-314
  • 3.­316-320
  • 3.­328-330
  • 4.­94-97
  • 4.­103
  • 4.­106
  • 5.­282
  • 5.­284
  • 5.­286
  • 5.­306-308
  • 6.­491
  • 6.­493-494
  • 9.­75
  • 9.­77-79
  • 9.­94-97
  • g.­349
0
    You are downloading:

    The Hundred Deeds

    Click here to make a dāna donation

    This is a free publication from 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, a non-profit organization sharing the gift of Buddhist wisdom with the world.

    The cultivation of generosity, or dāna—giving voluntarily with a view that something wholesome will come of it—is considered to be a fundamental Buddhist practice by all schools. The nature and quantity of the gift itself is often considered less important.

    Table of Contents


    Search this text


    Other ways to read

    Download PDF
    Download EPUB
    Open in the 84000 App

    Spotted a mistake?

    Please use the contact form provided to suggest a correction.


    How to cite this text

    The following are examples of how to correctly cite this publication. Links to specific passages can be derived by right-clicking on the milestones markers in the left-hand margin (e.g. s.1). The copied link address can replace the url below.

    • Chicago
    • MLA
    • APA
    84000. The Hundred Deeds (Karmaśataka, las brgya pa, Toh 340). Translated by Tibetan Classics Translators Guild of New York. Online publication. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2025. https://84000.co/translation/toh340/UT22084-073-001-chapter-3.Copy
    84000. The Hundred Deeds (Karmaśataka, las brgya pa, Toh 340). Translated by Tibetan Classics Translators Guild of New York, online publication, 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2025, 84000.co/translation/toh340/UT22084-073-001-chapter-3.Copy
    84000. (2025) The Hundred Deeds (Karmaśataka, las brgya pa, Toh 340). (Tibetan Classics Translators Guild of New York, Trans.). Online publication. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha. https://84000.co/translation/toh340/UT22084-073-001-chapter-3.Copy

    Related links

    • Other texts from General Sūtra Section
    • Published Translations
    • Browse the Collection
    • 84000 Homepage
    Sponsor Translation

    Bookmarks

    Copyright © 2011-2024 84000 - All Rights Reserved
    • Website: https://84000.co
    • Contact
    • Privacy Policy